minimal WPA support

author: Olivier Blin <oblin@mandriva.org> 2005-02-24 17:32:10 +0000
committer: Olivier Blin <oblin@mandriva.org> 2005-02-24 17:32:10 +0000
commit: 0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f (patch)
tree: 31d60979bf6f5c3073bb0da92935413b35ae43b0 /perl-install/network/network.pm
parent: 4ae35537d7361c603756b81ccce5c4ac5072f73e (diff)
download: drakx-0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f.tar
drakx-0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f.tar.gz
drakx-0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f.tar.bz2
drakx-0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f.tar.xz
drakx-0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f.zip
1 files changed, 25 insertions, 8 deletions
diff --git a/perl-install/network/network.pm b/perl-install/network/network.pm
index ff1641d75..c604945b6 100644
--- a/perl-install/network/network.pm
+++ b/perl-install/network/network.pm
@@ -521,6 +521,23 @@ sub wlan_ng_configure {
     services::restart($module eq 'prism2_cs' ? 'pcmcia' : 'wlan');
 }
 
+sub wpa_supplicant_configure {
+    my ($in, $ethntf) = @_;
+    require services;
+    if (delete $ethntf->{WIRELESS_USE_WPA}) {
+        $in->do_pkgs->install('wpa_supplicant');
+        wpa_supplicant_add_network({
+            ssid => qq("$ethntf->{WIRELESS_ESSID}"),
+            psk => network::tools::convert_key_for_wpa_supplicant($ethntf->{WIRELESS_ENC_KEY}),
+        });
+        services::start_service_on_boot("tmdns");
+        services::restart('wpa_supplicant');
+    } else {
+        services::stop("tmdns");
+        services::do_not_start_service_on_boot("tmdns");
+    }
+}
+
 sub wpa_supplicant_add_network {
     my ($new_network) = @_;
     my $wpa_supplicant_conf = "$::prefix/etc/wpa_supplicant.conf";
@@ -529,12 +546,12 @@ sub wpa_supplicant_add_network {
     foreach (cat_($wpa_supplicant_conf)) {
         if (%network) {
             #- in a "network = {}" block
-            if (/^\s*(\w+)\s*=\s*(.*?)(\s*#.*)?$/) {
+            if (/^\s*(\w+)=(.*?)(\s*#.*)?$/) {
                 push @{$network{entries}}, { key => $1, value => $2, comment => $3 };
                 $1 eq 'ssid' and $network{ssid} = $2;
             } elsif (/^�*\}/) {
                 #- end of network block, write it
-                $s .= "network = { $network{comment}\n";
+                $s .= "network={$network{comment}\n";
                 my $update = $network{ssid} eq $new_network->{ssid};
                 foreach (@{$network{entries}}) {
                     my $key = $_->{key};
@@ -545,14 +562,14 @@ sub wpa_supplicant_add_network {
                         $_->{value} = delete $new_network->{$key};
                     }
                     if ($key) {
-                        $s .= "    $key = $_->{value}$_->{comment}\n";
+                        $s .= "    $key=$_->{value}$_->{comment}\n";
                     } else {
                         $s .= " $_->{comment}\n";
                     }
                 }
                 if ($update) {
                     while (my ($key, $value) = each(%$new_network)) {
-                        $s .= "    $key = $value\n";
+                        $s .= "    $key=$value\n";
                     }
                 }
                 $s .= "}\n";
@@ -563,7 +580,7 @@ sub wpa_supplicant_add_network {
                 push @{$network{entries}}, { comment => $_ };
             }
         } else {
-            if (/^\s*network\s*=\s*\{(.*)/) {
+            if (/^\s*network={(.*)/) {
                 #- beginning of a new network block
                 $network{comment} = $1;
             } else {
@@ -574,13 +591,13 @@ sub wpa_supplicant_add_network {
     }
     if ($new_network) {
         #- network wasn't found, write it
-        $s .= "\nnetwork = {\n";
+        $s .= "\nnetwork={\n";
         #- write ssid first
         if (my $ssid = delete $new_network->{ssid}) {
-            $s .= "    ssid = $ssid\n";
+            $s .= "    ssid=$ssid\n";
         }
         while (my ($key, $value) = each(%$new_network)) {
-            $s .= "    $key = $value\n";
+            $s .= "    $key=$value\n";
         }
         $s .= "}\n";
     }
diff --git a/perl-install/install/Makefile b/perl-install/install/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7684ebf3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+include ../../Makefile.config
+include ../Makefile.config
+
+PRODUCT=drakx-installer-stage2
+
+ROOTDEST = /export
+STAGE2_DEST = $(ROOTDEST)/install/stage2
+DEST = $(STAGE2_DEST)/live
+
+REP4PMS     = /usr/lib/libDrakX
+DESTREP4PMS = $(DEST)$(REP4PMS)
+
+all: xs
+
+clean xs:
+	make -C .. $@
+
+tar:
+	rm -rf $(PRODUCT)*.tar* $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)
+	mkdir -p $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)
+	svn export -q .. $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)/perl-install
+	svn export -q ../../tools $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)/tools
+	svn export -q ../../kernel $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)/kernel
+	cp ../../Makefile.config $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)/
+	tar cfj $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION).tar.bz2 $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)
+	rm -rf $(PRODUCT)-$(VERSION)
+
+install:
+	$(MAKE) full_stage2
+	echo $(VERSION) > $(STAGE2_DEST)/VERSION
+
+install_pms:
+	[ -d $(DEST) ] || ../../tools/mdkinst_stage2_tool --uncompress $(STAGE2_DEST)
+
+	for i in `perl -ne 's/sub (\w+?)_?(\(\))? {.*/$$1/ and print' commands.pm` sync; do ln -sf commands $(DEST)/usr/bin/$$i; done
+
+	install -d $(DESTREP4PMS)
+	cd .. ; for i in $(PMS); do \
+		dest=$(DESTREP4PMS)/`dirname $$i`; \
+		install -d $$dest; \
+		perl -pe 's/#[-+].*//; $$_ = "\n" if (/^=(head|begin)/ .. /^=cut/) || /use (diagnostics|strict|vars|warnings)/' $$i > $(DESTREP4PMS)/$$i; \
+	done
+
+	cp ../share/*.rc share/*.rc $(DESTREP4PMS)
+	chmod a+x $(DESTREP4PMS)/install/install2
+	chmod a+x $(DESTREP4PMS)/install/commands
+
+get_needed_files: xs
+	REP4PMS=$(REP4PMS) ../../tools/install-xml-file-list share/list.xml $(DEST)
+	chmod u-s -R $(DEST) # for mount/umount
+	share/generate-xlocales $(DEST)
+
+	mv -f $(DEST)/usr/$(LIB)/*.so* $(DEST)/$(LIB)
+	../../tools/simplify-drakx-modules $(DEST)/usr/*/*/*/utf8_heavy.pl
+
+	perl -I.. -Mlang -e 'symlink "UTF-8", "$(DEST)/usr/share/locale/$$_" foreach lang::list_langs()'
+
+	perl -ane 'symlink "$$F[1]", "$(DEST)$$F[0]"' share/aliases
+ifeq (ia64,$(ARCH))
+	ln -sf bash $(DEST)/bin/sh
+else
+	ln -sf ash $(DEST)/bin/sh
+endif
+
+	mkfontdir $(DEST)/usr/share/fonts
+	fc-cache -f $(DEST)/usr/share/fonts
+
+	$(MAKE) -C ../share/po install SUDO= LOCALEDIR=$(DEST)/usr/share/locale_special
+	$(MAKE) -C help/po install SUDO= LOCALEDIR=$(DEST)/usr/share/locale_special
+	$(MAKE) -C share/po install SUDO= LOCALEDIR=$(DEST)/usr/share/locale_special
+# POFILES to disable for installation:
+# be,fur: too few messages translated; 
+# ta: font problem
+	rm -rf $(DEST)/usr/share/locale_special/{be,fur,ta}
+
+full_stage2:
+	$(MAKE) stage2
+	$(MAKE) compress
+
+compress:
+	../../tools/mdkinst_stage2_tool --clean --compress $(STAGE2_DEST)
+
+stage2:
+	rm -rf $(DEST)
+	mkdir -p $(DEST)
+	$(MAKE) get_needed_files 
+	$(MAKE) install_pms
+
+dont_run_directly_stage2:
+	[ -d $(DEST) ] || ../../tools/mdkinst_stage2_tool --uncompress $(STAGE2_DEST)
+	echo -e '#!/bin/sh\n\nexec /usr/bin/busybox sh' > $(DEST)/usr/bin/runinstall2.sh
+	chmod a+x $(DEST)/usr/bin/runinstall2.sh
+	ln -sf runinstall2.sh $(DEST)/usr/bin/runinstall2
+
+trace_stage2:
+	[ -d $(DEST) ] || ../../tools/mdkinst_stage2_tool --uncompress $(STAGE2_DEST)
+	f=`perldoc -l Devel::Trace`; install -m 644 -D $$f $(DEST)$$f
+	perl -pi -e 's|(#!/usr/bin/perl).*|$$1 -d:Trace|' $(DEST)/usr/bin/runinstall2
+
+# [pixel] after make install_pms:
+# sudo sh -c 'CLEAN=1 perl ../../tools/drakx-in-chroot /export /tmp/rr --useless_thing_accepted --kickstart install/auto_inst.cfg.local.pl'
diff --git a/perl-install/install/NEWS b/perl-install/install/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed4e7c23f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/NEWS
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+- really allow having name with "/" in media.cfg
+
+Version 10.4.129 - 4 April 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- move advertising out of drakx-installer-stage2 into drakx-installer-advertising
+
+Version 10.4.128 - 3 April 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- don't configure /etc/kde/kdm/kdmrc if it doesn't exist
+  (other kdmrc.rpmnew will be created, many important values will be missing)
+- fix ext3 formatting with label and progress bar (#30032)
+- fix taking screenshot
+- prefering libkdebase4-kmenuedit over libkdebase46-kmenuedit to ensure
+  kdebase-kmenuedit is chosen instead of kdebase4-kmenuedit
+
+Version 10.4.126 - 29 March 2007, by Olivier "blino" Blin
+
+- use pci_domain when matching sysfs device and computing
+  sysfs device path
+
+Version 10.4.124 - 29 March 2007, by Olivier "blino" Blin
+
+- correctly mark "update" media in urpmi.cfg
+- fix multiple detection of PCI network cards with the same driver (#29688)
+- rename o->{build_live_system} as more generic o->{match_all_hardware} name
+- automatically install network drivers when matching all hardware
+
+Version 10.4.122 - 29 March 2007, by Thierry Vignaud
+
+- final banner image
+- fix installing kernel-source-stripped
+- include mmc_block for card readers
+
+Version 10.4.120 - 23 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- allow having name with "/" in media.cfg
+- interactive::curses: 
+  o handle multi-line labels, and wrap too long labels (#29060)
+- do not use bold&big for advanced_messages
+  (fixes authentication choice being big & ugly, #28676)
+
+Version 10.4.119 - 22 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- use concat_symlink to get rid of ../../ in urpmi.cfg on x86_64 for main32 medium
+- don't complain about missing pata drivers
+- do not install nspluginwrapper on ia32 (#29808)
+- use http://api.mandriva.com/mirrors/$type.$version.$arch instead of simply
+  $version.$arch (useful to differentiate CorpoDesktop4)
+- fix ati/nvidia drivers installation on One
+
+Version 10.4.116 - 19 March 2007, by Thierry Vignaud
+
+- do not fallback on english HTML help but on on old translated help
+- handle more drivers (dvb, ethernet, gigabit, ide, pcmcia, sata,
+  sound, tv, usb hosts, wan, webcam, wireless)
+- 2007 RC logo
+- diskdrake: handle mkntfs
+
+Version 10.4.115 - 16 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- use kernel-*latest to select the kernel, 
+  and also kernel-source-stripped-latest when dkms is installed on upgrade
+- add some nice code selecting the various kernel-source-stripped (or
+  kernel-.*-devel) corresponding to the chosen kernels
+- allow having rpmsrate on CD0 overriding rpmsrate on CD1 
+  (bugged introduced in rev 37253)
+- when using 2 media_cfg in auto_inst, 
+  allow specifying which rpmsrate will be used
+- for locales with fallback (eg: br:fr), try main language before
+  english
+
+Version 10.4.114 - 16 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- use grub-gfxmenu command to configure /boot/gfxmenu for grub
+
+Version 10.4.111 - 15 March 2007, by Olivier "blino" Blin
+
+- correctly translate Driver2 to package name (fix ati packages installation on One)
+
+Version 10.4.109 - 15 March 2007, by Thierry Vignaud
+
+- display HTML help if availlable
+- load tifm_sd if needed (#25133)
+
+Version 10.4.107 - 13 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- prefer kde3 packages over kde4 packages
+
+Version 10.4.106 - 12 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- move the lib64 symlink in share/symlinks (to fix drakx-in-chroot),
+  this will leave a harmless dangling symlink in most cases though
+- configure "tifm_7xx1" driven card_reader (#25133)
+- do not bother configure old modutils
+- fix PCI descriptions returned from pci_probe()
+- enhance wrapping in wizards
+
+Version 10.4.103 - 6 March 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- add icons needed by xorg configuration (#29069)
+
+Version 10.4.98 - 22 February 2007, by Thierry Vignaud
+
+- do not install athcool on ia32, it freeze at least some nforce2 machines
+- fix regexp for kernel-2.6.17.10mdv for autoinstall install & liveCD building
+- include fsck.jfs on x86_64 too (#28821)
+- update kernel/list_modules.pm
+
+Version 10.4.96 - 16 February 2007, by Pascal "Pixel" Rigaux
+
+- handle vga=0x3.. instead of vga=7..
+- prefer free-kde-config (otherwise one-kde-config is chosen)
+- use system-wide raghu.ttf (pablo)
+- fix rights on files
+- fix automatic selection of proprietary video kernel packages (blino)
+- modify custom.conf instead of gdm.conf (blino)
+
+10.4.93
+- really fix command bug
diff --git a/perl-install/install/any.pm b/perl-install/install/any.pm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..19d3dff22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/any.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,1411 @@
+package install::any; # $Id$
+
+use strict;
+
+our @ISA = qw(Exporter);
+our @EXPORT_OK = qw(addToBeDone);
+
+#-######################################################################################
+#- misc imports
+#-######################################################################################
+use common;
+use run_program;
+use fs::type;
+use fs::format;
+use fs::any;
+use partition_table;
+use devices;
+use modules;
+use detect_devices;
+use install::media 'getFile_';
+use lang;
+use any;
+use log;
+
+our @advertising_images;
+
+sub drakx_version { 
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    if ($::move) {
+	sprintf "DrakX-move v%s", cat_('/usr/bin/stage2/move.pm') =~ /move\.pm,v (\S+ \S+ \S+)/;
+    } else {
+	my $version = cat__(getFile_($o->{stage2_phys_medium}, "install/stage2/VERSION"));
+	sprintf "DrakX v%s", chomp_($version);
+    }
+}
+
+#-######################################################################################
+#- Functions
+#-######################################################################################
+sub dont_run_directly_stage2() {
+    readlink("/usr/bin/runinstall2") eq "runinstall2.sh";
+}
+
+sub is_network_install {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    member($o->{method}, qw(ftp http nfs));
+}
+
+
+sub start_i810fb() {
+    my ($vga) = cat_('/proc/cmdline') =~ /vga=(\S+)/;
+    return if !$vga || listlength(cat_('/proc/fb'));
+
+    my %vga_to_xres = (0x311 => '640', 0x314 => '800', 0x317 => '1024');
+    my $xres = $vga_to_xres{$vga} || '800';
+
+    log::l("trying to load i810fb module with xres <$xres> (vga was <$vga>)");
+    eval { modules::load('intel-agp') };
+    eval {
+	my $opt = "xres=$xres hsync1=32 hsync2=48 vsync1=50 vsync2=70 vram=2 bpp=16 accel=1 mtrr=1"; #- this sucking i810fb does not accept floating point numbers in hsync!
+	modules::load_with_options([ 'i810fb' ], { i810fb => $opt }); 
+    };
+}
+
+sub spawnShell() {
+    return if $::local_install || $::testing || dont_run_directly_stage2();
+
+    my $shellpid_file = '/var/run/drakx_shell.pid';
+    return if -e $shellpid_file && -d '/proc/' . chomp_(cat_($shellpid_file));
+
+    if (my $shellpid = fork()) {
+        output($shellpid_file, $shellpid);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    $ENV{DISPLAY} ||= ":0"; #- why not :pp
+
+    local *F;
+    sysopen F, "/dev/tty2", 2 or log::l("cannot open /dev/tty2 -- no shell will be provided: $!"), goto cant_spawn;
+
+    open STDIN, "<&F" or goto cant_spawn;
+    open STDOUT, ">&F" or goto cant_spawn;
+    open STDERR, ">&F" or goto cant_spawn;
+    close F;
+
+    print drakx_version($::o), "\n";
+
+    c::setsid();
+
+    ioctl(STDIN, c::TIOCSCTTY(), 0) or warn "could not set new controlling tty: $!";
+
+    my @args; -e '/etc/bashrc' and @args = qw(--rcfile /etc/bashrc);
+    foreach (qw(/bin/bash /usr/bin/busybox /bin/sh)) {
+        -x $_ or next;
+        my $program_name = /busybox/ ? "/bin/sh" : $_;  #- since perl_checker is too dumb
+        exec { $_ } $program_name, @args or log::l("exec of $_ failed: $!");
+    }
+
+    log::l("cannot open any shell");
+cant_spawn:
+    c::_exit(1);
+}
+
+sub getAvailableSpace {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    #- make sure of this place to be available for installation, this could help a lot.
+    #- currently doing a very small install use 36Mb of postinstall-rpm, but installing
+    #- these packages may eat up to 90Mb (of course not all the server may be installed!).
+    #- 65mb may be a good choice to avoid almost all problem of insuficient space left...
+    my $minAvailableSize = 65 * sqr(1024);
+
+    my $n = !$::testing && getAvailableSpace_mounted($::prefix) || 
+            getAvailableSpace_raw($o->{fstab}) * 512 / 1.07;
+    $n - max(0.1 * $n, $minAvailableSize);
+}
+
+sub getAvailableSpace_mounted {
+    my ($prefix) = @_;
+    my $dir = -d "$prefix/usr" ? "$prefix/usr" : $prefix;
+    my (undef, $free) = MDK::Common::System::df($dir) or return;
+    log::l("getAvailableSpace_mounted $free KB");
+    $free * 1024 || 1;
+}
+sub getAvailableSpace_raw {
+    my ($fstab) = @_;
+
+    do { $_->{mntpoint} eq '/usr' and return $_->{size} } foreach @$fstab;
+    do { $_->{mntpoint} eq '/'    and return $_->{size} } foreach @$fstab;
+
+    if ($::testing) {
+	my $nb = 450;
+	log::l("taking ${nb}MB for testing");
+	return $nb << 11;
+    }
+    die "missing root partition";
+}
+
+sub preConfigureTimezone {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    require timezone;
+   
+    #- can not be done in install cuz' timeconfig %post creates funny things
+    add2hash($o->{timezone}, timezone::read()) if $o->{isUpgrade};
+
+    $o->{timezone}{timezone} ||= timezone::bestTimezone($o->{locale}{country});
+
+    my $utc = every { !isFat_or_NTFS($_) } @{$o->{fstab}};
+    my $ntp = timezone::ntp_server();
+    add2hash_($o->{timezone}, { UTC => $utc, ntp => $ntp });
+}
+
+sub ask_suppl_media_method {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    our $suppl_already_asked;
+
+    my $msg = $suppl_already_asked
+      ? N("Do you have further supplementary media?")
+      : formatAlaTeX(
+#-PO: keep the double empty lines between sections, this is formatted a la LaTeX
+	    N("The following media have been found and will be used during install: %s.
+
+
+Do you have a supplementary installation medium to configure?",
+	    join(", ", map { $_->{name} } install::media::allMediums($o->{packages}))));
+
+    my %l = my @l = (
+	''      => N("None"),
+	'cdrom' => N("CD-ROM"),
+	'http'  => N("Network (HTTP)"),
+	'ftp'   => N("Network (FTP)"),
+	'nfs'   => N("Network (NFS)"),
+    );
+
+    $o->ask_from(
+	'', $msg,
+	[ {
+	    val => \my $suppl,
+	    list => [ map { $_->[0] } group_by2(@l) ],
+	    type => 'list',
+	    format => sub { $l{$_[0]} },
+	} ],
+    );
+
+    $suppl_already_asked = 1;
+    $suppl;
+}
+
+#- if the supplementary media is networked, but not the main one, network
+#- support must be installed and network started.
+sub prep_net_suppl_media {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    require network::tools;
+    my (undef, $is_up, undef) = network::tools::get_internet_connection($o->{net});
+
+    return if our $net_suppl_media_configured && $is_up;
+    $net_suppl_media_configured = 1;
+
+    #- install basesystem now
+    $o->do_pkgs->ensure_is_installed('basesystem', undef, 1);
+
+    require network::netconnect;
+    network::netconnect::real_main($o->{net}, $o, $o->{modules_conf});
+    require install::interactive;
+    install::interactive::upNetwork($o);
+    sleep(3);
+}
+
+sub ask_url {
+    my ($in, $o_url) = @_;
+
+    my $url = $o_url;
+    $in->ask_from_({ messages => N("URL of the mirror?"), focus_first => 1 }, [ 
+	{ val => \$url,
+	  validate => sub { 
+	      if ($url =~ m!^(http|ftp)://!) {
+		  1;
+	      } else {
+		  $in->ask_warn('', N("URL must start with ftp:// or http://"));
+		  0;
+	      }
+	  } } ]) && $url;
+}
+sub ask_mirror {
+    my ($o, $type, $o_url) = @_;
+    
+    require mirror;
+
+    my $mirrors = eval {
+	my $_w = $o->wait_message('', N("Contacting Mandriva Linux web site to get the list of available mirrors..."));
+	mirror::list($o->{product_id}, $type);
+    };
+    my $err = $@;
+    if (!$mirrors) {
+	$o->ask_warn('', N("Failed contacting Mandriva Linux web site to get the list of available mirrors") . "\n$err");
+	return ask_url($o, $o_url);
+    }
+
+    my $give_url = { country => '-', host => 'URL' };
+
+    my $mirror = $o_url ? (find { $_->{url} eq $o_url } @$mirrors) || $give_url 
+        #- use current time zone to select best mirror
+      : mirror::nearest($o->{timezone}{timezone}, $mirrors);
+
+    $o->ask_from_({ messages => N("Choose a mirror from which to get the packages"),
+		    cancel => N("Cancel"),
+		}, [ { separator => '|',
+		       format => \&mirror::mirror2text,
+		       list => [ @$mirrors, $give_url ],
+		       val => \$mirror,
+		   },
+		 ]) or return;
+
+    my $url;
+    if ($mirror eq $give_url) {
+	$url = ask_url($o, $o_url) or goto &ask_mirror;
+    } else {
+	$url = $mirror->{url};
+    }
+    $url =~ s!/main/?$!!;
+    log::l("chosen mirror: $url");
+    $url;
+}
+
+sub ask_suppl_media_url {
+    my ($o, $method, $o_url) = @_;
+
+    if ($method eq 'ftp' || $method eq 'http') {
+	install::any::ask_mirror($o, 'distrib', $o_url);
+    } elsif ($method eq 'cdrom') {
+	'cdrom://';
+    } elsif ($method eq 'nfs') {
+	my ($host, $dir) = $o_url ? $o_url =~ m!nfs://(.*?)(/.*)! : ();
+	$o->ask_from_(
+	    { title => N("NFS setup"), 
+	      messages => N("Please enter the hostname and directory of your NFS media"),
+	      focus_first => 1,
+	      callbacks => {
+		  complete => sub {
+		      $host or $o->ask_warn('', N("Hostname missing")), return 1, 0;
+		      $dir eq '' || begins_with($dir, '/') or $o->ask_warn('', N("Directory must begin with \"/\"")), return 1, 1;
+		      0;
+		  },
+	      } },
+	    [ { label => N("Hostname of the NFS mount ?"), val => \$host }, 
+	      { label => N("Directory"), val => \$dir } ],
+	) or return;
+	$dir =~ s!/+$!!; 
+	$dir ||= '/';
+	"nfs://$host$dir";
+    } else { internal_error("bad method $method") }
+}
+sub selectSupplMedia {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    my $url;
+
+  ask_method:
+    my $method = ask_suppl_media_method($o) or return;
+
+    #- configure network if needed
+    if (!scalar keys %{$o->{net}{ifcfg}} && $method !~ /^(?:cdrom|disk)/ && !$::local_install) {
+	prep_net_suppl_media($o);
+    }
+
+  ask_url:
+    $url = ask_suppl_media_url($o, $method, $url) or goto ask_method;
+
+    my $phys_medium = install::media::url2mounted_phys_medium($o, $url, undef, N("Supplementary")) or $o->ask_warn('', formatError($@)), goto ask_url;
+    $phys_medium->{is_suppl} = 1;
+    $phys_medium->{unknown_CD} = 1;
+
+    my $arch = $o->{product_id}{arch};
+    my $field = $phys_medium->{device} ? 'rel_path' : 'url';
+    my $val = $phys_medium->{$field};
+    my $val0 = $val =~ m!^(.*?)(/media)?/?$! && "$1/media";
+    my $val2 = $val =~ m!^(.*?)(/\Q$arch\E)?(/media)?/?$! && "$1/$arch/media";
+
+    foreach (uniq($val0, $val, $val2)) {
+	log::l("trying with $field set to $_");
+	$phys_medium->{$field} = $_;
+
+	#- first, try to find a media.cfg file
+	eval { install::media::get_media_cfg($o, $phys_medium, $o->{packages}, undef, 'force_rpmsrate') };
+	if (!$@) {
+	    delete $phys_medium->{unknown_CD}; #- we have a known CD now
+	    return 1;
+	}
+    }
+    #- restore it
+    $phys_medium->{$field} = $val;
+
+    #- try using media_info/hdlist.cz
+    my $medium_id = int(@{$o->{packages}{mediums}});
+    eval { install::media::get_standalone_medium($o, $phys_medium, $o->{packages}, { name => "Supplementary media $medium_id" }) };
+    if (!$@) {
+	log::l("read suppl hdlist (via $method)");
+	delete $phys_medium->{unknown_CD}; #- we have a known CD now
+	return 1;
+    }
+
+    install::media::umount_phys_medium($phys_medium);
+    install::media::remove_from_fstab($o->{all_hds}, $phys_medium);
+    $o->ask_warn('', N("Can't find a package list file on this mirror. Make sure the location is correct."));
+    goto ask_url;
+}
+
+sub load_rate_files {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    #- must be done after getProvides
+
+    install::pkgs::read_rpmsrate($o->{packages}, $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}, '/tmp/rpmsrate', $o->{match_all_hardware});
+
+    ($o->{compssUsers}, $o->{gtk_display_compssUsers}) = install::pkgs::readCompssUsers('/tmp/compssUsers.pl');
+
+    defined $o->{compssUsers} or die "Can't read compssUsers.pl file, aborting installation\n";
+}
+
+sub setPackages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    require install::pkgs;
+    {
+	$o->{packages} = install::pkgs::empty_packages();
+	
+	my $media = $o->{media} || [ { type => 'media_cfg', url => 'drakx://media' } ];
+
+	my ($suppl_method, $copy_rpms_on_disk) = install::media::get_media($o, $media, $o->{packages});
+
+	if ($suppl_method) {
+	    1 while $o->selectSupplMedia;
+	}
+
+	#- open rpm db according to right mode needed (ie rebuilding database if upgrading)
+	$o->{packages}{rpmdb} ||= install::pkgs::rpmDbOpen($o->{isUpgrade});
+
+	{
+	    my $_wait = $o->wait_message('', N("Looking at packages already installed..."));
+	    install::pkgs::selectPackagesAlreadyInstalled($o->{packages});
+	}
+
+	if (my $extension = $o->{upgrade_by_removing_pkgs_matching}) {
+	    my $time = time();
+	    my ($_w, $wait_message) = $o->wait_message_with_progress_bar;
+	    $wait_message->(N("Removing packages prior to upgrade..."));
+	    my ($current, $total);
+	    my $callback = sub {
+		my (undef, $type, $_id, $subtype, $amount) = @_;
+		if ($type eq 'user') {
+		    ($current, $total) = (0, $amount);
+		} elsif ($type eq 'uninst' && $subtype eq 'stop') {
+		    $wait_message->('', $current++, $total);
+		}
+	    };
+	    push @{$o->{default_packages}}, install::pkgs::upgrade_by_removing_pkgs($o->{packages}, $callback, $extension, $o->{isUpgrade});
+	    log::l("Removing packages took: ", formatTimeRaw(time() - $time));
+	}
+
+	mark_skipped_packages($o);
+
+	#- always try to select basic kernel (else on upgrade, kernel will never be updated provided a kernel is already
+	#- installed and provides what is necessary).
+	my $kernel_pkg = install::pkgs::bestKernelPackage($o->{packages});
+	install::pkgs::selectPackage($o->{packages}, $kernel_pkg, 1);
+	if ($o->{isUpgrade} && $o->{packages}{sizes}{dkms}) {
+	    log::l("selecting kernel-source-stripped-latest (since dkms was installed)");
+	    install::pkgs::select_by_package_names($o->{packages}, ['kernel-source-stripped-latest'], 1);
+	}
+
+	install::pkgs::select_by_package_names_or_die($o->{packages}, ['basesystem'], 1);
+
+	my $rpmsrate_flags_was_chosen = $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen};
+
+	put_in_hash($o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen} ||= {}, rpmsrate_always_flags($o)); #- must be done before install::pkgs::read_rpmsrate()
+	load_rate_files($o);
+
+	install::media::copy_rpms_on_disk($o) if $copy_rpms_on_disk;
+
+	set_rpmsrate_default_category_flags($o, $rpmsrate_flags_was_chosen);
+
+	push @{$o->{default_packages}}, default_packages($o);
+	select_default_packages($o);
+    }
+
+    if ($o->{isUpgrade}) {
+	{
+	    my $_w = $o->wait_message('', N("Finding packages to upgrade..."));
+	    install::pkgs::selectPackagesToUpgrade($o->{packages});
+	}
+	if ($o->{packages}{sizes}{'kdebase-progs'}) {
+	    log::l("selecting task-kde (since kdebase-progs was installed)");
+	    install::pkgs::select_by_package_names($o->{packages}, ['task-kde']);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+sub create_minimal_files() {
+    mkdir "$::prefix/$_", 0755 foreach 
+      qw(dev etc etc/profile.d etc/rpm etc/sysconfig etc/sysconfig/console 
+	etc/sysconfig/network-scripts etc/sysconfig/console/consolefonts 
+	etc/sysconfig/console/consoletrans
+	home mnt tmp var var/tmp var/lib var/lib/rpm var/lib/urpmi);
+    mkdir "$::prefix/$_", 0700 foreach qw(root root/tmp root/drakx);
+
+    devices::make("$::prefix/dev/null");
+    chmod 0666, "$::prefix/dev/null";
+}
+
+sub count_files {
+    my ($dir) = @_;
+    -d $dir or return 0;
+    opendir my $dh, $dir or return 0;
+    my @list = grep { !/^\.\.?$/ } readdir $dh;
+    closedir $dh;
+    my $c = 0;
+    foreach my $n (@list) {
+	my $p = "$dir/$n";
+	if (-d $p) { $c += count_files($p) } else { ++$c }
+    }
+    $c;
+}
+
+sub cp_with_progress {
+    my $wait_message = shift;
+    my $current = shift;
+    my $total = shift;
+    my $dest = pop @_;
+    @_ or return;
+    @_ == 1 || -d $dest or die "cp: copying multiple files, but last argument ($dest) is not a directory\n";
+
+    foreach my $src (@_) {
+	my $dest = $dest;
+	-d $dest and $dest .= '/' . basename($src);
+
+	unlink $dest;
+
+	if (-l $src) {
+	    unless (symlink(readlink($src) || die("readlink failed: $!"), $dest)) {
+		warn "symlink: can't create symlink $dest: $!\n";
+	    }
+	} elsif (-d $src) {
+	    -d $dest or mkdir $dest, (stat($src))[2] or die "mkdir: can't create directory $dest: $!\n";
+	    cp_with_progress($wait_message, $current, $total, glob_($src), $dest);
+	} else {
+	    open(my $F, $src) or die "can't open $src for reading: $!\n";
+	    open(my $G, ">", $dest) or die "can't cp to file $dest: $!\n";
+	    local $/ = \4096;
+	    local $_; while (<$F>) { print $G $_ }
+	    chmod((stat($src))[2], $dest);
+	    $wait_message->('', ++$current, $total);
+	}
+    }
+    1;
+}
+
+sub set_rpmsrate_default_category_flags {
+    my ($o, $rpmsrate_flags_was_chosen) = @_;
+
+    #- if no cleaning needed, populate by default, clean is used for second or more call to this function.
+    if ($::auto_install && ($o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen} || {})->{CAT_ALL}) {
+	$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{"CAT_$_"} = 1 foreach map { @{$_->{flags}} } @{$o->{compssUsers}};
+    }
+    if (!$rpmsrate_flags_was_chosen && !$o->{isUpgrade}) {
+	#- use default selection seen in compssUsers directly.
+	$_->{selected} = $_->{default_selected} foreach @{$o->{compssUsers}};
+	set_rpmsrate_category_flags($o, $o->{compssUsers});
+    }
+}
+
+sub set_rpmsrate_category_flags {
+    my ($o, $compssUsers) = @_;
+
+    $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{$_} = 0 foreach grep { /^CAT_/ } keys %{$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}};
+    $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{"CAT_$_"} = 1 foreach map { @{$_->{flags}} } grep { $_->{selected} } @$compssUsers;
+    $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{CAT_SYSTEM} = 1;
+    $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{CAT_MINIMAL_DOCS} = 1;
+}
+
+
+sub rpmsrate_always_flags {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    my $rpmsrate_flags_chosen = {};
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{qq(META_CLASS"$o->{meta_class}")} = 1;
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{uc($_)} = 1 foreach grep { $o->{match_all_hardware} || detect_devices::probe_category("multimedia/$_") } modules::sub_categories('multimedia');
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{uc($_)} = 1 foreach detect_devices::probe_name('Flag');
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{UTF8} = $o->{locale}{utf8};
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{BURNER} = 1 if $o->{match_all_hardware} || detect_devices::burners();
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{DVD} = 1 if $o->{match_all_hardware} || detect_devices::dvdroms();
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{USB} = 1 if $o->{match_all_hardware} || $o->{modules_conf}->get_probeall("usb-interface");
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{PCMCIA} = 1 if $o->{match_all_hardware} || detect_devices::hasPCMCIA();
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{HIGH_SECURITY} = 1 if $o->{security} > 3;
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{BIGMEM} = 1 if detect_devices::BIGMEM();
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{SMP} = 1 if detect_devices::hasSMP();
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{CDCOM} = 1 if any { $_->{name} =~ /commercial/i } install::media::allMediums($o->{packages});
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{'3D'} = 1 if
+      $o->{match_all_hardware} ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Matrox.* G[245][05]0') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Rage X[CL]') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('3D Rage (?:LT|Pro)') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Voodoo [35]') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Voodoo Banshee') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('8281[05].* CGC') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Rage 128') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('Radeon ') || #- all Radeon card are now 3D with 4.3.0
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN]Vidia.*T[nN]T2') || #- TNT2 cards
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN][vV]idia.*NV[56]') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN][vV]idia.*Vanta') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN][vV]idia.*[gG]e[fF]orce') || #- GeForce cards
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN][vV]idia.*NV1[15]') ||
+      detect_devices::matching_desc__regexp('[nN][vV]idia.*Quadro');
+
+    foreach (lang::langsLANGUAGE($o->{locale}{langs})) {
+	$rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{qq(LOCALES"$_")} = 1;
+    }
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen->{'CHARSET"' . lang::l2charset($o->{locale}{lang}) . '"'} = 1;
+
+    $rpmsrate_flags_chosen;
+}
+
+sub default_packages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    my @l;
+
+    push @l, "brltty" if cat_("/proc/cmdline") =~ /brltty=/;
+    push @l, "nfs-utils-clients" if $o->{method} eq "nfs";
+    push @l, "mdadm" if !is_empty_array_ref($o->{all_hds}{raids});
+    push @l, "lvm2" if !is_empty_array_ref($o->{all_hds}{lvms});
+    push @l, "dmraid" if any { fs::type::is_dmraid($_) } @{$o->{all_hds}{hds}};
+    push @l, 'powernowd' if cat_('/proc/cpuinfo') =~ /AuthenticAMD/ && arch() =~ /x86_64/
+      || cat_('/proc/cpuinfo') =~ /model name.*Intel\(R\) Core\(TM\)2 CPU/;
+    push @l, detect_devices::probe_name('Pkg');
+
+    my $dmi_BIOS = detect_devices::dmidecode_category('BIOS');
+    my $dmi_Base_Board = detect_devices::dmidecode_category('Base Board');
+    if ($dmi_BIOS->{Vendor} eq 'COMPAL' && $dmi_BIOS->{Characteristics} =~ /Function key-initiated network boot is supported/
+          || $dmi_Base_Board->{Manufacturer} =~ /^ACER/ && $dmi_Base_Board->{'Product Name'} =~ /TravelMate 610/) {
+	#- FIXME : append correct options (wireless, ...)
+	modules::append_to_modules_loaded_at_startup_for_all_kernels('acerhk');
+    }
+
+    push @l, 'quota' if any { $_->{options} =~ /usrquota|grpquota/ } @{$o->{fstab}};
+    push @l, uniq(grep { $_ } map { fs::format::package_needed_for_partition_type($_) } @{$o->{fstab}});
+
+    my @locale_pkgs = map { install::pkgs::packagesProviding($o->{packages}, 'locales-' . $_) } lang::langsLANGUAGE($o->{locale}{langs});
+    unshift @l, uniq(map { $_->name } @locale_pkgs);
+
+    @l;
+}
+
+sub mark_skipped_packages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    install::pkgs::skip_packages($o->{packages}, $o->{skipped_packages}) if $o->{skipped_packages};
+}
+
+sub select_default_packages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    install::pkgs::select_by_package_names($o->{packages}, $o->{default_packages});
+}
+
+sub unselectMostPackages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    install::pkgs::unselectAllPackages($o->{packages});
+    select_default_packages($o);
+}
+
+sub warnAboutNaughtyServers {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    my @naughtyServers = install::pkgs::naughtyServers($o->{packages}) or return 1;
+    my $r = $o->ask_from_list_('', 
+formatAlaTeX(
+             #-PO: keep the double empty lines between sections, this is formatted a la LaTeX
+             N("You have selected the following server(s): %s
+
+
+These servers are activated by default. They do not have any known security
+issues, but some new ones could be found. In that case, you must make sure
+to upgrade as soon as possible.
+
+
+Do you really want to install these servers?
+", join(", ", @naughtyServers))), [ N_("Yes"), N_("No") ], 'Yes') or return;
+    if ($r ne 'Yes') {
+	log::l("unselecting naughty servers: " . join(' ', @naughtyServers));
+	install::pkgs::unselectPackage($o->{packages}, install::pkgs::packageByName($o->{packages}, $_)) foreach @naughtyServers;
+    }
+    1;
+}
+
+sub warnAboutRemovedPackages {
+    my ($o, $packages) = @_;
+    my @removedPackages = keys %{$packages->{state}{ask_remove} || {}} or return;
+    if (!$o->ask_yesorno('', 
+formatAlaTeX(
+             #-PO: keep the double empty lines between sections, this is formatted a la LaTeX
+             N("The following packages will be removed to allow upgrading your system: %s
+
+
+Do you really want to remove these packages?
+", join(", ", @removedPackages))), 1)) {
+	$packages->{state}{ask_remove} = {};
+    }
+}
+
+sub addToBeDone(&$) {
+    my ($f, $step) = @_;
+
+    return &$f() if $::o->{steps}{$step}{done};
+
+    push @{$::o->{steps}{$step}{toBeDone}}, $f;
+}
+
+sub set_authentication {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    my $when_network_is_up = sub {
+	my ($f) = @_;
+	#- defer running xxx - no network yet
+	addToBeDone {
+	    require install::steps;
+	    install::steps::upNetwork($o, 'pppAvoided');
+	    $f->();
+	} 'configureNetwork';
+    };
+    require authentication;
+    authentication::set($o, $o->{net}, $o->{authentication} ||= {}, $when_network_is_up);
+}
+
+#-###############################################################################
+#- kde stuff
+#-###############################################################################
+sub kdemove_desktop_file {
+    my ($prefix) = @_;
+    my @toMove = qw(doc.kdelnk news.kdelnk updates.kdelnk home.kdelnk printer.kdelnk floppy.kdelnk cdrom.kdelnk FLOPPY.kdelnk CDROM.kdelnk);
+
+    #- remove any existing save in Trash of each user and
+    #- move appropriate file there after an upgrade.
+    foreach my $dir (grep { -d $_ } list_skels($prefix, 'Desktop')) {
+	renamef("$dir/$_", "$dir/Trash/$_") 
+	  foreach grep { -e "$dir/$_" } @toMove, grep { /\.rpmorig$/ } all($dir);
+    }
+}
+
+
+#-###############################################################################
+#- auto_install stuff
+#-###############################################################################
+sub auto_inst_file() { "$::prefix/root/drakx/auto_inst.cfg.pl" }
+
+sub report_bug() {
+    any::report_bug('auto_inst' => g_auto_install('', 1));
+}
+
+sub g_auto_install {
+    my ($b_replay, $b_respect_privacy) = @_;
+    my $o = {};
+
+    require install::pkgs;
+    $o->{default_packages} = install::pkgs::selected_leaves($::o->{packages});
+
+    my @fields = qw(mntpoint fs_type size);
+    $o->{partitions} = [ map { 
+	my %l; @l{@fields} = @$_{@fields}; \%l;
+    } grep { 
+	$_->{mntpoint} && fs::format::known_type($_);
+    } @{$::o->{fstab}} ];
+    
+    exists $::o->{$_} and $o->{$_} = $::o->{$_} foreach qw(locale authentication mouse net timezone superuser keyboard users partitioning isUpgrade manualFstab nomouseprobe crypto security security_user libsafe useSupermount autoExitInstall X services postInstall postInstallNonRooted); #- TODO modules bootloader 
+
+    local $o->{partitioning}{auto_allocate} = !$b_replay;
+    $o->{autoExitInstall} = !$b_replay;
+    $o->{interactiveSteps} = [ 'doPartitionDisks', 'formatPartitions' ] if $b_replay;
+
+    #- deep copy because we're modifying it below
+    $o->{users} = $b_respect_privacy ? [] : [ @{$o->{users} || []} ];
+
+    my @user_info_to_remove = (
+	if_($b_respect_privacy, qw(realname pw)), 
+	qw(oldu oldg password password2),
+    );
+    $_ = { %{$_ || {}} }, delete @$_{@user_info_to_remove} foreach $o->{superuser}, @{$o->{users} || []};
+
+    if ($b_respect_privacy && $o->{net}) {
+	if (my $type = $o->{net}{type}) {
+	    my @net_type_to_remove = qw(passwd login phone_in phone_out);
+	    $_ = { %{$_ || {}} }, delete @$_{@net_type_to_remove} foreach $o->{net}{$type};
+	}
+    }
+    my $warn_privacy = $b_respect_privacy ? "!! This file has been simplified to respect privacy when reporting problems.
+# You should use /root/drakx/auto_inst.cfg.pl instead !!\n#" : '';
+    
+    require Data::Dumper;
+    my $str = join('', 
+"#!/usr/bin/perl -cw
+# $warn_privacy
+# You should check the syntax of this file before using it in an auto-install.
+# You can do this with 'perl -cw auto_inst.cfg.pl' or by executing this file
+# (note the '#!/usr/bin/perl -cw' on the first line).
+", Data::Dumper->Dump([$o], ['$o']));
+    $str =~ s/ {8}/\t/g; #- replace all 8 space char by only one tabulation, this reduces file size so much :-)
+    $str;
+}
+
+sub getAndSaveAutoInstallFloppies {
+    my ($o, $replay) = @_;
+    my $name = ($replay ? 'replay' : 'auto') . '_install';
+    my $dest_dir = "$::prefix/root/drakx";
+
+    eval { modules::load('loop') };
+
+    if (arch() =~ /ia64/) {
+	#- nothing yet
+    } else {
+	my $mountdir = "$::prefix/root/aif-mount"; -d $mountdir or mkdir $mountdir, 0755;
+	my $param = 'kickstart=floppy ' . generate_automatic_stage1_params($o);
+
+	my $img = install::media::getAndSaveInstallFloppies($o, $dest_dir, $name) or return;
+
+	{
+	    my $dev = devices::set_loop($img) or log::l("couldn't set loopback device"), return;
+	    find { eval { fs::mount::mount($dev, $mountdir, $_, 0); 1 } } qw(ext2 vfat) or return;
+
+	    if (-e "$mountdir/menu.lst") {
+		# hd_grub boot disk is different than others
+		substInFile {
+		    s/^(\s*timeout.*)/timeout 1/;
+		    s/\bautomatic=method:disk/$param/;
+		} "$mountdir/menu.lst";
+	    } elsif (-e "$mountdir/syslinux.cfg") {
+		#- make room first
+		unlink "$mountdir/help.msg", "$mountdir/boot.msg";
+
+		substInFile { 
+		    s/timeout.*/$replay ? 'timeout 1' : ''/e;
+		    s/^(\s*append)/$1 $param/; 
+		} "$mountdir/syslinux.cfg";
+
+		output "$mountdir/boot.msg", $replay ? '' : "\n0c" .
+"!! If you press enter, an auto-install is going to start.
+   All data on this computer is going to be lost,
+   including any Windows partitions !!
+" . "07\n";
+	    }
+
+	    {
+		local $o->{partitioning}{clearall} = !$replay;
+		eval { output("$mountdir/auto_inst.cfg", g_auto_install($replay)) };
+		$@ and log::l("Warning: <", formatError($@), ">");
+	    }
+	
+	    fs::mount::umount($mountdir);
+	    devices::del_loop($dev);
+	}
+	rmdir $mountdir;
+	$img;
+    }
+}
+
+
+sub g_default_packages {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    my ($_h, $file) = media_browser($o, 'save', 'package_list.pl') or return;
+
+    require Data::Dumper;
+    my $str = Data::Dumper->Dump([ { default_packages => install::pkgs::selected_leaves($o->{packages}) } ], ['$o']);
+    $str =~ s/ {8}/\t/g;
+    output($file,
+	   "# You should always check the syntax with 'perl -cw auto_inst.cfg.pl'\n" .
+	   "# before testing.  To use it, boot with ``linux defcfg=floppy''\n" .
+	   $str);
+}
+
+sub loadO {
+    my ($O, $f) = @_; $f ||= auto_inst_file();
+    if ($f =~ /^(floppy|patch)$/) {
+	my $f = $f eq "floppy" ? 'auto_inst.cfg' : "patch";
+	my $o;
+	foreach (removable_media__early_in_install()) {
+            my $dev = devices::make($_->{device});
+            foreach my $fs (arch() =~ /sparc/ ? 'romfs' : ('ext2', 'vfat')) {
+                eval { fs::mount::mount($dev, '/mnt', $fs, 'readonly'); 1 } or next;
+		if (my $abs_f = find { -e $_ } "/mnt/$f", "/mnt/$f.pl") {
+		    $o = loadO_($O, $abs_f);
+		}
+		fs::mount::umount("/mnt");
+		goto found if $o;
+            }
+	}
+	die "Could not find $f";
+      found:
+	modules::unload(qw(vfat fat));
+	$o;
+    } else {
+	loadO_($O, $f);
+    }
+}
+
+sub loadO_ {
+    my ($O, $f) = @_; 
+
+    my $o;
+    {
+	my $fh;
+	if (ref $f) {
+	    $fh = $f;
+	} else {
+	    -e "$f.pl" and $f .= ".pl" unless -e $f;
+
+	    $fh = -e $f ? common::open_file($f) : getFile_($O->{stage2_phys_medium}, $f) || die N("Error reading file %s", $f);
+	}
+	my $s = cat__($fh);
+	close $fh;
+	{
+	    no strict;
+	    eval $s;
+	    $@ and die;
+	}
+	$O and add2hash_($o ||= {}, $O);
+    }
+    $O and bless $o, ref $O;
+
+    handle_old_auto_install_format($o);
+
+    $o;
+}
+
+sub handle_old_auto_install_format {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    #- handle backward compatibility for things that changed
+    foreach (@{$o->{partitions} || []}, @{$o->{manualFstab} || []}) {
+	if (my $type = delete $_->{type}) {
+	    if ($type =~ /^(0x)?(\d*)$/) {
+		fs::type::set_pt_type($_, $type);
+	    } else {
+		fs::type::set_fs_type($_, $type);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    #- {rpmsrate_flags_chosen} was called {compssUsersChoice}
+    if (my $rpmsrate_flags_chosen = delete $o->{compssUsersChoice}) {
+	$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen} = $rpmsrate_flags_chosen;
+    }
+    #- compssUsers flags are now named CAT_XXX
+    if ($o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen} &&
+	! any { /^CAT_/ } keys %{$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}}) {
+	#- we don't really know if this is needed for compatibility, but it won't hurt :)
+	foreach (keys %{$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}}) {
+	    $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{"CAT_$_"} = $o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{$_};
+	}
+	#- it used to be always selected
+	$o->{rpmsrate_flags_chosen}{CAT_SYSTEM} = 1;
+    }
+    if ($o->{updates} && $o->{updates}{mirror}) {
+	$o->{updates}{url} = delete $o->{updates}{mirror};
+    }
+
+    #- backward compatibility for network fields
+    exists $o->{intf} and $o->{net}{ifcfg} = delete $o->{intf};
+    exists $o->{netcnx}{type} and $o->{net}{type} = delete $o->{netcnx}{type};
+    exists $o->{netc}{NET_INTERFACE} and $o->{net}{net_interface} = delete $o->{netc}{NET_INTERFACE};
+    my %netc_translation = (
+			    resolv => [ qw(dnsServer dnsServer2 dnsServer3 DOMAINNAME DOMAINNAME2 DOMAINNAME3) ],
+			    network => [ qw(NETWORKING FORWARD_IPV4 NETWORKING_IPV6 HOSTNAME GATEWAY GATEWAYDEV NISDOMAIN) ],
+			    auth => [ qw(LDAPDOMAIN WINDOMAIN) ],
+			   );
+    foreach my $dest (keys %netc_translation) {
+	exists $o->{netc}{$_} and $o->{net}{$dest}{$_} = delete $o->{netc}{$_} foreach @{$netc_translation{$dest}};
+    }
+    delete @$o{qw(netc netcnx)};
+
+    $o;
+}
+
+sub generate_automatic_stage1_params {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    my $method = $o->{method};
+    my @ks;
+
+    if ($o->{method} eq 'http') {
+	$ENV{URLPREFIX} =~ m!(http|ftp)://([^/:]+)(.*)! or die;
+	$method = $1; #- in stage1, FTP via HTTP proxy is available through FTP config, not HTTP
+	@ks = (server => $2, directory => $3);
+    } elsif ($o->{method} eq 'ftp') {
+	my @l = install::ftp::parse_ftp_url($ENV{URLPREFIX});
+	@ks = (server => $l[0], directory => $l[1], user => $l[2], pass => $l[3]);
+    } elsif ($o->{method} eq 'nfs') {
+	cat_("/proc/mounts") =~ m|(\S+):(\S+)\s+/tmp/media| or internal_error("can not find nfsimage");
+	@ks = (server => $1, directory => $2);
+    }
+    @ks = (method => $method, @ks);
+
+    if (is_network_install($o)) {
+	if ($ENV{PROXY}) {
+	    push @ks, proxy_host => $ENV{PROXY}, proxy_port => $ENV{PROXYPORT};
+	}
+	my $intf = first(values %{$o->{net}{ifcfg}});
+	push @ks, interface => $intf->{DEVICE};
+	if ($intf->{BOOTPROTO} eq 'dhcp') {
+	    push @ks, network => 'dhcp';
+	} else {
+	    push @ks, network => 'static', ip => $intf->{IPADDR}, netmask => $intf->{NETMASK}, gateway => $o->{net}{network}{GATEWAY};
+	    require network::network;
+	    if (my @dnss = network::network::dnsServers($o->{net})) {
+		push @ks, dns => $dnss[0];
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    #- sync it with ../mdk-stage1/automatic.c
+    my %aliases = (method => 'met', network => 'netw', interface => 'int', gateway => 'gat', netmask => 'netm',
+		   adsluser => 'adslu', adslpass => 'adslp', hostname => 'hos', domain => 'dom', server => 'ser',
+		   directory => 'dir', user => 'use', pass => 'pas', disk => 'dis', partition => 'par');
+    
+    'automatic=' . join(',', map { ($aliases{$_->[0]} || $_->[0]) . ':' . $_->[1] } group_by2(@ks));
+}
+
+sub find_root_parts {
+    my ($fstab, $prefix) = @_;
+
+    my $extract = sub {
+	my ($prefix, $f, $part) = @_;
+	chomp(my $s = cat_("$prefix$f"));
+	$s =~ s/\s+for\s+\S+//;
+	log::l("find_root_parts found $part->{device}: $s" . ($f !~ m!/etc/! ? " in special release file $f" : ''));
+	{ release => $s, release_file => $f, part => $part };
+    };
+
+    if ($::local_install) {
+	my $f = common::release_file('/mnt') or return;
+	return $extract->('/mnt', $f, {});
+    }
+
+    map { 
+	my $handle = any::inspect($_, $prefix);
+	if (my $f = $handle && common::release_file($handle->{dir})) {
+	    $extract->($handle->{dir}, $f, $_);
+	} else { () }
+    } grep { isTrueLocalFS($_) } @$fstab;
+}
+
+sub migrate_device_names {
+    my ($all_hds, $from_fstab, $new_root, $root_from_fstab, $o_in) = @_;
+
+    log::l("warning: fstab says root partition is $root_from_fstab->{device}, whereas we were reading fstab from $new_root->{device}");
+    my ($old_prefix, $old_part_number) = devices::simple_partition_scan($root_from_fstab);
+    my ($new_prefix, $new_part_number) = devices::simple_partition_scan($new_root);
+
+    if ($old_part_number != $new_part_number) {
+	log::l("argh, $root_from_fstab->{device} and $old_part_number->{device} are not the same partition number");
+	return;
+    }
+
+    log::l("replacing $old_prefix with $new_prefix");
+    
+    my %h;
+    foreach (@$from_fstab) {
+	if ($_->{device} =~ s!^\Q$old_prefix!$new_prefix!) {
+	    #- this is simple to handle, nothing more to do
+	} elsif ($_->{part_number}) {
+	    my $device_prefix = devices::part_prefix($_);
+	    push @{$h{$device_prefix}}, $_;
+	} else {
+	    #- hopefully this does not need anything special
+	}
+    }
+    my @from_fstab_per_hds = values %h or return;
+
+
+    my @current_hds = grep { $new_root->{rootDevice} ne $_->{device} } fs::get::hds($all_hds);
+
+    found_one:
+    @from_fstab_per_hds or return;
+
+    foreach my $from_fstab_per_hd (@from_fstab_per_hds) {
+	my ($matching, $other) = partition { 
+	    my $hd = $_;
+	    every {
+		my $wanted = $_;
+		my $part = find { $_->{part_number} eq $wanted->{part_number} } partition_table::get_normal_parts($hd);
+		$part && $part->{fs_type} && fs::type::can_be_this_fs_type($wanted, $part->{fs_type});
+	    } @$from_fstab_per_hd;
+	} @current_hds;
+	@$matching == 1 or next;
+
+	my ($hd) = @$matching;
+	@current_hds = @$other;
+	@from_fstab_per_hds = grep { $_ != $from_fstab_per_hd } @from_fstab_per_hds;
+
+	log::l("$hd->{device} nicely corresponds to " . join(' ', map { $_->{device} } @$from_fstab_per_hd));
+	foreach (@$from_fstab_per_hd) {
+	    partition_table::compute_device_name($_, $hd);
+	}
+	goto found_one;
+    }
+	
+    #- we can not find one and only one matching hd
+    my @from_fstab_not_handled = map { @$_ } @from_fstab_per_hds;
+    log::l("we still do not know what to do with: " . join(' ', map { $_->{device} } @from_fstab_not_handled));
+
+
+    if (!$o_in) {
+	log::l("well, ignoring them!");
+	return;
+    }
+
+    my $propositions_valid = every {
+	my $wanted = $_;
+	my @parts = grep { $_->{part_number} eq $wanted->{part_number}
+			     && $_->{fs_type} && fs::type::can_be_this_fs_type($wanted, $_->{fs_type}) } fs::get::hds_fstab(@current_hds);
+	$wanted->{propositions} = \@parts;
+	@parts > 0;
+    } @from_fstab_not_handled;
+
+    $o_in->ask_from('', 
+		    N("The following disk(s) were renamed:"),
+		    [ map {
+			{ label => N("%s (previously named as %s)", $_->{mntpoint}, $_->{device}),
+			  val => \$_->{device}, format => sub { $_[0] && $_->{device} },
+			  list => [ '', 
+				    $propositions_valid ? @{$_->{propositions}} : 
+				    fs::get::hds_fstab(@current_hds) ] };
+		    } @from_fstab_not_handled ]);
+}
+
+sub use_root_part {
+    my ($all_hds, $part, $o_in) = @_;
+    return if $::local_install;
+
+    my $migrate_device_names;
+    {
+	my $handle = any::inspect($part, $::prefix) or internal_error();
+
+	my @from_fstab = fs::read_fstab($handle->{dir}, '/etc/fstab', 'keep_default');
+
+	my $root_from_fstab = fs::get::root_(\@from_fstab);
+	if (!fs::get::is_same_hd($root_from_fstab, $part)) {
+	    $migrate_device_names = 1;
+	    log::l("from_fstab contained: $_->{device} $_->{mntpoint}") foreach @from_fstab;
+	    migrate_device_names($all_hds, \@from_fstab, $part, $root_from_fstab, $o_in);
+	    log::l("from_fstab now contains: $_->{device} $_->{mntpoint}") foreach @from_fstab;
+	}
+	fs::add2all_hds($all_hds, @from_fstab);
+	log::l("fstab is now: $_->{device} $_->{mntpoint}") foreach fs::get::fstab($all_hds);
+    }
+    isSwap($_) and $_->{mntpoint} = 'swap' foreach fs::get::really_all_fstab($all_hds); #- use all available swap.
+    $migrate_device_names;
+}
+
+sub getHds {
+    my ($o, $o_in) = @_;
+    fs::any::get_hds($o->{all_hds} ||= {}, $o->{fstab} ||= [], 
+		     $o->{manualFstab}, $o->{partitioning}, $::local_install, $o_in);
+}
+
+sub removable_media__early_in_install() {
+    eval { modules::load('usb-storage', 'sd_mod') } if detect_devices::usbStorage();
+    my $all_hds = fsedit::get_hds({});
+    fs::get_raw_hds('', $all_hds);
+
+    my @l1 = grep { detect_devices::isKeyUsb($_) } @{$all_hds->{hds}};
+    my @l2 = grep { $_->{media_type} eq 'fd' || detect_devices::isKeyUsb($_) } @{$all_hds->{raw_hds}};
+    (fs::get::hds_fstab(@l1), @l2);
+}
+
+my %media_browser;
+sub media_browser {
+    my ($in, $save, $o_suggested_name) = @_;
+
+    my %media_type2text = (
+	fd => N("Floppy"),
+	hd => N("Hard Disk"),
+	cdrom => N("CDROM"),
+    );
+    my @network_protocols = (if_(!$save, N_("HTTP")), if_(0, N_("FTP")), N_("NFS"));
+
+    my $to_text = sub {
+	my ($hd) = @_;
+	($media_type2text{$hd->{media_type}} || $hd->{media_type}) . ': ' . partition_table::description($hd);
+    };
+
+  ask_media:
+    my $all_hds = fsedit::get_hds({}, $in);
+    fs::get_raw_hds('', $all_hds);
+
+    my @raw_hds = grep { !$save || $_->{media_type} ne 'cdrom' } @{$all_hds->{raw_hds}};
+    my @dev_and_text = group_by2(
+	(map { $_ => $to_text->($_) } @raw_hds),
+	(map { 
+	    my $hd = $to_text->($_);
+	    map { $_ => join('\1', $hd, partition_table::description($_)) } grep { isTrueFS($_) || isOtherAvailableFS($_) } fs::get::hds_fstab($_);
+	} fs::get::hds($all_hds)),
+	if_(is_network_install($::o) || install::steps::hasNetwork($::o),
+	    map { $_ => join('\1', N("Network"), translate($_)) } @network_protocols),
+    );
+
+    $in->ask_from_({
+	messages => N("Please choose a media"),
+    }, [ 
+	{ val => \$media_browser{dev}, separator => '\1', list => [ map { $_->[1] } @dev_and_text ] },
+    ]) or return;
+
+    my $dev = (find { $_->[1] eq $media_browser{dev} } @dev_and_text)->[0];
+
+    my $browse = sub {
+	my ($dir) = @_;
+
+      browse:
+	my $file = $in->ask_filename({ save => $save, 
+				       directory => $dir, 
+				       if_($o_suggested_name, file => "$dir/$o_suggested_name"),
+				   }) or return;
+	if (-e $file && $save) {
+	    $in->ask_yesorno('', N("File already exists. Overwrite it?")) or goto browse;
+	}
+	if ($save) {
+	    if (!open(my $_fh, ">>$file")) {
+		$in->ask_warn('', N("Permission denied"));
+		goto browse;
+	    }
+	    $file;
+	} else {
+	    common::open_file($file) || goto browse;
+	}
+    };
+    my $inspect_and_browse = sub {
+	my ($dev) = @_;
+
+	if (my $h = any::inspect($dev, $::prefix, $save)) {
+	    if (my $file = $browse->($h->{dir})) {
+		return $h, $file;
+	    }
+	    undef $h; #- help perl
+	} else {
+	    $in->ask_warn(N("Error"), formatError($@));
+	}
+	();
+    };
+
+    if (member($dev, @network_protocols)) {
+	require install::interactive;
+	install::interactive::upNetwork($::o);
+
+	if ($dev eq 'HTTP') {
+	    require install::http;
+	    $media_browser{url} ||= 'http://';
+
+	    while (1) {
+		$in->ask_from('', 'URL', [
+		    { val => \$media_browser{url} }
+		]) or last;
+		    
+		if ($dev eq 'HTTP') {
+		    my $fh = install::http::getFile($media_browser{url});
+		    $fh and return '', $fh;
+		}
+	    }
+	} elsif ($dev eq 'NFS') {
+	    while (1) {
+		$in->ask_from('', 'NFS', [
+		    { val => \$media_browser{nfs} }
+		]) or last;
+
+		my ($kind) = fs::wild_device::analyze($media_browser{nfs});
+		if ($kind ne 'nfs') {
+		    $in->ask_warn('', N("Bad NFS name"));
+		    next;
+		}
+
+		my $nfs = fs::wild_device::to_subpart($media_browser{nfs});
+		$nfs->{fs_type} = 'nfs';
+
+		if (my ($h, $file) = $inspect_and_browse->($nfs)) {
+		    return $h, $file;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    $in->ask_warn('', 'todo');
+	    goto ask_media;
+	}
+    } else {
+	if (!$dev->{fs_type} || $dev->{fs_type} eq 'auto' || $dev->{fs_type} =~ /:/) {
+	    if (my $p = fs::type::type_subpart_from_magic($dev)) {
+		add2hash($p, $dev);
+		$dev = $p;
+	    } else {
+		$in->ask_warn(N("Error"), N("Bad media %s", partition_table::description($dev)));
+		goto ask_media;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if (my ($h, $file) = $inspect_and_browse->($dev)) {
+	    return $h, $file;
+	}
+
+	goto ask_media;
+    }
+}
+
+sub X_options_from_o {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    { 
+	freedriver => $o->{freedriver},
+	allowFB => $o->{allowFB},
+	ignore_bad_conf => $o->{isUpgrade} =~ /redhat|conectiva/,
+    };
+}
+
+sub screenshot_dir__and_move() {
+    my ($dir0, $dir1, $dir2) = ('/root', "$::prefix/root", '/tmp');
+    if (-e $dir0 && ! -e '/root/non-chrooted-marker.DrakX') {
+	$dir0; #- it occurs during pkgs install when we are chrooted
+    } elsif (-e $dir1) {
+	if (-e "$dir2/DrakX-screenshots") {
+	    cp_af("$dir2/DrakX-screenshots", $dir1);
+	    rm_rf("$dir2/DrakX-screenshots");
+	}
+	$dir1;
+    } else {
+	$dir2;
+    }
+}
+
+sub take_screenshot {
+    my ($in) = @_;
+    my $dir = screenshot_dir__and_move() . '/DrakX-screenshots';
+    my $warn;
+    if (!-e $dir) {
+	mkdir $dir or $in->ask_warn('', N("Can not make screenshots before partitioning")), return;
+	$warn = 1;
+    }
+    my $nb = 1;
+    $nb++ while -e "$dir/$nb.png";
+    system("fb2png /dev/fb0 $dir/$nb.png 0");
+
+    $in->ask_warn('', N("Screenshots will be available after install in %s", "/root/DrakX-screenshots")) if $warn;
+}
+
+sub copy_advertising {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    return if $::rootwidth < 800;
+
+    my $f;
+    my $source_dir = "install/extra/advertising";
+    foreach ("." . $o->{locale}{lang}, "." . substr($o->{locale}{lang},0,2), '') {
+	$f = getFile_($o->{stage2_phys_medium}, "$source_dir$_/list") or next;
+	$source_dir = "$source_dir$_";
+    }
+    if (my @files = <$f>) {
+	my $dir = "$::prefix/tmp/drakx-images";
+	mkdir $dir;
+	unlink glob_("$dir/*");
+	foreach (@files) {
+	    chomp;
+	    install::media::getAndSaveFile_($o->{stage2_phys_medium}, "$source_dir/$_", "$dir/$_");
+	    (my $pl = $_) =~ s/\.png/.pl/;
+	    install::media::getAndSaveFile_($o->{stage2_phys_medium}, "$source_dir/$pl", "$dir/$pl");
+	}
+	@advertising_images = map { "$dir/$_" } @files;
+    }
+}
+
+sub remove_advertising() {
+    eval { rm_rf("$::prefix/tmp/drakx-images") };
+    @advertising_images = ();
+}
+
+sub disable_user_view() {
+    substInFile { s/^UserView=.*/UserView=true/ } "$::prefix/etc/kde/kdm/kdmrc";
+    substInFile { s/^Browser=.*/Browser=0/ } "$::prefix/etc/X11/gdm/custom.conf";
+}
+
+sub set_security {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    require security::various;
+    security::level::set($o->{security});
+    security::various::config_libsafe($::prefix, $o->{libsafe});
+    security::various::config_security_user($::prefix, $o->{security_user});
+}
+
+sub write_fstab {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    fs::write_fstab($o->{all_hds}, $::prefix) 
+	if !$o->{isUpgrade} || $o->{isUpgrade} =~ /redhat|conectiva/ || $o->{migrate_device_names};
+}
+
+sub move_compressed_image_to_disk {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    our $compressed_image_on_disk;
+    return if $compressed_image_on_disk || $::local_install;
+
+    my $name = 'mdkinst.sqfs';
+    my ($loop, $current_image) = devices::find_compressed_image($name) or return;
+    my $compressed_image_size = (-s $current_image) / 1024; #- put in KiB
+
+    my $dir;
+    if (availableRamMB() > 400) {
+	$dir = '/tmp'; #- on tmpfs
+    } else {
+	my $tmp = fs::get::mntpoint2part('/tmp', $o->{fstab});
+	if ($tmp && fs::df($tmp, $::prefix) / 2 > $compressed_image_size * 1.2) { #- we want at least 20% free afterwards
+	    $dir = "$::prefix/tmp";
+	} else {
+	    my $root = fs::get::mntpoint2part('/', $o->{fstab});
+	    my $root_free_MB = fs::df($root, $::prefix) / 2 / 1024;
+	    my $wanted_size_MB = $o->{isUpgrade} || fs::get::mntpoint2part('/usr', $o->{fstab}) ? 150 : 300;
+	    log::l("compressed image: root free $root_free_MB MB, wanted at least $wanted_size_MB MB");
+	    if ($root_free_MB > $wanted_size_MB) {
+		$dir = $tmp ? $::prefix : "$::prefix/tmp";
+	    } else {
+		$dir = '/tmp'; #- on tmpfs
+		if (availableRamMB() < 200) {
+		    log::l("ERROR: not much ram (" . availableRamMB() . " MB), we're going in the wall!");
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    $compressed_image_on_disk = "$dir/$name";
+
+    if ($current_image ne $compressed_image_on_disk) {
+	log::l("move_compressed_image_to_disk: copying $current_image to $compressed_image_on_disk");
+	cp_af($current_image, $compressed_image_on_disk);
+	run_program::run('losetup', '-r', $loop, $compressed_image_on_disk);
+	unlink $current_image if $current_image eq "/tmp/$name";
+    }
+}
+
+sub deploy_server_notify {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    my $fallback_intf = "eth0";
+    my $fallback_port = 3710;
+
+    my ($server, $port) = $o->{deploy_server} =~ /^(.*?)(?::(\d+))?$/;
+    if ($server) {
+        require network::tools;
+        require IO::Socket;
+        $port ||= $fallback_port;
+        my $intf = network::tools::get_current_gateway_interface() || $fallback_intf;
+        my $mac = c::get_hw_address($intf);
+        my $sock = IO::Socket::INET->new(PeerAddr => $server, PeerPort => $port, Proto => 'tcp');
+        if ($sock) {
+            print $sock "$mac\n";
+            close($sock);
+            log::l(qq(successfully notified deploy server $server on port $port));
+        } else {
+            log::l(qq(unable to contact deploy server $server on port $port));
+        }
+    } else {
+        log::l(qq(unable to parse deploy server in string $o->{deploy_server}));
+    }
+}
+
+#-###############################################################################
+#- pcmcia various
+#-###############################################################################
+sub configure_pcmcia {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    my $controller = detect_devices::pcmcia_controller_probe();
+    $o->{pcmcia} ||= $controller && $controller->{driver} or return;
+    log::l("configuring PCMCIA controller ($o->{pcmcia})");
+    symlink "/tmp/stage2/$_", $_ foreach "/etc/pcmcia";
+    eval { modules::load($o->{pcmcia}, 'pcmcia') };
+    run_program::run("pcmcia-socket-startup");
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/perl-install/install/commands b/perl-install/install/commands
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..7a5fc908c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/commands
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+use diagnostics;
+use strict;
+
+use lib qw(/usr/lib/libDrakX .);
+use common;
+use install::commands;
+
+$::isInstall = 1;
+$::prefix = '/mnt';
+my $progname = basename($0);
+
+eval {
+    # hack as some functions are defined by perl... so chmod -> chmod_
+    &{$install::commands::{$progname} || $install::commands::{$progname . "_"} || \&err}(@ARGV), exit 0;
+};
+die formatError($@) . "\n";
+
+sub err() { die "$0: unknown program (unimplemented)\n" }
diff --git a/perl-install/install/commands.pm b/perl-install/install/commands.pm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..982667d20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/commands.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+package install::commands; # $Id$
+
+#-########################################################################
+#- This file implement many common shell commands:
+#- true, false, cat, which, dirname, basename, rmdir, lsmod, grep, tr,
+#- mount, mkdir, mknod, ln, rm, chmod, chown, swapon,
+#- swapoff, ls, cp, ps, dd, head, tail, strings, hexdump, more,
+#- modprobe, route, df, kill, lspci, lssbus, dmesg, sort, du, 
+#-########################################################################
+
+use diagnostics;
+use strict;
+use vars qw($printable_chars *ROUTE *DF *PS);
+
+#-######################################################################################
+#- misc imports
+#-######################################################################################
+use common;
+
+#-######################################################################################
+#- Functions
+#-######################################################################################
+sub getopts {
+    my $o = shift;
+    my @r = map { '' } (@_ = split //, $_[0]);
+    while (1) {
+	local $_ = $o->[0];
+	$_ && /^-/ or return @r;
+	for (my $i = 0; $i < @_; $i++) { /$_[$i]/ and $r[$i] = $_[$i] }
+	shift @$o;
+    }
+    @r;
+}
+
+sub true() { exit 0 }
+sub false() { exit 1 }
+sub cat { @ARGV = @_; print while <> }
+sub dirname_ { print dirname(@_), "\n" }
+sub basename_ { print basename(@_), "\n" }
+sub rmdir_ { foreach (@_) { rmdir $_ or die "rmdir: can not remove $_\n" } }
+sub lsmod() { print "Module                  Size  Used by\n"; cat("/proc/modules") }
+sub which { 
+  ARG: foreach (@_) { foreach my $c (split /:/, $ENV{PATH}) { -x "$c/$_" and print("$c/$_\n"), next ARG } }
+}
+
+sub grep_ {
+    my ($h, $v, $i) = getopts(\@_, qw(hvi));
+    @_ == 0 || $h and die "usage: grep <regexp> [files...]\n";
+    my $r = shift;
+    $r = qr/$r/i if $i;
+    @ARGV = @_; (/$r/ xor $v) and print while <>;
+}
+
+sub tr_ {
+    my ($s, $c, $d) = getopts(\@_, qw(s c d));
+    @_ >= 1 + (!$d || $s) or die "usage: tr [-c] [-s [-d]] <set1> <set2> [files...]\n    or tr [-c] -d <set1> [files...]\n";
+    my $set1 = shift;
+    my $set2; !$d || $s and $set2 = shift;
+    @ARGV = @_;
+    eval "(tr/$set1/$set2/$s$d$c, print) while <>";
+}
+
+sub mkdir_ {
+    my ($_rec) = getopts(\@_, qw(p));
+    mkdir_p($_) foreach @_;
+}
+
+
+sub mknod {
+    if (@_ == 1) {
+	require devices;
+	eval { devices::make($_[0]) }; $@ and die "mknod: failed to create $_[0]\n";
+    } elsif (@_ == 4) {
+	require c;
+	my $mode = ${{ "b" => c::S_IFBLK(), "c" => c::S_IFCHR() }}{$_[1]} or die "unknown node type $_[1]\n";
+	syscall_('mknod', my $_a = $_[0], $mode | 0600, makedev($_[2], $_[3])) or die "mknod failed: $!\n";
+    } else { die "usage: mknod <path> [b|c] <major> <minor> or mknod <path>\n" }
+}
+
+sub ln {
+    my ($force, $soft) = getopts(\@_, qw(fs));
+    @_ >= 1 or die "usage: ln [-s] [-f] <source> [<dest>]\n";
+
+    my ($source, $dest) = @_;
+    $dest ||= basename($source);
+
+    $force and unlink $dest;
+
+    ($soft ? symlink($source, $dest) : link($source, $dest)) or die "ln failed: $!\n";
+}
+
+sub rm {
+    my ($rec, undef) = getopts(\@_, qw(rf));
+
+    my $rm; $rm = sub {
+	foreach (@_) {
+	    if (!-l $_ && -d $_) {
+		$rec or die "$_ is a directory\n";
+		&$rm(glob_($_));
+		rmdir $_ or die "can not remove directory $_: $!\n";
+	    } else { unlink $_ or die "rm of $_ failed: $!\n" }
+	}
+    };
+    &$rm(@_);
+}
+
+sub chmod_ {
+    @_ >= 2 or die "usage: chmod <mode> <files>\n";
+
+    my $mode = shift;
+    $mode =~ /^[0-7]+$/ or die "illegal mode $mode\n";
+
+    foreach (@_) { chmod oct($mode), $_ or die "chmod failed $_: $!\n" }
+}
+
+sub chown_ {
+    my ($rec, undef) = getopts(\@_, qw(r));
+    local $_ = shift or die "usage: chown [-r] name[.group] <files>\n";
+
+    my ($name, $group) = (split('\.'), $_);
+
+    common::chown_($rec, $name, $group, @_);
+}
+
+sub swapon {
+    @_ == 1 or die "swapon <file>\n";
+    require fs::mount;
+    fs::mount::swapon($_[0]);
+}
+sub swapoff {
+    @_ == 1 or die "swapoff <file>\n";
+    require fs::mount;
+    fs::mount::swapoff($_[0]);
+}
+
+sub rights {
+    my $r = '-' x 9;
+    my @rights = (qw(x w r x w r x w r), ['t', 0], ['s', 3], ['s', 6]);
+    for (my $i = 0; $i < @rights; $i++) {
+	if (vec(pack("S", $_[0]), $i, 1)) {
+	    my ($val, $place) = $i >= 9 ? @{$rights[$i]} : ($rights[$i], $i);
+	    my $old = \substr($r, 8 - $place, 1);
+	    $$old = $$old eq '-' && $i >= 9 ? uc $val : $val;
+	}
+    }
+    my @types = split //, "_pc_d_b_-_l_s";
+    $types[($_[0] >> 12) & 0xf] . $r;
+}
+
+sub displaySize {
+    my $m = $_[0] >> 12;
+    $m == 4 || $m == 8 || $m == 10;
+}
+
+sub ls {
+    my ($l, $h) = getopts(\@_, qw(lh));
+    $h and die "usage: ls [-l] <files...>\n";
+
+    @_ or @_ = '.';
+    @_ == 1 && -d $_[0] and @_ = glob_($_[0]);
+    foreach (sort @_) {
+	if ($l) {
+	    my @s = lstat or warn("can not stat file $_\n"), next;
+	    formline(
+"@<<<<<<<<< @<<<<<<< @<<<<<<< @>>>>>>>> @>>>>>>>>>>>>>>> @*\n",
+		     rights($s[2]), getpwuid $s[4] || $s[4], getgrgid $s[5] || $s[5],
+		     displaySize($s[2]) ? $s[7] : join(", ", unmakedev($s[6])),
+		     scalar localtime $s[9], -l $_ ? "$_ -> " . readlink $_ : $_);
+	    print $^A; $^A = '';
+	} else { print "$_\n" }
+    }
+}
+sub cp {
+    @_ >= 2 or die "usage: cp <sources> <dest>\n(this cp does -Rfl by default)\n";
+    cp_af(@_);
+}
+
+sub ps {
+    @_ and die "usage: ps\n";
+    my ($pid, $rss, $cpu, $cmd);
+    my ($uptime) = split ' ', first(cat_("/proc/uptime"));
+    my $hertz = 100;
+
+    require c;
+    my $page = c::getpagesize() / 1024;
+
+    open PS, ">&STDOUT"; #- PS must be not be localised otherwise the "format PS" fails
+    format PS_TOP =
+  PID   RSS %CPU CMD
+.
+    format PS =
+@>>>> @>>>> @>>> @<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
+$pid, $rss, $cpu, $cmd
+.
+    foreach (sort { $a <=> $b } grep { /\d+/ } all('/proc')) {
+	$pid = $_;
+	my @l = split(' ', cat_("/proc/$pid/stat"));
+	$cpu = sprintf "%2.1f", max(0, min(99, ($l[13] + $l[14]) * 100 / $hertz / ($uptime - $l[21] / $hertz)));
+	$rss = (split ' ', cat_("/proc/$pid/stat"))[23] * $page;
+	($cmd = cat_("/proc/$pid/cmdline")) =~ s/\0/ /g;
+	$cmd ||= (split ' ', (cat_("/proc/$pid/stat"))[0])[1];
+	write PS;
+    }
+}
+
+
+sub dd {
+    my $u = "usage: dd [-h] [-p] [if=<file>] [of=<file>] [bs=<number>] [count=<number>]\n";
+    my ($help, $percent) = getopts(\@_, qw(hp));
+    die $u if $help;
+    my %h = (if => *STDIN, of => *STDOUT, bs => 512, count => undef);
+    foreach (@_) {
+	/(.*?)=(.*)/ && exists $h{$1} or die $u;
+	$h{$1} = $2;
+    }
+    local (*IF, *OF); my ($tmp, $nb, $read);
+    ref($h{if}) eq 'GLOB' ? (*IF = $h{if}) : sysopen(IF, $h{if}, 0)    || die "error: can not open file $h{if}\n";
+    ref($h{of}) eq 'GLOB' ? (*OF = $h{of}) : sysopen(OF, $h{of}, c::O_CREAT()|c::O_WRONLY()) || die "error: can not open file $h{of}\n";
+
+    $h{bs} = removeXiBSuffix($h{bs});
+
+    for ($nb = 0; !$h{count} || $nb < $h{count}; $nb++) {
+	printf "\r%02.1d%%", 100 * $nb / $h{count} if $h{count} && $percent;
+	$read = sysread(IF, $tmp, $h{bs}) or ($h{count} ? die "error: can not read block $nb\n" : last);
+	syswrite(OF, $tmp) or die "error: can not write block $nb\n";
+	$read < $h{bs} and $read = 1, last;
+    }
+    print STDERR "\r$nb+$read records in\n";
+    print STDERR   "$nb+$read records out\n";
+}
+
+sub head_tail {
+    my ($h, $n) = getopts(\@_, qw(hn));
+    $h || @_ < to_bool($n) and die "usage: $0 [-h] [-n lines] [<file>]\n";
+    $n = $n ? shift : 10;
+    my $fh = @_ ? common::open_file($_[0]) || die "error: can not open file $_[0]\n" : *STDIN;
+
+    if ($0 eq 'head') {
+	local $_;
+	while (<$fh>) { $n-- or return; print }
+    } else {
+	@_ = (); 
+	local $_;
+	while (<$fh>) { push @_, $_; @_ > $n and shift }
+	print @_;
+    }
+}
+sub head { $0 = 'head'; &head_tail }
+sub tail { $0 = 'tail'; &head_tail }
+
+sub strings {
+    my ($h, $o, $n) = getopts(\@_, qw(hon));
+    $h and die "usage: strings [-o] [-n min-length] [<files>]\n";
+    $n = $n ? shift : 4;
+    $/ = "\0"; @ARGV = @_; my $l = 0; 
+    local $_;
+    while (<>) {
+	while (/[$printable_chars]{$n,}/og) {
+	    printf "%07d ", ($l + length $') if $o;
+	    print "$&\n";
+	}
+	$l += length;
+    } continue { $l = 0 if eof }
+}
+
+sub hexdump {
+    my $i = 0; $/ = \16; @ARGV = @_; 
+    local $_;
+    while (<>) {
+	printf "%08lX  ", $i; $i += 16;
+	print join(" ", (map { sprintf "%02X", $_ } unpack("C*", $_)),
+		   (s/[^$printable_chars]/./og, $_)[1]), "\n";
+    }
+}
+
+sub more {
+    @ARGV = @_;
+    require devices;
+    my $tty = devices::make('tty');
+    my $n = 0; 
+    open(my $IN, $tty) or die "can not open $tty\n";
+    local $_;
+    while (<>) {
+	if (++$n == 25) {
+	    my $v = <$IN>;
+	    $v =~ /^q/ and exit 0;
+	    $n = 0;
+	}
+	print;
+    }
+}
+
+sub modprobe {
+    my ($h) = getopts(\@_, qw(h));
+    $h || @_ == 0 and die "usage: modprobe <module> [options]\n";
+    my $name = shift;
+    require modules;
+    modules::load_dependencies("/modules/modules.dep");
+    modules::load_with_options([ $name ], { $name => join(' ', @_) });
+}
+
+sub route {
+    @_ == 0 or die "usage: route\nsorry, no modification handled\n";
+    my ($titles, @l) = cat_("/proc/net/route");
+    my @titles = split ' ', $titles;
+    my %l;
+    open ROUTE, ">&STDOUT"; #- ROUTE must be not be localised otherwise the "format ROUTE" fails
+    format ROUTE_TOP =
+Destination    Gateway        Mask           Iface
+.
+    format ROUTE =
+@<<<<<<<<<<<<  @<<<<<<<<<<<<  @<<<<<<<<<<<<  @<<<<<<<
+$l{Destination}, $l{Gateway}, $l{Mask}, $l{Iface}
+.
+    foreach (@l) {
+	/^\s*$/ and next;
+	@l{@titles} = split;
+	$_ = join ".", reverse map { hex $_ } unpack "a2a2a2a2", $_ foreach @l{qw(Destination Gateway Mask)};
+	$l{Destination} = 'default' if $l{Destination} eq "0.0.0.0";
+	$l{Gateway}     = '*'       if $l{Gateway}     eq "0.0.0.0";
+	write ROUTE;
+    }
+}
+
+sub df {
+    my ($h) = getopts(\@_, qw(h));
+    my ($dev, $size, $free, $used, $use, $mntpoint);
+    open DF, ">&STDOUT"; #- DF must be not be localised otherwise the "format DF" fails
+    format DF_TOP =
+Filesystem          Size      Used    Avail     Use  Mounted on
+.
+    format DF =
+@<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< @>>>>>>> @>>>>>>> @>>>>>>> @>>>>>% @<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
+$dev, $size, $used, $free, $use, $mntpoint
+.
+    my %h;
+    foreach (cat_("/proc/mounts"), cat_("/etc/mtab")) {
+	($dev, $mntpoint) = split;
+	$h{$dev} = $mntpoint;
+    }
+    foreach (sort keys %h) {
+	$dev = $_;
+	($size, $free) = MDK::Common::System::df($mntpoint = $h{$dev});
+	$size or next;
+
+	$use = int(100 * ($size - $free) / $size);
+	$used = $size - $free;
+	if ($h) {
+	    $used = int($used / 1024 . "M");
+	    $size = int($size / 1024 . "M");
+	    $free = int($free / 1024 . "M");
+	}
+	write DF if $size;
+    }
+}
+
+sub kill {
+    my $signal = 15;
+    @_ or die "usage: kill [-<signal>] pids\n";
+    $signal = (shift, $1)[1] if $_[0] =~ /^-(.*)/;
+    kill $signal, @_ or die "kill failed: $!\n";
+}
+
+sub lssbus { &lspci }
+sub lspci { &lspcidrake }
+sub lspcidrake {
+    require detect_devices;
+    print join "\n", detect_devices::stringlist($_[0] eq '-v'), '';
+}
+
+sub dmesg() { print cat_("/tmp/syslog") }
+
+sub sort {
+    my ($n, $h) = getopts(\@_, qw(nh));
+    $h and die "usage: sort [-n] [<file>]\n";
+    my $fh = @_ ? common::open_file($_[0]) || die "error: can not open file $_[0]\n" : *STDIN;
+    if ($n) {
+	print(sort { $a <=> $b } <$fh>);
+    } else {
+	print(sort <$fh>);
+    }
+}
+
+sub du {
+    my ($s, $h) = getopts(\@_, qw(sh));
+    $h || !$s and die "usage: du -s [<directories>]\n";
+
+    my $f; $f = sub {
+	my ($e) = @_;
+	my $s = (lstat($e))[12];
+	$s += sum(map { &$f($_) } glob_("$e/*")) if !-l _ && -d _;
+	$s;
+    };
+    print &$f($_) >> 1, "\t$_\n" foreach @_ ? @_ : glob_("*");
+}
+
+sub bug {
+    my ($h) = getopts(\@_, "h");
+    my ($o_part_device) = @_;
+    $h and die "usage: bug [device]\nput file report.bug on a floppy or usb key\n";
+
+    require any;
+    require modules;
+    modules::load_dependencies("/modules/modules.dep");
+
+    my $part;
+    if ($o_part_device) {
+	$part = { device => $o_part_device };
+    } else {
+	require interactive::stdio;
+	my $in = interactive::stdio->new;
+
+	require install::any;
+	$part = $in->ask_from_listf('', "Which device?", \&partition_table::description, 
+				    [ install::any::removable_media__early_in_install() ] ) or return;
+    }
+
+    warn "putting file report.bug on $part->{device}\n";
+    my $fs_type = fs::type::fs_type_from_magic($part) or die "unknown fs type\n";
+
+    fs::mount::mount(devices::make($part->{device}), '/fd', $fs_type);
+
+    require install::any;
+    output('/fd/report.bug', install::any::report_bug());
+    fs::mount::umount('/fd');
+    common::sync();
+}
+
+sub loadkeys {
+    my ($h) = getopts(\@_, "h");
+    $h || @_ != 1 and die "usage: loadkeys <keyboard>\n";
+
+    require keyboard;
+    keyboard::setup_install({ KEYBOARD => $_[0] });
+}
+
+sub sync() { common::sync() }
+
+1;
diff --git a/perl-install/install/ftp.pm b/perl-install/install/ftp.pm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..292fd2d3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/ftp.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+package install::ftp; # $Id$
+
+use Net::FTP;
+
+use network::network;
+use log;
+
+my %hosts;
+
+1;
+
+sub parse_ftp_url {
+    my ($url) = @_;
+    $url =~ m!^ftp://(?:(.*?)(?::(.*?))?\@)?([^/]+)/(.*)! &&
+      ($3, $4, $1, $2);
+}
+
+sub _new {
+    my ($url) = @_;    
+    my ($host, $prefix, $login, $password) = parse_ftp_url($url);
+
+    if ($hosts{"$host$prefix"}) {
+	return @{$hosts{"$host$prefix"}};
+    }
+
+	my %options = (Passive => 1, Timeout => 60, Port => 21);
+	$options{Firewall} = $ENV{PROXY} if $ENV{PROXY};
+	$options{Port} = $ENV{PROXYPORT} if $ENV{PROXYPORT};
+	unless ($login) {
+	    $login = 'anonymous';
+	    $password = '-drakx@';
+	}
+
+	my $ftp;
+	foreach (1..10) {
+	    $ftp = Net::FTP->new(network::network::resolv($host), %options) or die "Can't resolve hostname '$host'\n";
+	    $ftp && $ftp->login($login, $password) and last;
+
+	    log::l("ftp login failed, sleeping before trying again");
+	    sleep 5 * $_;
+	}
+	$ftp or die "unable to open ftp connection to $host\n";
+	$ftp->binary;
+	$ftp->cwd($prefix);
+
+	my @l = ($ftp, \ (my $_retr));
+	$hosts{"$host$prefix"} = \@l;
+	@l;
+}
+
+sub getFile {
+    my ($f, $url) = @_;
+    my ($_size, $fh) = get_file_and_size($f, $url) or return;
+    $fh;
+}
+sub get_file_and_size {
+    my ($f, $url) = @_;
+
+    foreach (1..3) {
+	my ($ftp, $retr) = _new($url);
+	eval { $$retr->close if $$retr };
+	if ($@) {
+	    log::l("FTP: closing previous retr failed ($@)");
+	    _rewindGetFile(); #- in case Timeout got us on "->close"
+	    redo;
+	}
+
+	my $size = $ftp->size($f);
+	$$retr = $ftp->retr($f) and return $size, $$retr;
+
+	my $error = $ftp->code;
+	$error == 550 and log::l("FTP: 550 file unavailable"), return;
+
+	_rewindGetFile();
+	log::l("ftp get failed, sleeping before trying again (error:$error)");
+	sleep 1;
+    }
+}
+
+#-sub closeFiles() {
+#-    #- close any existing connections
+#-    foreach (values %hosts) {
+#-	  my $retr = $_->[1] if ref $_;
+#-	  $$retr->close if $$retr;
+#-	  undef $$retr;
+#-    }
+#-}
+
+sub _rewindGetFile() {
+    #- close any existing connection.
+    foreach (values %hosts) {
+	my ($ftp, $retr) = @{$_ || []};
+	#- do not let Timeout kill us!
+	eval { $$retr->close } if $$retr;
+	eval { $ftp->close } if $ftp;
+    }
+
+    #- make sure to reconnect to server.
+    %hosts = ();
+}
diff --git a/perl-install/install/gtk.pm b/perl-install/install/gtk.pm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..877f62596
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/gtk.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+package install::gtk; # $Id$
+
+use diagnostics;
+use strict;
+
+use ugtk2;
+use mygtk2;
+use common;
+use lang;
+use devices;
+
+#-#####################################################################################
+#-INTERN CONSTANT
+#-#####################################################################################
+
+#- if we're running for the doc team, we want screenshots with
+#- a good B&W contrast: we'll override values of our theme
+my $theme_overriding_for_doc = q(style "galaxy-default"
+{
+    base[SELECTED]    = "#E0E0FF"
+    base[ACTIVE]      = "#E0E0FF"
+    base[PRELIGHT]    = "#E0E0FF"
+    bg[SELECTED]      = "#E0E0FF"
+    bg[ACTIVE]        = "#E0E0FF"
+    bg[PRELIGHT]      = "#E0E0FF"
+    text[ACTIVE]      = "#000000"
+    text[PRELIGHT]    = "#000000"
+    text[SELECTED]    = "#000000"
+    fg[SELECTED]      = "#000000"
+}
+
+style "white-on-blue"
+{
+  base[NORMAL] = { 0.93, 0.93, 0.93 }
+  bg[NORMAL] = { 0.93, 0.93, 0.93 }
+    
+  text[NORMAL] = "#000000"
+  fg[NORMAL] = "#000000"
+}
+
+style "background"
+{
+  bg[NORMAL] = { 0.93, 0.93, 0.93 }
+}
+
+style "background-logo"
+{
+  bg[NORMAL] = { 0.70, 0.70, 0.70 }
+}
+widget "*logo*" style "background-logo"
+
+);
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub load_rc {
+    my ($o, $name) = @_;
+
+    my $f = $name;
+    -r $name or $f = find { -r $_ } map { "$_/themes-$name.rc" } ("share", $ENV{SHARE_PATH}, dirname(__FILE__) . '/..');
+    if ($f) {
+	Gtk2::Rc->parse_string($o->{doc} ? $theme_overriding_for_doc : scalar cat_($f));
+   }
+
+    if ($::move) {
+        #- override selection color since we will not do inverse-video on the text when it's images
+	Gtk2::Rc->parse_string(q(
+style "galaxy-default"
+{
+    base[ACTIVE]      = "#CECECE"
+    base[SELECTED]    = "#CECECE"
+    text[ACTIVE]      = "#000000"
+    text[PRELIGHT]    = "#000000"
+    text[SELECTED]    = "#000000"
+}
+));
+    }
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub load_font {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    if (lang::text_direction_rtl()) {
+	Gtk2::Widget->set_default_direction('rtl'); 
+	my ($x, $y) = $::WizardWindow->get_position;
+	my ($width) = $::WizardWindow->get_size;
+	$::WizardWindow->move($::rootwidth - $width - $x, $y);
+    }
+
+    Gtk2::Rc->parse_string(q(
+style "default-font" 
+{
+   font_name = ") . lang::l2pango_font($o->{locale}{lang}) . q("
+}
+widget "*" style "default-font"
+
+));
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub default_theme {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    $::move ? '' :
+    $o->{simple_themes} || $o->{vga16} ? 'blue' : 'galaxy';
+}
+
+sub install_theme {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    load_rc($o, $o->{theme} ||= default_theme($o));
+    load_font($o);
+
+    if (!$::move) {
+	my $win = gtknew('Window', widget_name => 'background');
+	$win->realize;
+	mygtk2::set_root_window_background_with_gc($win->style->bg_gc('normal'));
+    }
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+my %steps;
+sub create_steps_window {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    return if $::stepswidth == 0;
+
+    $o->{steps_window} and $o->{steps_window}->destroy;
+
+    $steps{$_} ||= gtknew('Pixbuf', file => "steps_$_") foreach qw(on off done);
+    my $category = sub { 
+	gtknew('HBox', children_tight => [ 
+	    gtknew('Label', text_markup => '<b><u>' . $_[0] . '</u></b>', widget_name => 'Step-categories')
+	]);
+    };
+
+    my @l = $category->(N("Installation"));
+    foreach (grep { !eval $o->{steps}{$_}{hidden} } @{$o->{orderedSteps}}) {
+	if ($_ eq 'setRootPassword') {
+	    push @l, '', $category->(N("Configuration"));
+	}
+	my $img = gtknew('Image', file => 'steps_off.png');
+	$steps{steps}{$_}{img} = $img;
+	$steps{steps}{$_}{raw_text} = translate($o->{steps}{$_}{text});
+	push @l, gtknew('HBox', spacing => 7, children_tight => [ '', '', $img, $steps{steps}{$_}{text} = gtknew('Label', text => $steps{steps}{$_}{raw_text}) ]);
+    }
+
+    my $offset = 20;
+    $o->{steps_window} =
+      gtknew('Window', width => ($::stepswidth - $offset), widget_name => 'Steps',
+	     position => [ lang::text_direction_rtl() ? $::rootwidth - $::stepswidth : $offset, 150 ],
+	     child => gtknew('VBox', spacing => 6, children_tight => \@l));
+    $o->{steps_window}->show;
+}
+
+sub update_steps_position {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    return if !$steps{steps};
+    my $last_step;
+    foreach (@{$o->{orderedSteps}}) {
+	exists $steps{steps}{$_} or next;
+	if ($o->{steps}{$_}{entered} && !$o->{steps}{$_}{done}) {
+	    $steps{steps}{$_}{img}->set_from_pixbuf($steps{on});
+	    $steps{steps}{$_}{text}->set_markup('<b><i>' . $steps{steps}{$_}{raw_text} . '</i></b>');
+	    if ($last_step) {
+             $steps{steps}{$last_step}{img}->set_from_pixbuf($steps{done});
+             $steps{steps}{$last_step}{text}->set_markup('<b>' . $steps{steps}{$last_step}{raw_text} . '</b>');
+         }
+	    return;
+	}
+	$last_step = $_;
+    }
+    mygtk2::flush(); #- for auto_installs which never go through the Gtk2 main loop
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub create_logo_window {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    return if $::logowidth == 0 || $::move;
+
+    mygtk2::may_destroy($o->{logo_window});
+
+    my $file = $o->{meta_class} eq 'firewall' ? "logo-mandriva-Firewall.png" : "logo-mandriva.png";
+
+    $o->{logo_window} =
+      gtknew('Window', 
+	     width => $::logowidth, height => $::logoheight, 
+	     widget_name => 'logo',
+	     child => gtknew('Image', file => $file),
+	 );
+    $o->{logo_window}->show;
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub init_gtk {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+
+    symlink("/tmp/stage2/etc/$_", "/etc/$_") foreach qw(gtk-2.0 pango fonts);
+
+    if ($o->{vga16}) {
+        #- inactivate antialias in VGA16 because it makes fonts look worse
+        output('/tmp/fonts.conf',
+q(<fontconfig>
+<include>/etc/fonts/fonts.conf</include>
+<match target="font"><edit name="antialias"><bool>false</bool></edit></match>
+</fontconfig>
+));
+        $ENV{FONTCONFIG_FILE} = '/tmp/fonts.conf';
+    }
+
+    Gtk2->init;
+    Gtk2->set_locale;
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub init_sizes {
+    my ($o) = @_;
+    ($::rootwidth,  $::rootheight)    = (Gtk2::Gdk->screen_width, Gtk2::Gdk->screen_height);
+    $::stepswidth = $::rootwidth <= 640 ? 0 : 200 if !$::move;
+    ($::logowidth, $::logoheight) = $::rootwidth <= 640 ? (0, 0) : (800, 75);
+    ($o->{windowwidth}, $o->{windowheight}) = ($::rootwidth - $::stepswidth, $::rootheight - $::helpheight - $::logoheight);
+    ($::real_windowwidth, $::real_windowheight) = (576, 418);
+    $::move and $o->{windowwidth} -= 100;
+}
+
+sub handle_unsafe_mouse {
+    my ($o, $window) = @_;
+
+    $o->{mouse}{unsafe} or return;
+
+    $window->add_events('pointer-motion-mask');
+    my $signal; $signal = $window->signal_connect(motion_notify_event => sub {
+	delete $o->{mouse}{unsafe};
+	log::l("unsetting unsafe mouse");
+	$window->signal_handler_disconnect($signal);
+    });
+}
+
+sub special_shortcuts {
+    my (undef, $event) = @_;
+    my $d = ${{ $Gtk2::Gdk::Keysyms{F2} => 'screenshot', $Gtk2::Gdk::Keysyms{Home} => 'restart' }}{$event->keyval};
+    if ($d eq 'screenshot') {
+	install::any::take_screenshot($::o);
+    } elsif ($d eq 'restart' && member('control-mask', @{$event->state}) && member('mod1-mask', @{$event->state})) {
+	log::l("restarting install");
+	ugtk2->exit(0x35);
+    }
+    0;
+}
+
+#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+sub createXconf {
+    my ($file, $mouse_type, $mouse_dev, $_wacom_dev, $Driver) = @_;
+
+    symlinkf(devices::make($mouse_dev), "/dev/mouse") if $mouse_dev ne 'none';
+
+    #- needed for imlib to start on 8-bit depth visual.
+    symlink("/tmp/stage2/etc/imrc", "/etc/imrc");
+    symlink("/tmp/stage2/etc/im_palette.pal", "/etc/im_palette.pal");
+
+    #- remove "error opening security policy file" warning
+    symlink("/tmp/stage2/etc/X11", "/etc/X11");
+
+if ($Driver) {
+     output($file, sprintf(<<'END', ($::globetrotter ? "" : 'Option "XkbDisable"'), $mouse_type, $Driver, $Driver eq 'fbdev' ? '"default"' : '"800x600" "640x480"'));
+Section "Files"
+   FontPath   "/usr/share/fonts:unscaled"
+EndSection
+
+Section "InputDevice"
+    Identifier "Keyboard"
+    Driver "keyboard"
+    %s
+    Option "XkbModel" "pc105"
+    Option "XkbLayout" ""
+EndSection
+
+Section "InputDevice"
+    Identifier "Mouse"
+    Driver "mouse"
+    Option "Protocol" "%s"
+    Option "Device" "/dev/mouse"
+    Option "ZAxisMapping" "4 5"
+EndSection
+
+Section "Monitor"
+    Identifier "monitor"
+    HorizSync 31.5-35.5
+    VertRefresh 50-70
+EndSection
+
+Section "Device"
+    Identifier  "device"
+    Driver      "%s"
+EndSection
+
+Section "Screen"
+    Identifier "screen"
+    Device "device"
+    Monitor "monitor"
+    DefaultColorDepth 16
+    Subsection "Display"
+        Depth 16
+        Modes %s
+    EndSubsection
+EndSection
+
+Section "ServerLayout"
+    Identifier "layout"
+    Screen "screen"
+    InputDevice "Mouse" "CorePointer"
+    InputDevice "Keyboard" "CoreKeyboard"
+EndSection
+
+END
+ }
+}
+
+1;
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/Makefile b/perl-install/install/help/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cca58ff11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+help:
+	@if [ ! -d doc ]; then \
+		echo "Checking out doc stuff now ..."; \
+		cvs -d :ext:cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker co doc/manualB/{entities,manuals,modules}; \
+	else \
+		echo "Updating doc stuff now ..."; \
+		cd doc ; cvs update manualB/{entities,manuals,modules}; \
+	fi
+	./help_xml2pm.pl
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/help.pm b/perl-install/install/help/help.pm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd30f1457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/help.pm
@@ -0,0 +1,862 @@
+package install::help::help;
+use common;
+use utf8;
+
+push @::textdomains, 'DrakX-help';
+
+1;
+
+# IMPORTANT: Do not edit this File - It is automatically generated 
+#            from the manuals !!! 
+#            Write a mail to <documentation@mandriva.com> if
+#            you want it changed.
+sub acceptLicense() {
+    N("Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It
+covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the
+terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"
+button will reboot your computer.", N("Accept"), N("Quit"));
+}
+sub addUser() {
+    N("GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her
+own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the
+system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be authorized
+to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,
+protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could
+impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular
+user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,
+day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do
+anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple
+mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a
+serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll
+lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.
+
+The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory
+-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word
+you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name
+this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override
+the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.
+From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is
+not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it
+by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones
+at risk.
+
+Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one
+of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're
+finished adding users.
+
+Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for
+that user (bash by default).
+
+When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who
+will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If
+you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local
+security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on
+\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box.", N("User name"), N("Accept user"), N("Next"), N("Advanced"), N("Next"), N("Do you want to use this feature?"));
+}
+sub ask_mntpoint_s() {
+    N("Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.
+You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most
+common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a
+root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not
+be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a
+separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition
+(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).
+
+Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".
+
+\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",
+\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").
+
+\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and
+\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.
+
+\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE
+hard drives:
+
+ * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".
+
+With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means
+\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.");
+}
+sub chooseCd() {
+    N("The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a
+selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current
+CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested
+CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be
+installed.", N("Cancel"));
+}
+sub choosePackages() {
+    N("It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.
+There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make it
+simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar
+applications.
+
+Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and
+match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''
+installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category
+installed.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or
+more of the groups in the workstation category.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the
+appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will
+configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the
+Linux Standard Base specifications.
+
+   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,
+instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance
+of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will
+still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.
+
+ * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the
+more common services you wish to install on your machine.
+
+ * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical
+environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical
+interface available.
+
+Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory
+text about that group.
+
+You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the
+packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will
+be installed.
+
+If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups
+and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for
+repairing or updating an existing system.
+
+If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as
+opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options
+for a minimal installation:
+
+ * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a
+working graphical desktop.
+
+ * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their
+documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.
+
+ * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary
+to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a
+command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65
+megabytes.", N("Workstation"), N("Development"), N("Server"), N("Graphical Environment"), N("Individual package selection"), N("Upgrade"), N("With X"), N("With basic documentation"), N("Truly minimal install"));
+}
+sub choosePackagesTree() {
+    N("If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present
+a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While
+browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual
+packages.
+
+Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the
+right to let you know the purpose of that package.
+
+!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically
+chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,
+you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be
+installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed
+services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at
+the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that
+security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was
+finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do or
+why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install
+the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!
+
+The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears
+whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a
+dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of
+one particular package may require the installation of another package. The
+installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency
+to successfully complete the installation.
+
+The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a
+package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you
+have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking
+on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of
+another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create
+such a floppy.", N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Automatic dependencies"));
+}
+sub configureServices() {
+    N("This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot
+time.
+
+DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review
+each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot
+time.
+
+A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is
+selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,
+it is safer to leave the default behavior.
+
+!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a
+server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not need.
+Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a
+server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!");
+}
+sub configureTimezoneGMT() {
+    N("GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to
+local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your
+motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting
+\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the
+hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine
+also hosts another operating system.
+
+The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by
+connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to
+work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you
+choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time
+server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well.", N("Hardware clock set to GMT"), N("Automatic time synchronization"));
+}
+sub configureX_card_list() {
+    N("Graphic Card
+
+   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the
+graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can
+choose from this list the card you actually have installed.
+
+   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,
+with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which
+best suits your needs.");
+}
+sub configureX_chooser() {
+    N("X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface
+on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,
+WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.
+
+You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal
+graphical display.
+
+Graphic Card
+
+   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the
+graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can
+choose from this list the card you actually have installed.
+
+   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,
+with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which
+best suits your needs.
+
+
+
+Monitor
+
+   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the
+monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose
+from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.
+
+
+
+Resolution
+
+   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your
+graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be
+able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen
+configuration is shown in the monitor picture.
+
+
+
+Test
+
+   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.
+
+   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired
+resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",
+then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it
+means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and
+the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the
+menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.
+
+
+
+Options
+
+   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to
+automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may
+want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were
+not successful in getting the display configured.", N("Yes"), N("No"));
+}
+sub configureX_monitor() {
+    N("Monitor
+
+   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the
+monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose
+from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.");
+}
+sub configureX_resolution() {
+    N("Resolution
+
+   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your
+graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be
+able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen
+configuration is shown in the monitor picture.");
+}
+sub configureX_xfree_and_glx() {
+    N("In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with
+or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best
+suits your needs.");
+}
+sub configureXxdm() {
+    N("Options
+
+   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to
+automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may
+want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were
+not successful in getting the display configured.", N("No"));
+}
+sub doPartitionDisks() {
+    N("You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux
+operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an
+existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to
+partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to
+logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new
+Mandriva Linux system.
+
+Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible
+and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful
+for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which
+simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the
+rest of this section and above all, take your time.
+
+Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are
+available:
+
+ * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank
+drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.
+
+ * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on
+your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then
+be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.
+The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's
+a good idea to keep them.
+
+ * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes
+all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for
+GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and
+data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows
+FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any
+data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.
+Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is
+recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on
+the same computer.
+
+   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this
+procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller
+than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows
+to store your data or to install new software.
+
+ * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on
+your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, choose
+this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this operation
+after you confirm.
+
+   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!
+
+ * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by
+Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the
+drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.
+
+   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!
+
+ * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard
+drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very
+easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only
+recommended if you have done something like this before and have some
+experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,
+refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''.", N("Use free space"), N("Use existing partition"), N("Use the free space on the Microsoft Windows® partition"), N("Erase entire disk"), N("Remove Microsoft Windows®"), N("Custom disk partitioning"));
+}
+sub exitInstall() {
+    N("There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is
+ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget
+to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you
+should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the
+boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.
+
+The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:
+
+ * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will
+automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,
+similar to the installation you've just configured.
+
+   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that
+button:
+
+    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning
+step is the only interactive procedure.
+
+    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely
+rewritten, all data is lost.
+
+   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar
+machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more
+information.
+
+ * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.
+To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and
+start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux
+defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.
+
+(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type
+\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat
+/dev/fd0\".", N("Reboot"), N("Advanced"), N("Generate auto-install floppy"), N("Replay"), N("Automated"), N("Save packages selection"));
+}
+sub formatPartitions() {
+    N("If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to
+reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please
+select those partitions as well.
+
+Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing
+partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating
+system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to reformat
+partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").
+
+Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is
+completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you
+will not be able to recover it.
+
+Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.
+
+Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new
+Mandriva Linux operating system installation.
+
+Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for
+bad blocks on the disk.", N("Next"), N("Previous"), N("Advanced"));
+}
+sub installUpdates() {
+    N("By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will
+have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,
+security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,
+you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you
+have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install
+updated packages later.
+
+Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can
+be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree
+will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install
+the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort.", N("Yes"), N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Install"), N("Cancel"));
+}
+sub miscellaneous() {
+    N("At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire
+for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set
+higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly
+exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is
+generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.
+
+If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able
+to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux
+Control Center.
+
+Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for
+security. Security messages will be sent to that address.", N("Security Administrator"));
+}
+sub partition_with_diskdrake() {
+    N("At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the
+installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been
+defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another
+partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive
+partitions must be defined.
+
+To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select
+the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,
+``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.
+
+To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:
+
+ * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive
+
+ * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap
+partitions in the free space of your hard drive
+
+\"%s\": gives access to additional features:
+
+ * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later
+partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you
+perform this step.
+
+ * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a
+floppy disk.
+
+ * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it
+using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always
+work.
+
+ * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was
+originally on the hard drive.
+
+ * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and
+unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.
+
+ * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your
+hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of
+partitioning.
+
+ * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.
+
+ * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)
+and gives more information about the hard drive.
+
+ * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will
+save your changes back to disk.
+
+When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition
+size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.
+
+Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the
+partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.
+
+When a partition is selected, you can use:
+
+ * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)
+
+ * Ctrl-d to delete a partition
+
+ * Ctrl-m to set the mount point
+
+To get information about the different file system types available, please
+read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.
+
+If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS
+``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot
+bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you
+may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for
+emergency boot situations.", N("Clear all"), N("Auto allocate"), N("More"), N("Save partition table"), N("Restore partition table"), N("Rescue partition table"), N("Reload partition table"), N("Removable media auto-mounting"), N("Wizard"), N("Undo"), N("Toggle between normal/expert mode"), N("Done"));
+}
+sub resizeFATChoose() {
+    N("More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.
+Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new
+Mandriva Linux operating system.
+
+Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"
+\"Capacity\".
+
+\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",
+\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").
+
+\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and
+\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.
+
+\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE
+hard drives:
+
+ * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";
+
+ * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".
+
+With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means
+\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.
+
+\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first
+disk or partition is called \"C:\").");
+}
+sub selectCountry() {
+    N("\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,
+click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in the
+list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list.", N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"));
+}
+sub selectInstallClass() {
+    N("This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been
+found on your machine.
+
+DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an
+upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:
+
+ * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.
+However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of
+your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.
+If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change
+the file system, you should use this option.
+
+ * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages
+currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current partitioning
+scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration
+steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.
+
+Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems
+running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior
+to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended.", N("Install"), N("Upgrade"));
+}
+sub selectKeyboard() {
+    N("Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a
+particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits
+you or choose another keyboard layout.
+
+Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your
+language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may
+have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,
+you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and
+country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step
+will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.
+
+Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.
+
+If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next
+dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the
+keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts.", N("More"));
+}
+sub selectLanguage() {
+    N("The first step is to choose your preferred language.
+
+Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the
+documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're
+located in, then the language you speak.
+
+Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to
+be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific
+files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish
+users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in
+the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.
+
+About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to
+cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is
+still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 will
+depend on the user's choices:
+
+ * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1
+languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most
+iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;
+
+ * Other languages will use unicode by default;
+
+ * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using
+the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;
+
+ * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a
+user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which
+languages were been chosen.
+
+Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You
+may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.
+Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,
+etc. will also be installed for that language.
+
+To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can
+launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used
+by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only
+change the language settings for that particular user.", N("Advanced"), N("Espanol"), N("Use Unicode by default"), N("All languages"));
+}
+sub selectMouse() {
+    N("Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your
+mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will
+configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a
+two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and
+right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses
+a PS/2, serial or USB interface.
+
+If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"
+mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the
+wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse
+pointer up and down.
+
+If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it
+from the list provided.
+
+You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which
+will work with nearly all mice.
+
+If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be
+displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are
+correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not
+working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and
+you will be returned to the mouse list.
+
+Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to
+select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to
+the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and
+pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.
+Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you
+scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.
+Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you
+move your mouse about.", N("with Wheel emulation"), N("Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"), N("Next"));
+}
+sub selectSerialPort() {
+    N("Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under
+Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux.");
+}
+sub setRootPassword() {
+    N("This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux
+system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system
+administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,
+change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can
+do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to
+guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you
+can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise
+against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other
+operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and
+unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the
+partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become
+\"root\".
+
+The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8
+characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far
+too easy to compromise your system.
+
+One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because you
+must be able to remember it!
+
+The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the
+chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If
+you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this
+``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".
+
+If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,
+click on the \"%s\" button.
+
+If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication
+services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which
+one to use, you should ask your network administrator.
+
+If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your
+computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust
+everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\".", N("Advanced"), N("authentication"), N("No password"));
+}
+sub setupBootloaderBeginner() {
+    N("A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot
+time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot
+loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot
+sector and act according to what it finds there:
+
+ * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO
+boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other
+OS installed on your machine.
+
+ * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.
+
+If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you
+where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.
+Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if you
+know what you're doing.", N("First sector of drive (MBR)"), N("Skip"));
+}
+sub setupDefaultSpooler() {
+    N("Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other
+operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of
+the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.
+
+ * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice
+if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to
+panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"
+will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used
+within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your
+first experience with GNU/Linux.
+
+ * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent
+choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the
+planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for
+the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older
+operating systems which may still need print services. While quite
+powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to
+emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.
+\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer
+options and for managing the printer.
+
+If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing
+system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux
+Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button.", N("pdq"), N("pdq"), N("CUPS"), N("CUPS"), N("Expert"));
+}
+sub setupSCSI() {
+    N("DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will
+also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is
+found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.
+
+Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting
+your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.
+
+If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you
+want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the
+hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the
+adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any
+issues.
+
+If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine
+which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually
+configure the driver.");
+}
+sub sound_config() {
+    N("\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed
+here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your
+system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.", N("Sound card"));
+}
+sub summary() {
+    N("As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered
+about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you
+may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the
+hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current
+configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.
+
+ * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if
+necessary.
+
+ * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this
+country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country
+is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete
+country list.
+
+ * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country
+you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not
+correct.
+
+ * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button
+to change it if necessary.
+
+ * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed
+here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your
+system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its
+configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not
+detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.
+
+ * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with
+the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.
+
+ * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in
+\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on
+\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,
+you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the
+Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to benefit
+from full in-line help.
+
+ * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine
+you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.
+
+ * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a
+previous step ().
+
+ * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good
+idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult
+the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about
+firewall settings.
+
+ * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this
+button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed
+documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the
+Mandriva Linux Control Center.
+
+ * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run
+on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good
+idea to review this setup.", N("Configure"), N("Keyboard"), N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"), N("Timezone"), N("Configure"), N("Mouse"), N("Sound card"), N("TV card"), N("Configure"), N("ISDN card"), N("Configure"), N("Graphical Interface"), N("Configure"), N("Network"), N("Proxies"), N("Security Level"), N("Firewall"), N("Bootloader"), N("Services"));
+}
+sub takeOverHdChoose() {
+    N("Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new
+Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost
+and will not be recoverable!");
+}
+sub takeOverHdConfirm() {
+    N("Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on
+this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able
+to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including
+any Windows data.
+
+Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions
+present on this hard drive.", N("Next ->"), N("Next ->"), N("<- Previous"));
+}
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/help_xml2pm.pl b/perl-install/install/help/help_xml2pm.pl
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..742bd9b78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/help_xml2pm.pl
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+use XML::Parser;
+use MDK::Common;
+use utf8;
+
+my $dir = "doc/manualB/modules";
+my $xsltproc = "/usr/bin/xsltproc";
+
+if ( ! -x "$xsltproc" ){
+    print "You need to have \"$xsltproc\" - ";
+    print "so type \"urpmi libxslt-proc\" please.\n";
+    exit 1;
+}
+
+my %helps = map {
+    my $lang = $_;
+    my @l = grep { !/drakx-MNF-chapter/ } map { /(drakx-.*).xml$/ } all("$dir/$lang");
+    if (@l < 20) { () } else {
+	my $template_file = "$dir/$lang/drakx.xml";
+	my $file = "$dir/$lang/drakx_full.xml";
+    	output($template_file, template($lang, @l));
+	system("$xsltproc id.xsl $template_file > $file") == 0 or die "$xsltproc id.xsl $template_file failed\n";
+    
+	warn "parsing $file\n";
+	my $p = new XML::Parser(Style => 'Tree');
+	my $tree = $p->parsefile($file);
+
+	$lang => rewrite2(rewrite1(@$tree), $lang);
+    }
+} all($dir);
+
+my $base = delete $helps{en} || die;
+save_help($base);
+
+foreach my $lang (keys %helps) {
+    (my $rlang = $lang) =~ s/_(.*)/_\U$1/;
+    print "Now transforming: $lang\n";
+    open(my $F, ">:encoding(utf8)", "po/$rlang.po");
+    print $F <<EOF;
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\\n"
+
+EOF
+    foreach my $id (keys %{$helps{$lang}}) {
+#	warn "Writing id=$id in lang=$lang\n";
+	$base->{$id} or warn "$lang:$id doesn't exist in english\n", next;
+	print $F qq(# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:\n# cvs.mandriva.com:/cooker/$dir/$lang/drakx-chapter.xml\n);
+	print_in_PO($F, $base->{$id}[0], $helps{$lang}{$id}[0]);
+    }
+}
+unlink(".memdump");
+
+sub print_in_PO {
+    my ($F, $msgid, $msgstr) = @_;
+
+    print $F qq(msgid ""\n");
+    print $F join(qq(\\n"\n"), split "\n", $msgid);
+    print $F qq("\nmsgstr ""\n");
+    print $F join(qq(\\n"\n"), split "\n", $msgstr);
+    print $F qq("\n\n);
+}
+
+sub save_help {
+    my ($help, $inside_strings) = @_;
+
+    open(my $F, ">:encoding(utf8)", "help.pm");
+    print $F <<'EOF';
+package install::help::help;
+use common;
+use utf8;
+
+push @::textdomains, 'DrakX-help';
+
+1;
+
+# IMPORTANT: Do not edit this File - It is automatically generated 
+#            from the manuals !!! 
+#            Write a mail to <documentation@mandriva.com> if
+#            you want it changed.
+EOF
+    foreach (sort keys %$help) {
+	my ($main, @inside) = map { qq("$_") } @{$help->{$_}};
+	my $s = join(', ', $main, map { qq(N($_)) } @inside);
+	print STDERR "Writing id=$_\n";
+	print $F <<EOF;
+sub $_() {
+    N($s);
+}
+EOF
+	my @nb = $main =~ /\%s/g; @nb == @inside or die "help.pm error: bad \%s in sub $_\n";
+    }
+}
+
+# i don't like the default tree format given by XML::Parser,
+# rewrite it in my own tree format
+sub rewrite1 {
+    my ($tag, $tree) = @_;
+    my ($attr, @nodes) = @$tree;
+    my @l;
+    while (@nodes) {
+	my ($tag, $tree) = splice(@nodes, 0, 2);
+	if ($tag eq '0') {
+	    foreach ($tree) {
+		s/\s+/ /gs;
+		s/"/\\"/g;
+		s/\x{ad}//g;
+		s/\x{2013}/-/g;
+	    }
+	    push @l, $tree
+	} elsif ($tag eq 'screen') {
+	    $tree->[1] eq '0' or die "screen tag contains non CDATA\n";
+	    push @l, $tree->[2];
+	} else {
+	    push @l, rewrite1($tag, $tree);
+	}
+    }
+    { attr => $attr, tag => lc $tag, children => \@l };
+}
+
+# return the list of nodes named $tag
+sub find_tag {
+    my ($tag, $tree) = @_;
+    if (!ref($tree)) {
+	();
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq $tag) {
+	$tree;
+    } else {
+	map { find_tag($tag, $_) } @{$tree->{children}};
+    }
+}
+
+my $help;
+sub rewrite2 {
+    my ($tree, $lang) = @_;
+    our $i18ned_open_text_quote  = $ {{ 
+	fr => "« ",
+	de => "„",
+	es => "\\\"",
+	it => "\\\"",
+	zh_cn => "“"
+	}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_text_quote = $ {{ 
+	fr => " »",
+	de => "“",
+	es => "\\\"",
+	it => "\\\"",
+	zh_cn => "”"
+	}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_label_quote  = $ {{ fr => "« ", de => "„", zh_cn => "“"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_label_quote = $ {{ fr => " »", de => "“", zh_cn => "”"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_command_quote  = $ {{ fr => "« ", de => "„", zh_cn => "“"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_command_quote = $ {{ fr => " »", de => "“", zh_cn => "”"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_input_quote  = $ {{ fr => "« ", de => "»", zh_cn => "“"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_input_quote = $ {{ fr => " »", de => "«", zh_cn => "”"}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_open_key_quote  = $ {{ de => "["}}{$lang};
+    our $i18ned_close_key_quote = $ {{ de => "]"}}{$lang};
+    # rewrite2_ fills in $help
+    $help = {};
+    rewrite2_($tree);
+    $help;
+}
+
+sub rewrite2_ {
+    my ($tree, @parents) = @_;
+    ref($tree) or return $tree;
+    !$tree->{attr}{condition} || $tree->{attr}{condition} !~ /no-inline-help/ or return '';
+
+    my ($id) = $tree->{attr}{id} ? $tree->{attr}{id} =~ /drakxid-([^-]+)$/ : ();
+
+    my @inside_strings;
+    my $text = do {
+	my @l = map { 
+	    my ($s, @l) = rewrite2_($_, $tree, @parents);
+	    push @inside_strings, @l;
+	    $s;
+	} @{$tree->{children}};
+	my $text = "";
+	foreach (@l) {
+	    s/^ // if $text =~ /\s$/;
+	    $text =~ s/ $// if /^\s/;
+	    $text =~ s/\n+$// if /^\n/;
+	    $text .= $_;
+	}
+	$text;
+    };
+
+    if ($id) {
+	my $t = $text;
+	$t =~ s/^\s+//;
+
+	my @footnotes = map { 
+	    my ($s, @l) = rewrite2_({ %$_, tag => 'para' });
+	    push @inside_strings, @l;
+	    $s =~ s/^\s+//;
+	    "(*) $s";
+	} find_tag('footnote', $tree);
+	$help->{$id} = [ aerate($t . join('', @footnotes)), @inside_strings ];
+	return '';
+    }
+
+    my $text_ = do {
+    if (0) {
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'formalpara', 'para', 'itemizedlist', 'orderedlist')) {
+	$text =~ s/^\s(?!\s)//;
+	$text =~ s/^( ?\n)+//;
+	$text =~ s/\s+$//;
+	qq(\n$text\n);
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'quote', 'citetitle', 'foreignphrase')) {
+	$text =~ s/^\Q$i18ned_open_label_quote\E(.*)\Q$i18ned_close_label_quote\E$/$1/ if $i18ned_open_label_quote;
+	($i18ned_open_text_quote || "``") . $text . ($i18ned_close_text_quote || "''");
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'literal', 'filename')) {
+	($i18ned_open_label_quote || "\\\"") . $text . ($i18ned_close_label_quote || "\\\"");
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'guilabel', 'guibutton', 'guimenu')) {
+	$text =~ s/\s+$//;
+	push @inside_strings, $text;
+	($i18ned_open_label_quote || "\\\"") . "%s" . ($i18ned_close_label_quote || "\\\"");
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'command') {
+	($i18ned_open_command_quote || "\\\"") . $text . ($i18ned_close_command_quote || "\\\"");
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'userinput') {
+	($i18ned_open_input_quote || ">>") . $text . ($i18ned_close_input_quote || "<<");
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'keycap') {
+	($i18ned_open_key_quote || "[") . $text . ($i18ned_close_key_quote || "]");
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'keysym')) {
+	qq($text);
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag}, 'footnote')) {
+	'(*)'
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'warning') {
+	$text =~ s/^(\s+)/$1!! /;
+	$text =~ s/(\s+)$/ !!$1/;
+	$text;
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'listitem') {
+	my $cnt = (any { $_->{tag} eq 'variablelist' } @parents) ? 1 : 0;
+	$text =~ s/^\s+//;
+	$text =~ s/^/' ' . ($cnt++ ? '  ' : '* ')/emg;
+	"\n$text\n";
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag},  
+		    'acronym', 'application', 'emphasis',  
+		    'keycombo', 'note', 'sect1', 'sect2', 'sect3',
+		    'superscript', 'systemitem', 'option',
+		    'tip', 'ulink', 'xref', 'varlistentry', 'variablelist', 'term',
+		    'phrase', 'hardware', 'procedure', 'step', 'bridgehead',
+		   )) {
+	# ignored tags
+	$text;
+    } elsif (member($tree->{tag},
+		    qw(title article primary secondary indexterm revnumber
+                       date authorinitials revision revhistory revremark chapterinfo
+                       imagedata imageobject mediaobject figure
+                       abstract book chapter)
+		   )) {
+	# dropped tags
+	@inside_strings = ();
+	'';
+    } elsif ($tree->{tag} eq 'screen') {
+	qq(\n$text\n);
+    } else {
+	warn "unknown tag $tree->{tag}\n";
+    }
+    };
+    $text_, @inside_strings;
+}
+
+sub aerate {
+    my ($s) = @_;
+    #- the warp_text column is adjusted so that xgettext do not wrap text around
+    #- which cause msgmerge to add a lot of fuzzy
+    my $s2 = join("\n\n", map { join("\n", warp_text($_, 75)) } split "\n", $s);
+    $s2;
+}
+
+sub template {
+    my ($lang, @l) = @_;
+    my $entities = join("\n", map { qq(<!ENTITY $_ SYSTEM '$_.xml'>) } @l);
+    my $body = join("\n", map { '&' . $_ . ';' } @l);
+
+    <<EOF;
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+"/usr/share/sgml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.1.2/docbookx.dtd"[
+
+$entities
+
+<!ENTITY % params.ent SYSTEM "../../manuals/Starter/$lang/params.ent">
+%params.ent;
+<!ENTITY % strings.ent SYSTEM "../../manuals/Starter/$lang/strings.ent">
+%strings.ent;
+
+<!ENTITY step-only-for-expert "">
+
+<!ENTITY % acronym-list SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/acronym_list.ent" >
+%acronym-list;
+<!ENTITY % button-list SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/button_list.ent" >
+%button-list;
+<!ENTITY % companies SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/companies.ent" >
+%companies;
+<!ENTITY % menu-list SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/menu_list.ent" >
+%menu-list;
+<!ENTITY % tech SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/tech.ent" >
+%tech;
+<!ENTITY % titles SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/titles.ent" >
+%titles;
+<!ENTITY % typo SYSTEM "../../entities/$lang/typo.ent" >
+%typo;
+<!ENTITY % common SYSTEM "../../entities/common.ent" >
+%common;
+<!ENTITY % common-acronyms SYSTEM "../../entities/common_acronyms.ent" >
+%common-acronyms;
+<!ENTITY % prog-list SYSTEM "../../entities/prog_list.ent" >
+%prog-list;
+
+<!ENTITY lang '$lang'>
+
+]>
+
+<book>
+  <title>DrakX Documentation</title>
+
+$body
+
+</book>
+EOF
+
+}
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/id.xsl b/perl-install/install/help/id.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4897a204f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/id.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
+<xsl:template match="/">
+  <xsl:copy-of select="."/>
+</xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot b/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b1f3f647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/DrakX-help.pot
@@ -0,0 +1,1109 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr ""
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/Makefile b/perl-install/install/help/po/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..457a7cbae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+NAME = DrakX-help
+LOCALEDIR = ${prefix}/share/locale
+PL_FILES = ../help.pm
+
+MAIN_PO_FILES = ../../../share/po/libDrakX.pot ../../share/po/DrakX.pot
+
+POFILES = $(wildcard *.po)
+MOFILES = $(POFILES:%.po=%.mo)
+LANGS = $(POFILES:%.po=%)
+
+default: $(MOFILES)
+
+%.mo: %.po
+	msgfmt -o $@ $<
+
+merge: $(NAME).pot
+	for n in $(POFILES); do \
+	  echo "Merging $$n"; \
+	  msgmerge $$n $(NAME).pot > "$$n"t ; \
+	  mv -f "$$n"t $$n ; \
+	done
+
+$(NAME).pot: $(PL_FILES)
+	perl_checker -q --generate-pot .$@ $(PL_FILES)
+	xgettext $(MAIN_PO_FILES:%=-x %) -o $@ .$@
+	rm -f .$@
+
+install: $(MOFILES)
+	for l in $(LANGS); do \
+		install -d $(LOCALEDIR)/$$l/LC_MESSAGES; \
+		install -m 644 $$l.mo $(LOCALEDIR)/$$l/LC_MESSAGES/$(NAME).mo; \
+	done
+
+clean:
+	@rm -rf *.mo $(POFILES:%=%t)
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..828c570a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/af.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1839 @@
+# translation of DrakX-af21-09.po to Afrikaans
+# translation of DrakX-af.po to Afrikaans
+# KTranslator Generated File
+# KTranslator Generated File
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Schalk W. Cronjé <schalkc@ntaba.co.za>, 2000.
+# Dirk van der Walt <mandrake@webmail.co.za>, 2003.
+# Dirk van der Walt <dirkvanderwalt@webmail.co.za>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-af\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-21 17:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Dirk van der Walt <dirkvanderwalt@webmail.co.za>\n"
+"Language-Team: Afrikaans\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Voordat u voortgaan, lees asb die lisensieterme noukeurig deur. Dit dek\n"
+"die hele Mandriva Linux distribusie. Indien u saamstem met al die\n"
+"voorwaardes daarin, merk die \"%s\" boksie. Indien nie, kan u op die\n"
+"\"%s\" knoppie druk om teherlaai."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux is 'n multigebruikerstelsel, dit beteken dat elke gebruiker sy\n"
+"eie voorkeure kan stel, met sy eie lêers ens. U kan meer hieroor in die\n"
+"\"Starter Guide\"  lees. Andersins as 'root' (die supergebruiker) kan\n"
+"gebruikers wat u hier byvoeg niks behalwe hul eie lêers en eie\n"
+"konfigurasie verander nie. U moet ten minste een gewone gebruiker vir uself\n"
+"skep.\n"
+"Hierdie gebruker is die een waaronder u moet inteken vir normale gebruik\n"
+"van die rekenaar. Alhoewel dit baie gemaklik is om as 'root' in te teken "
+"vir\n"
+"daaglikse werk, is dit baie gevaarlik. 'n Eenvoudige fout kan moontlik u\n"
+"stelsel\n"
+"breek. 'n Fout wat as gewone gebruiker gemaak word, sal net daardie\n"
+"gebruiker\n"
+"beïnvloed en nie hele stelsel nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Eers moet u, u eie naam intik. Dit is nie verpligtend nie, want u kan\n"
+"eintlik\n"
+"enigiets intik, as u wil. DrakX sal dan die eerste woord wat u ingetik het,\n"
+"in die\n"
+"\"%s\" veld plaas. U kan hier verander indien u wil. Dit is die\n"
+"gebruikernaam waarmee\n"
+"die gebruiker op die rekenaar sal aanteken. U moet dan ook 'n wagwoord\n"
+"voorsien.\n"
+"'n Gewone gebruiker se wagwoord is nie so krities soos dié van die\n"
+"supergebruiker\n"
+"(uit 'n sekuriteitsoogpunt) nie, maar daar is geen\n"
+"rede om agterlosig met u data te wees nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u op \"%s\" kliek sal die gebruiker geskep word en kan u nog\n"
+"gebruikers byvoeg.\n"
+"U kan vir al u vriende gebruikername skep, sommer een vir pa en ma ook. \n"
+"Sodra u klaar is, kliek op \"%s\".\n"
+"Kliek op die \"%s\" knoppie indien u die verstek-instruksiedop vir die\n"
+"gebruiker\n"
+"wil verander.\n"
+"Dit is bash by verstek.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sodra u klaar is met die skep van gebruikers, sal u gevra word om 'n\n"
+"gebruiker\n"
+"te kies wie outomaties sal inteken sodra Linux klaar selfgelaai het. Indien\n"
+"u hierdie funksie wil gebruik (en plaaslike sekuriteit tans nie vreeslik\n"
+"belangrik is nie), kies asseblief die verlangde gebruiker en venstermaker,\n"
+"klik dan op \"%s\".\n"
+"Indien u NIE hierdie funksie wil gebruik nie, sorg dat \"%s\" NIE gemerk is\n"
+"nie. "
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Wil u hierdie funksie gebruik?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier is 'n lys van die bestaande Linux partisies wat opgespoor is.\n"
+"U kan die assistent se keuses behou, hulle is gewoonlik geskik vir die\n"
+"meeste installasies. Sou u wil verander, moet u ten minste 'n wortel-\n"
+"partisie (\"/\") voorsien. Dit moet nie te klein wees nie, anders kan ons \n"
+"nie genog sagteware installeer nie. Indien u die data op 'n aparte \n"
+"partisie wil stoor, moet u ook 'n \"/home\"-partisie skep.\n"
+"(waarvoor u meer as een Linux partisie nodig het).\n"
+"\n"
+"Elke partisie word as volg gelys: \"Naam\", \"Kapasiteit\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Naam werk as volg\" \"tipe hardeskyf\", \"nommer van hardeskyf\",\n"
+"\"nommer van partisie\" (byvoorbeeld: \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n IDE tipe hardeskyf het sal die tipe \"hd\" wees, en SCSI, sal \n"
+"\"sd\" wees\n"
+"\n"
+"Die nommer van die hardeskyf is altyd 'n letter, wat volg na \"hd\" \n"
+"of \"sd\".\n"
+"Met IDE hardeskywe:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"e\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Met SCSI-hardeskywe, beteken 'n \"a\" die kleinste SCSI-ID,\"b\" sal\n"
+"dan die volgende ID verteenwoordig ens."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Mandriva Linux installasie is versprei oor 'n aantal CD-ROMs.DrakX\n"
+"weet wanneer 'n gekose pakket op 'n ander CD-ROM is. DrakX sal in so\n"
+"geval die huidige CD uitskop en aandui watter een benodig word."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nou moet u spesifiseer watter programme u op die rekenaar wil\n"
+"installeer. Daar is duisende pakkette beskikbaar vir Mandriva Linux, en\n"
+"om alles meer eenvoudig te maak, is die pakkette gegroepeer onder\n"
+"groepe van selfde tipe programme.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die groepe is so saamgestel dat dit saamval met die tipe gebruik van u\n"
+"rekenaar. Mandriva Linux het vier vooraf gespesifseerde installasies\n"
+"beskikbaar. Dink aan hierdie tipes as houers met verskillende pakkette.\n"
+"U kan wel uit die verskillende houers, verskillende pakkette kies.\n"
+"Dus kan u \"Werkstasie\" ook programme uit die \"Ontwikkeling\"\n"
+"bevat.\n"
+"( Amper soos die \"pick 'n mix\" by 'n Clicks of 'n winkel van u keuse! )\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u die rekenaar as 'n werkstasie wil gebruik, kies een of\n"
+"meer hieruit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u ontwikkelling op die masjien wil doen, kan u hier\n"
+"kies en keur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": mense wat 'n bediener wil opstel, hier is vir julle keuses.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Grafiese-omgewings. Indien u 'n grafiese omgewing wil\n"
+"gebruik, moet u ten minste een hier kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"Beweeg u muis stadig oor elke groep om meer inligting daaroor te bekom.\n"
+"Indien u NIKS kies nie gedurende 'n normale installasie, sal 'n venster\n"
+"opspring met verskillende keuses vir hierdie minimale installasie:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installeer die minimale programme vir 'n werkende grafiese\n"
+"werksomgewing.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installeer 'n basiese stelsel met basiese nutsporgramme en hul\n"
+"dokumentasie. Dit is geskik om 'n bediener op te stel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sal 'n absolute minimale installasie doen, sodat u bloot 'n\n"
+"werkende Linux rekenaar het. Die grootte sal so 65 megagrepe wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"U kan die \"%s\" blokkie merk, dit is handig indien u vertroud is met al\n"
+"die beskikbare pakette, en u meer beheer verlang.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u die installasie in \"%s\"-modus begin het, kan u NIKS kies nie\n"
+"om te verhoed dat nuwe pakette installeer. Baie handig wanneer u 'n\n"
+"bestaande stelsel opdateeer, of herstel."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Opgradeer"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Met basiese dokumentasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Werklike minimale installasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Inidein u gespesifiseer het dat u individuele pakkette wil kies,\n"
+"sal daar 'n boom-struktuur aan u vertoon word met al die pakkette\n"
+"wat opgedeel is in groepe en sub-groepe. Soos u die deur hulle rits\n"
+"kan u hele groepe of sub-groepe kies, of self individuele pakkette.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sodra u 'n pakket kies, sal daar 'n beskrywing aan die regterkant verskyn\n"
+"wat aandui waarvoor die pakket gebruik word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n diensprogram kies, of dit nou deel is van 'n groepe pakkette of\n"
+"'n enkel een, sal u gevra word om die installasie daarvan te bevestig.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sal by verstek alle bediener-programme afskop nadat u die\n"
+"rekenaar aangeskakel het. Hierdie bediener-programme is verpak sonder\n"
+"enige probleme bekend. Dit kon intussen verander het, nadat sekuriteits-"
+"gate\n"
+"gevind is. Indien u nie weet wat 'n diens veronderstel is om te doen nie, "
+"of\n"
+"waarom dit geïnstalleer word nie, klik op \"%s\". Deur op \"%s\" te klik "
+"sal\n"
+"die bediener-program geïnstalleer word en afskop sodra die Linux laai!!\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\"-opsie VERSPER die waarskuwings-dialoog wat verskyn\n"
+"sodra die installeerder ander pakkette moet kies a.g.v. afhanklikhede\n"
+"Afhanklikhede werk as volg: Sommige pakkette moet ander programme\n"
+"installeer om korrek te funksioneer, maar hierdie programme maak soms deel\n"
+"uit van 'n ander pakket, dus sal die installeer-program daardie pakkette\n"
+"ook installeer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die klein disket-ikoon aan die lys se onderkant laat u toe om 'n lys van\n"
+"pakkette van 'n vorige installeasie te laai. Dit is handig indien u 'n\n"
+"aantal masjiene identies wil konfigureer. As u hierop klik, sal u gevra\n"
+"word om die disket te voorsien wat aan die einde van 'n vorige\n"
+"installasie geskep is. Raadpleeg die tweede wenk van die laaste stap\n"
+"oor hoe mens so disket skep."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Outomatiese-afhanklikhede"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": deur op die \"%s\" knoppie te klik, sal u toegang tot die 'printer\n"
+"configuration wizard' kry. Gaan gerus die ooreenstemde hoofstuk in die\n"
+"\"Starter Guide\" na vir meer inligting. Dit stem baie ooreen met die een."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"U kan nou dienste kies wat by herlaaityd moet afskop.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer u die muis oor 'n item beweeg, sal 'n klein ballon opspring\n"
+"wat die rol van die diens verduidelik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wees versigtig met hierdie stap. Indien u beplan om dié rekenaar as 'n\n"
+"bediener te gebruik wil u nie dienste afskop wat u nie gaan gebruik nie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux gebruik die GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) as verwysing en verstel\n"
+"dan die tyd volgens u tydsone. Dit beteken dat, in Suid-Afrika,\n"
+"die tyd op die moederbord sowat twee ure \"uit\" sal wees,\n"
+"indien u Johannesburg as tydsone kies. U kan GNU/Linux forseer om\n"
+"die moederbord en plaaslike tyd dieselfde te hou deur NIE die \"%s\" te\n"
+"merk NIE. Gebruik dit so wanneer die rekenaar\n"
+"ander bedryfstelsels ook kan laai, byvoorbeeld Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\"-opsie sal outomaties die klok reguleer deur gebruik te maak van\n"
+"'n eksterne tyd-bediener op die Internet. U sal natuurlik 'n werkende\n"
+"Internetkonneksie daarvoor benodig. Kies 'n bediener naby u. Hierdie opsie\n"
+"laat u toe om hierdie rekenaar self as 'n tyd-bediener te gebruik."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Outotydsinkronisasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafiesekaart\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die installeer-program sal in meeste gevalle u grafiesekaart outomaties\n"
+"opspoor. Indien daar probleme is, kan u self van hierdie lys die kaart\n"
+"kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dit mag gebeur dat daar verskillende tipe X-bedieners beskikbaar sal\n"
+"wees vir u kaart, met of sonder 3D-versnelling, kies dan die een wat u\n"
+"behoefdes die beste sal bevredig."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (staan vir X Window Stelsel -let geen 's') is die hart van die GNU/Linux \n"
+"se grafiese-koppelvlak. Bo-op X, laai grafiese omgewings. ( dit sluit\n"
+"KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker ens. in)\n"
+"\n"
+"Hier is 'n lys van verstellings wat u kan verander om die beste resultate\n"
+"te verkry: Grafiesekaart\n"
+"\n"
+"Die program sal gewoonlik die regte grafiesekaart optel en opstel.\n"
+"Indien nie, kan u self die regte een vanaf hierdie lys kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dit mag gebeur dat daar verskillende tipe X-bedieners beskikbaar sal\n"
+"wees vir u kaart, met of sonder 3D-versnelling, kies dan die een wat u\n"
+"behoefdes die beste sal bevredig.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die program sal gewoonlik u monitor korrek kies.\n"
+"Indien nie, kan u self die regte een vanaf hierdie lys kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolusie\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hier kan u die resolusie en aantal kleure kies wat vir u hardeware\n"
+"beskikbaar is. Kies die een wat u die beste sal pas.( let dat u wel\n"
+"hierdie keuse weer kan verander na die installasie). 'n voorbeeld\n"
+"van die gekose konfigurasie word vertoon op die skerm.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Toets\n"
+"\n"
+"   Afhangende van u hardeware, sal die inskrywing moontlik weg wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"   ons gaan 'n grafiese skerm probeer opstel met die verstellings\n"
+"wat u gemaak het. Indien u die boodskap daarop kan sien en \"%s\"\n"
+"antwoord, sal DrakX na die volgende stap gaan. Indien u nie die boodskap\n"
+"kan sien nie, dui dit aan dat iets nie reg opgestel is nie. Die toets sal "
+"dan\n"
+"na 12 sekondes eindig, en terugval na die kieslys toe. Verander dan u\n"
+"keuses vir nog 'n probeerslag.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opsies\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hier kan u spesifiseer indien u rekenaar die grafiese-koppelvlak moet\n"
+"begin tydens selflaai. U kan \"%s\" merk indien u 'die rekenaar as bediener\n"
+"gaan gebruik, of indien u nie X met sukses kon opstel nie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Die program sal gewoonlik u monitor korrek kies.\n"
+"Indien nie, kan u self die regte een vanaf hierdie lys kies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolusie\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hier kan u die resolusie en aantal kleure kies wat vir u hardeware\n"
+"beskikbaar is. Kies die een wat u die beste sal pas.( let dat u wel hierdie\n"
+"keuse weer kan verander na die installasie). 'n voorbeeld van die gekose\n"
+"konfigurasie word vertoon op die skerm."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Indien daar verskillende tipe bedieners vir u kaart beskikbaar is, met of\n"
+"sonder 3D-versnelling, sal u gevra word om die een te kies wat u die beste\n"
+"sal pas."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsies\n"
+"\n"
+"   hier kan u kies of u die rekenaar wil laat eindig in 'n grafiese "
+"koppelvlak\n"
+"na dit aangeskakel is. U sal natuurlik \"%s\" kies indien die rekenaar as\n"
+"'n bediener gebruik gaan word, of u nie die skerm reg kon opstel nie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Op hierdie tydstip moet u besluit waar op die hardeskyf u Mandriva Linux\n"
+"wil installeer. Indien u 'n leë hardeskyf het, of indien 'n bestaande\n"
+"bedryfstelsel al die beskikbare spasie gebruik, sal u partisies moet\n"
+"skep. Om 'n partisie te skep veroorsaak dat u die hardeskyf logies\n"
+"verdeel, om spasie te skep vir u nuwe Mandriva Linux bedryfstelsel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n onervare gebruiker is, kan die skep van partisies vreemd en\n"
+"intimiderend wees.\n"
+"Die skep van partisies is gewoonlik onomkeerbaar en kan dataverlies\n"
+"meebring indien daar reeds 'n bestaande bedryfstelsel op die hardeskyf is.\n"
+"Gelukkig sluit DrakX 'n assisstent in wat die proses vergemaklik.\n"
+"Voor u verder gaan, lees die volgende deel deeglik deur, en wees rustig!\n"
+"(Moet nie stres kap nie! - Chill Dude!)\n"
+"\n"
+"Afhangende van hoe u hardeskyf gekonfigureer is, is daar 'n aantal opsies\n"
+"beskikbaar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie opsie sal die partisies op u leë hardeskyf outomaties\n"
+"opstel.\n"
+"Indien u die een kies, is dit al inset wat u hoef te lewer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": die assistent het een of meer bestaande Linux-partisies op die\n"
+"hardeskyf gekry. Indien u wil gebruik maak van hulle, kies hierdie opsie.\n"
+"Daar is verstek hegpunte, wat u kan verander, indien u wil, maar ons stel\n"
+"voor u hou daarby.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \" %s\": indien u Microsoft Windows op u hardeskyf geïnstalleer het, en\n"
+"dit neem al die spasie in beslag, moet ons eers 'n plekkie vir Linux skep. U "
+"kan die Microsoft Windows partisie met al die data uitwis\n"
+"(verwys na 'Erase entie disk' oplossing)\n"
+"of u kan die Microsoft Windows FAT of NTFS partisie verklein. Dit kan "
+"geskied\n"
+"sonner verlies van data, mits u die partisie gedefragmenteer het.Ons beveel "
+"ten sterkste aan dat u 'n rugsteun maak van u data. Hierdie is\n"
+"die beste metode indien u beide Mandriva Linux en Microsoft Windows op die\n"
+"rekenaar wil gebruik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Neem tog kennis dat dit die beskikbare oop spasie in Microsoft Windows sal\n"
+"verminder, aangesien ons plek moet maak vir Linux op die hardeskyf.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Indien u alle data op alle partisies op u hardeskyf wil uitwis,\n"
+"en dit dan vervang met Mandriva Linux, kan u hierdie opsie kies.\n"
+"Wees versigtig die opsie is onomkeerbaar!\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Net weer waarsku: alle data op die skyf sal vernietig word. !! \n"
+" * \"%s\" hierdie opsie gaan doodeenvoudig alles uitwis en van vooraf\n"
+"die hardeskyf partisies skep. Alle data sal verlore gaan.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Net weer waarsku: alle data up die skyf sal vernietig word. !! \n"
+" * \"%s\": kies hierdie opsie indien u self die partisies wil opstel. Wees\n"
+"uiters versigtig -- dit is 'n gevaarlike keuse en u kan maklik al u data "
+"verloor. Hierdieopsie word aanbeveel vir persone wat ondervinding\n"
+"het en vertroud is met Linux .\n"
+"U kan verder oplees oor hoe om te werk te gaan in die \"Managing Your\n"
+"Partitions deel van die \"Starter Guide\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Gebruik bestaande partisies"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Wis hele skyf"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Fluit-fluit my storie is uit! Die installasie het tot 'n einde gekom en u\n"
+"GNU/Linux reknaar is gereed vir gebruik. Klik bloot op \"%s\" om\n"
+"te herlaai.Onthou tog om die installasie-media (CDROM of Disket)\n"
+"te verwyder. Die eerste skerm wat u sal sien, na die rekenaar sy\n"
+"hardeware-toetse uitgevoer het, is die herlaaistelsel se kieslys.\n"
+"Daar kan u die bedryfstelsel kies wat moet laai.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\" knoppie sal nog twee knoppies laat verskyn:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": om 'n installasie-disket te skep wat die hele installasie\n"
+"aotomaties sal doen, sonner die hulp van 'n persoon.\n"
+"Dit sal soortgelyk aan hierdie een wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Let daarop dat twee verskillende opsies daarna beskikbaar sal wees:\n"
+"\n"
+"     * \"%s\" Gedeeltelik outomaties. Die skep van partisies benodig 'n\n"
+"persoon om te spesifiseer.\n"
+"\n"
+"      * \"%s\" Volkome outomaties. Die hardeskyf word totaal gewis, alle\n"
+"data word verloor.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Hierdie is handig wanneer u 'n paar van dieselfde masjiene moet\n"
+"installeer.\n"
+"Besoek gerus ons webwerf vir meer inligting hieroor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": stoor 'n lys van die gekose pakette in hierdie installasie.\n"
+"Om hierdie keuses met 'n volgende installasie te gebruik, plaas disket\n"
+"in aandrywer en begin die installasie. Kies [F1] en tik '>> linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<' in."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Skep outo-installasieskyf"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Enige nuwe partisies moet eers geformatteer word voor dit bruikbaar is.\n"
+"(formatteer beteken dan ons 'n lêerstelsel daarop skep).\n"
+"\n"
+"U kan ook nou kies om bestaande partisies te formatteer om so al die\n"
+"data daarop uit te vee. Kies asseblief dan nou daardie partisies ook.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let tog daarop dat die NIE nodig is om al die vooraf-bestaande partisies\n"
+"weer te formatteer NIE. U moet wel partisies wat die bedryfstelsel bevat\n"
+"formatteer. ( byvoorbeeld \"/\",\"/usr\" of \"/var\") maar partisies met\n"
+"data wat u graag wil hou ( bv \"/home\") moet nie geformatteer word\n"
+"nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wees daarom versigtig wanneer u die partisies kies. Na dit geformatteer\n"
+"is, sal ALLE data daarop vernietig wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" sodra u gereed is om te formatteer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" indien u 'n ander partisie vir die installasie van u nuwe\n"
+"Madrake Linux bedryfstelsel wil kies\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" indien u partisies wil kies wat dan ondersoek en\n"
+"getoets moet word."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Teen die tyd wat u Mandriva Linux installeer, is dit hoogs waarskynlik\n"
+"dat van die pakkette intussen opgedateer is. Foute kom reggestel wees,\n"
+"of sekuriteits probleme is dalk opgelos. Om voordeel hieruit te put, kan\n"
+"u hulle nou van die Internet aflaai. Merk \"%s\" indien u 'n werkende\n"
+"Internetkonneksie het, of \"%s\" sou u dit eers later wil doen\n"
+"\n"
+"Deur \"%s\" te kies, kan u 'n lys plekke sien waarvanaf hierdie\n"
+" pakkette gelaai kan word. Kies 'n geskikte een. 'n Boom-struktuur\n"
+" met die nuwwe pakkette in sal verskyn. As u gelukkig is met almal,kan u\n"
+" \"%s\" klik om hulle af te laai en te installeer, of \"%s\" om te ontsnap."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Op hierdie tydstip laat DrakX u toe om die sekuriteitsvlak vir die\n"
+"rekenaar te kies. 'n Algemene reel is dat die sekuriteit hoër behoort\n"
+"te wees indien die masjien belangrike inligting bevat, of direk aan\n"
+"die Internet gekoppel is. Hierdie hoër sekuriteit kom met die koste dat\n"
+"dit algemene gebruik op die rekenaar moeiliker maak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u onseker is oor wat om te kies, bly by die verstek opsie. U\n"
+"kan altyd later die vlak verander deur draksec in die Mandriva Linux "
+"Control\n"
+"Center te grbruik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die \"%s\" veld kan boodskappe stuur na 'n gekose persoon wat\n"
+"verantwoordelik is vir die sekuriteit. Hy/sy sal dan gereelde boodskappe\n"
+"ontvang rakende die stand van die sekuriteit."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Sekuriteits-admin:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Nou moet u asseblief besluit watter partisie(s) u gaan gebruik vir die\n"
+"installasie van u Mandriva Linux rekenaar.Indien die partisies reeds\n"
+"geskep is gedurende 'n vorige GNU/Linux installasie of deur 'n ander\n"
+"partisie-program, kan u hulle gebruik.Indien nie, moet u eerstens\n"
+"partisies skep.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die skep van 'n partisie behels dat u 'n hardeskyf kies.U kan klik op\n"
+"\"hda\" om die eerste IDE hardeskyf te kies, \"hdb\" is die tweede ens.\n"
+"\"sda\" is die eerste SCSI skyf.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hier is die opsies wanneer u partisies skep op die gekose hardeskyf:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie opsie wis alle partisies op die gekose skyf uit.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie opsie sal outomaties 'ext3' en 'swap' partisies in die\n"
+"vrye spasie op die hardeskyf skep.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gee u toegang tot verdere keuses:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": stoor die partisielys op 'n disket. Handig indien u later die\n"
+"partisielys wil herstel.Ons beveel hierdie stap aan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": stel u in staat om 'n vorige gestoorde partisielys van 'n\n"
+"disket af te herstel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u partisielys beskadig is, kan u poog om dit te\n"
+" herstel met hierdie opsie. Wees asseblief versigtig, en onthou\n"
+"dat dit nie altyd werk nie.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ignoreer al die veranderinge en herlaai die partisielys wat\n"
+"oorspronklik op die hardeskyf was.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": deur hierdie opsie NIE te merk NIE, sal u gebruikers verplig\n"
+"om verwyderbere media soos diskette en CD-ROMs self te heg en\n"
+"te ontheg.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": gebruik die opsie indien u 'n assistent verlang wat sal help\n"
+" met die skep van partisies. Word aanbeveel indien u nie vertroud met\n"
+"die skep van partisies is nie\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kanselleer al u veranderinge.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": laat ekstra aksies toe op die partisies (tipe, opsies, formaat)\n"
+"en gee ook eksta inligting omtrent die hardeskyf.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sodra u klaar is, sal sal dit u veranderinge stoor\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer u die grootte spesifiseer, kan u die fyner verstellings spesifiseer\n"
+"deur u sleutelbord se Pyltjie sleutels te gebruik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Aandag: U kan enige opsie bereik deur die sleutelbort te gebruik. Gebruik\n"
+"bloot die [Tab] sleutel en die [Op/Af] pyltjies. om 'n partisie te kies\n"
+"\n"
+"Wanneer 'n partisie gekies is, kan u die volgende doen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c om 'n nuwe partisie te skep (mits 'n leë partisie gekies is)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d om 'n partisie uit te wis\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m om 'n hegpunt te spesifiseer\n"
+"\n"
+"Om inligting rakende die verskillende beskikbare lêerstelsels te bekom, "
+"lees\n"
+"asseblief die ext2FS hoofstuk in die \"Reference Manual\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u op 'n PPC masjien installeer, sal u 'n klien HFS 'bootstrap'\n"
+"partisie van ten minste 1MB wil skep. Dit sal deur 'yaboot' herlaai-\n"
+" stelsel gebruik word. Maak dit bietjie groter vir spaar 'kernel' en\n"
+"'ramdisk' beelde vir hulp in nood situasies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Outoheg van verwyderbare media"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Skakel tussen normale/kenner modus"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Ons het meer as een Microsoft-partisie op u hardeskyf gevind.\n"
+"Kies dan nou die een wie se grootte u wil verander, om plek te maak\n"
+"vir u nuwe Mandriva Linux bedryfstelsel.\n"
+"\n"
+"Elke partisie is as volg gelys: \"Linux-naam\", \"Windows-naam\"\n"
+"\"Kapasiteit\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux-naam werk as volg\" \"tipe hardeskyf\", \"nommer van hardeskyf\",\n"
+"\"nommer van partisie\" (byvoorbeeld: \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n IDE tipe hardeskyf het sal die tipe \"hd\" wees, en SCSI, sal \n"
+"\"sd\" wees\n"
+"\n"
+"Die nommer van die hardeskyf is altyd 'n letter, wat volg na \"hd\" of\n"
+"\"sd\".\n"
+"Met IDE hardeskywe:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die primêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" beteken \"meester-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" beteken \"slaaf-hardeskyf op die sekondêre IDE-beheerder\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Met SCSI-hardeskywe, beteken 'n \"a\" die kleinste SCSI-ID,\"b\" sal\n"
+"dan die volgende ID verteenwoordig ens.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows-naam\" is die letter van u hardeskyf onder Windoes ( die eerste\n"
+"skyf of partisie word \"C:\" genoem.)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ondersoek die huidige landskeuse. Indien u nie in daardie land\n"
+"is nie, klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie en kies die regte een. Indien u land\n"
+"nie in daardie lys teenwoordig is nie, kies die \"%s\"-knoppie vir 'n\n"
+"volledige lys."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Hierdie stap word slegs gedoen indien ou GNU/Linux partisies op die\n"
+"rekenaar gevind is.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX moet nou weet of u 'n nuwe installasie of 'n opgradering van 'n\n"
+"bestaande Mandriva Linux wil doen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hierdie deel word grootliks gebruik vir 'n hele nuwe "
+"installasie.\n"
+"Indien u aan die hardeskywe se partisies of die lêerstelsel wil verander,\n"
+"moet u hierdie opsie kies. Maar u kan ook hierdie een kies indien u sekere\n"
+"van u partisies se data wil behou.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hierdie tipe installasie laat u toe om pakkette op te dateer\n"
+"wat deel uitmaak van u huidige Mandriva Linux installasie. Die partisies\n"
+"en gebruiker se data bly onveranderd. Ander stappe is baie dieselfde as\n"
+"'n normale installasie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die gebruik van die 'Opdateer' opsie behoort reg te werk vir al die\n"
+"weergawes vanaf \"8.1\" en opwaarts. Ons raai u af on dit op weergawes\n"
+"ouer as \"8.1\" te probeer."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhangende van die verstek taal wat u kies, sal DrakX outomaties 'n\n"
+"betrokke steutelbord-konfigurasie kies. U mag moontlik 'n sleutelbord\n"
+"besit wat nie 100-persent ooreenstem met u taal nie: byvoorbeeld as u 'n\n"
+"Ingelse Sweed is, sal u dalk 'n sweedse sleutelbord besit. Hier is nog\n"
+"een: gestel jy is 'n Afrikaner wat werk in Quebec, u sal dalk met 'n ander\n"
+"tipe sleutelbord moet klaarkom as wat u gewoond is. Wel, hier kan u die\n"
+"gepaste sleutelbord uit 'n lys kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie vir 'n lys van al die ondersteunde sleutelborde\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u 'n nie-Latynse sleutelbord kies, sal die volgende dialoog u\n"
+"toelaat om sleutel-bindings tussen Latynse en nie-Latynse uitlegte\n"
+"te kies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Die taal wat u hier kies sal die dokumentasie se taal, die installeer\n"
+"program, en rekenaar oor die algemeen, beïnvloed. Kies eerstens\n"
+"die area waar u woon, en daarna die taal wat u praat.\n"
+"( Jammer, geen inskrywing vir die wat 'nonsens' wou kies nie! )\n"
+"\n"
+"Deur op die \"%s\"-knoppie te klik, kan u ander tale by kies.\n"
+"Dit sal dan dokumentasie en programme toelaat in daardie ekstra tale.\n"
+"Sou daar byvoorbeeld Spaanse gebruikers op die masjien inteken, kies\n"
+"Afrikaans(of Engels) as die verstek taal en \"%s\" in die Gevorderde\n"
+"seksie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Deur 'n sekere taal te kies, sal vertalings, lettertipes,\n"
+"spelkykers ens vir die betrokke taal geïnstalleer word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Boonop kan die \"%s\" merkblokkie u toelaat om die gebruik van 'unicode\n"
+"(UTF-8)' af te dwing. Let daarop dat dit eksperimenteel is. Indien u "
+"verskillende tale met verskillende koderings kies, sal\n"
+"'nicode'-ondersteuning geïnstalleer word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let tog daarop dat u nie verbind is tot slegs een ekstra taal nie. U kan 'n\n"
+"paar van hulle kies, as u nou regtig wild wil raak, installeer almal deur\n"
+"die \"%s\" blokkie te merk!\n"
+"Om tussen verskillende tale te skakel, gebruik \"/usr/bin/localedrake\"\n"
+"Wanneer die supergebruiker (root) dit doen sal dit die taal vir almal\n"
+"verander, en wanneer 'n gewone gebruiker dit doen , sal dit net vir\n"
+"daardie gebruiker verander."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX het gewoonlik geen probleme met die speur van die aantal muisknoppies\n"
+"nie. Indien wel, sal dit aanneem dat die muis twee knoppies het, en sal dan\n"
+"3-knop emulasie konfigureer. Die 3de knoppie kan \"gedruk\" word deur beide\n"
+"knoppies gelyktydig te klik. DrakX sal vanself weet watter tipe muis u het,\n"
+"of dit nou 'n PS/2, sierie of USB muis mag wees.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u muis 3 knoppies het, maar nie 'n wielletjie nie, kan u \"%s\" kies\n"
+"DrakX sal dan u muis so opstel dat die wielletjie gesimuleer word. Druk\n"
+"die middel knoppie en beweeg die muis op en af - maklik!\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u moontlik 'n ander tipe muis wil spesifiseer, kies dit vanaf die\n"
+" voorsiende lys.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u gekose muis verskil van die verstek muis, sal 'n toetsskerm\n"
+"vertoon word. Gebruik die knoppies en wielletjie om seker te maak\n"
+"alles werk korrek.\n"
+"Indien u probleme ondervind, druk die spasiebalk of [ Enter ] sleutel om\n"
+"die toets te kansselleer en weer te kies.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wielmuise word soms verkeerdelik geïdentifiseer, dan moet u self u\n"
+"muis vanaf die lys kies.\n"
+"Maak tog seker u kies die regte poort waaraan die muis\n"
+"gekoppel is. Na u die muis gekies, en \"%s\" geklik het, sal 'n beeld van\n"
+" 'n muis verskyn.\n"
+"Rol die wielletjie om te bevestig dat dit korrek funksioneer. Sodra u\n"
+"die beeld van die muis se wielletjie sien reageer, kan u ook die knoppies\n"
+"en beweging van u muis toets."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "met wielletjie-emulasie"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Enige PS/2 & USB muis"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies asb. die korrekte poort. Onthou dat COM1 onder MS Windows \n"
+"ttyS0 onder GNU/Linux is."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Hierdie is die belangrikste oomblik vir u GNU/Linux-rekenaar se sekuriteit:\n"
+"u moet 'n wagwoord voorsien vir \"root\". \"Root\" is die supergebruiker "
+"wat\n"
+"dinge doen soos om die sagteware op te dateer, gebruikers by te voeg,\n"
+"en die konfigurasie te verander. \"Root\" kan alles doen! Hieroor moet\n"
+"u 'n deeglike wagwoord vir \"root\" kies - (DrakX sal jou tune as die wag-\n"
+"woord nie op spec is nie.) U kan wel die wagwoord uitlaat, maar dit word\n"
+"te sterkste afgeraai. GNU/Linux is net so vatbaar vir foute soos enige\n"
+"ander bedryfstelsel. Aangesien \"root\" geen perke het nie, kan hy/sy\n"
+"maklik skade aanrig as die persoon roekeloos handel. Dit moet dus\n"
+"moeilik wees vir 'n persoon om \"root\" te word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die wagwoord behoort 'n mengsel van letters en syfers te wees en ten minste\n"
+"8 karakters lank te wees. Moet dit nie neerskryf nie, dit veroorsaak 'n\n"
+"swak skakel\n"
+"\n"
+"Moet dit ook nie te vreemd maak nie, u moet dit tog kan onthou!\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u gebruik maak van 'n eksterne bediener wat die toegang beheer,\n"
+"klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u netwerk gebruik maak van LDAP, NIS of 'n Windows PDC, moet\n"
+"u die gepaste diens vir \"%s\" kies. Vra u administrateur indien u nie weet\n"
+"watter een om te kies nie.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u probleme ondervind om wagwoorde te onthou, en die rekenaar is\n"
+"ver van die Internet af, en u vertrou almal wat die masjien gebruik, kan u\n"
+"kies om \"%s\" te gebruik. -once & heavy!-"
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "magtiging"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO en grup is herlaaistelsels vir GNU/Linux. Hierdie stap is normaalweg\n"
+"geheel en al outomaties. DrakX sal u hardeskyf se selflaai-sektor nagaan\n"
+"en dienooreenkomstig handel met wat dit vind:\n"
+"\n"
+" * indien 'n Windows selflaai-sektor teenwoordig is, sal dit met 'n grub/\n"
+"LILO een vervang word. Dit sal u toelaat om te kan kies watter\n"
+"bedryfstelsel om te laai sodra u die masjien aanskakel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * indien 'n grub of LILO selflaai-sektor teenwoordig is, sal dit vervang\n"
+"word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien DrakX nie self kan besluit nie, sal u gevra word om 'n ligging vir\n"
+"die herlaaistelsel te voorsien. Gewoonlik is die veiligste plek \"%s\". Deur "
+"\"%s\" te kies, sal DrakX geen herlaaistelsel installeer nie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is nou tyd om u drukkerstelsel te kies. Ander bedryfstelsels sal\n"
+"seker net een aan u bied, maar Mandriva Linux gee twee. Elk van hulle\n"
+"is beter as die ander in sekere gevalle.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- wat vir \"print, do not queue\" staan. Kies dit indien u\n"
+"'n direkte konneksie na die drukker het, en u blitsig wil inmeng sodra\n"
+"daar probleme is, ook indien u nie netwerk-drukkers het nie. (\"%s\"\n"
+"hanteer net eenvoudige netwerk-toegang en is effe stadig deur die netwerk)\n"
+"Ons beveel aan dat u \"pdq\" gebruik indien u nog groen is met GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - 'Common Unix Printing System', is 'n uitstekende keuse om na\n"
+"u plaaslike drukker, of na een in myle vanaf u, te druk. Eenvoudig om\n"
+"op te stel, kan kliënt of bediener rolle vertolk vir die lpd-fossiel. Dit\n"
+" beteken dat ons omsien na ons veterane! Dit is baie kragtig, maar 'n\n"
+"elementêre opstel is byna so maklik soos \"pdq\". Indien u 'n lpd-\n"
+"bediener wil nastreef, maak seker dat u die \"cups-lpd\"-daemoon\n"
+"loop. \"%s\" sluit grafiese programme in om vanaf te druk of om\n"
+"opsies te keis en drukkers te bestuur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sou u die keuse nou, later wil verander, gaan gerus na 'PrinterDrake'\n"
+"in die 'Mandriva Linux Control Center' en klik op die \"Kenner\" knoppie."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ervare"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sal eerstens vir IDE toestelle op die rekenaar soek.\n"
+"Daarna sal dit probeer om vir PCI SCSI-kaarte te kry.\n"
+"Indien DrakX 'n SCSI-kaart bespeur en weet watter drywer\n"
+"om te gebruik sal dit outomaties installeer word.\n"
+"\n"
+"Omrede hierdie proses nie altyd alles opspoor nie, sal u dalk self u\n"
+"hardeware moet spesifiseer.\n"
+"\n"
+"Indien u self 'n drywer moes spesifiseer, sal DrakX u ook vra vir enige\n"
+"spesifieke opsies.\n"
+"U kan egter DrakX toelaat om self die hardeware te ondervra. Dit werk\n"
+"gewoonlik die beste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lees die installasie inligting hoe om hierdie tipe inligting m.b.v. die\n"
+"Windows-bedryfstelsel te bekom.\n"
+"U kan dit ook vanaf die internet onttrek indien u sulke toegang het."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\" die bespeurde klankkaart op u rekenaar sal hier vertoon word.\n"
+"Indien die aangeduide klankkaart verskil van die werklike een op u\n"
+"rekenaar,\n"
+"kan u op die knoppie klik, om 'n ander drywer te kies."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sal u 'n oorsig bied van u rekenaar se inligting. Afhangende van die\n"
+"sagteware wat u geïnstalleer het, sal u sommige of al die volgende\n"
+"afdelings hê. Elke inskrywing bestaan uit die item wat gekonfigureer\n"
+"moet word, asook 'n kernopsomming oor die huidige stand.\n"
+"Klik op die ooreenkomstige \"%s\"-knoppie om dit te verander.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bekyk die huidige sleutelbord-uitleg en verander indien nodig.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bekyk die huidige keuse van u land. Indien u nie in hierdie land\n"
+"woon nie, klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie om 'n ander te kies. Sou dit nie in\n"
+"die lys wees nie, klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie vir 'n volledige lys.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": By verstek word u tydsone aangepas, afhangende van die land\n"
+"wat u kies. Klik op die \"%s\"-knoppie indien dit verkeerd is.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ondersoek die huidige muiskonfigurasie en klik op die knoppie\n"
+"on dit te verander.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": deur op die \"%s\"-knoppie te klik, sal u die drukker-assistent\n"
+"loods. Raadpleeg die ooreenkomstige hoofstuk in die \"Starter Guide\"\n"
+"vir meer inligting daaroor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sou ons 'n klankkaart opspoor op die rekenaar, sal dit hier\n"
+"vertoon word. Indien u verskil van ons keuse, klik op die knoppie om\n"
+"'n ander drywer te kies.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": DrakX stel u skerm op met 'n resolusie van \"800x600\"\n"
+" of \"1024x768\" by verstek. Indien u wil verander, kan u \"%s\"\n"
+"kies om dit te herkonfigureer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien 'n TV-kaart opgespoor is, sal dit hier vertoon. Inidien\n"
+"nie, en u het wel een, klik op \"%s\" om dit self op te stel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":  indien 'n ISDN-kaart opgespoor is, sal dit hier vertoon. Klik\n"
+"op \"%s\" om verstellings daarop aan te bring\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Indien u die netwerk en Internet toegang nou wil opstel\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hier kan u die sekuriteitsvlak verander wat in 'n vorige stap \n"
+"opgestel is.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Indien die masjien toegang tot die Internet sal hê, kan u gerus\n"
+"u rekenaar beskem teen die hansworse daar buite, deur 'n vuurmuur op te\n"
+"stel. Lees gerus meer daaroor op in die \"Starter Guide\"\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indien u die herlaaistelsel se konfigurasie wil verander. Word\n"
+"meer vir slimkoppe aanbeveel.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hier kan u fyner verstellings maak op die dienste wat sal afskop\n"
+"Ondersoek dit gerus indien u die rekenaar as bediener gaan gebruik."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN-kaart"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafiese koppelvlak"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Kies die hardeskyf wat u wil wis, om u nuwe Mandriva Linux\n"
+"te kan installeer. Wees tog versigtig, alle huidige data op daardie\n"
+"partisie sal vernietig word!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op \"%s\" sou u al die data an al die partisies wat tans op hierdie\n"
+"hardeskyf is wil uitwis. Wees versigtig! Na u \"%s\" geklik het, sal u nie\n"
+"weer enige van die data of partisies kan red nie, dit sluit data op\n"
+"Windows-partisies in.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klik op \"%s\" indien u hierdie aksie wil staak, sonder om data te verloor."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Volgende ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Vorige"
+
+#
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a13e3c08c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/am.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@
+# Latest versions of po files are at http://www.mandrivalinux.com/l10n/am.php3
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Mandriva SA
+# Alemayehu Gemeda <alemayehu@gmx.at>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-01 03:36+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alemayehu <alemayehu@gmx.at>\n"
+"Language-Team: Amharic <am-translate@geez.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "ይህንን ሁኔታ መጠቀም ይፈልጋሉ?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "ከመሰረታዊ ማስረጃ ጋር"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "በእውነት አነስተኛ ተከላ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "ራስ-ገዛዊ ራስን መቻል"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "ቀን እና ሰዓት"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "የነበረውን ክፋይ ተጠቀም"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "ዲስኩን እንዳለ ደምስስ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "የደህንነት ተቆጣጣሪ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "ስፓኒሽ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "አኃዞች (ከክፍተት ጋር)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "የመሸፈኛ ዘዴ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "የISDN ካርድ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "ንድፋዊ እይታ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "የሚቀጥለው ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- የቀድሞው"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a33dab8c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ar.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1919 @@
+# translation of DrakX.po to Arabic
+# Amr Fathy <amr10@menanet.net>, 2001.
+# Mohammed Gamal <f2c2001@yahoo.com>, 2002.
+# Youcef Rabah Rahal <rahal@arabeyes.org>, 2004.
+# Ossama M. Khayat <okhayat@yahoo.com>, 2004, 2005.
+# Munzir Taha <munzir@kacst.edu.sa>, 2004.
+# Abdulaziz Al-Arfaj <alarfaj@arabeyes.org>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-03 01:06+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ossama M. Khayat <okhayat@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Arabic <support@arabeyes.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n==2 ? 1 : n>=3 && n<=10 ? 2 : "
+"3\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"قبل المتابعة، عليك قراءة بنود الترخيص جيداً.. إنها\n"
+"تغطي كل توزيعة ماندريبا لينكس. إذا كنت توافق على كل البنود\n"
+"الموجودة فيها، قم بالتأشير على مربّع  \"%s\". إن لم يكن كذلك،  فبالضّغط على زرّ "
+"\"%s\"\n"
+"سيتم إعادة تشغيل جهازك."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"نظام جنو/لينكس هو نظام متعدد المستخدمين، مما يعني أن كل مستخدم\n"
+"له تفضيلاته الخاصة و ملفاته الخاصة و ما إلى ذلك. لكن على غرار المستخدم \"root"
+"\"، والذي هو مدير النظام، فإن المستخدمين الذين تُضيفهم حتى هذه النقطة لن "
+"يكونوا مُخوّلين\n"
+"بتغيير أي شيء عدا ملفّاتهم الخاصّة وإعداداتهم،\n"
+"لحماية النظام من أيّ تغييرات مشبوهة أو غير مقصودة والتي\n"
+"قد تكون ذات تأثير على النّظام بشكل كامل. سيتعيّن عليك إنشاء مستخدم واحد على "
+"الأقل لنفسك -- والذي هو حساب عليك استخدامه للعمل الروتيني اليومي.\n"
+"مع أنّه من السهل تسجيل الدخول كـ\"root\" لعمل\n"
+"أي شيء وكل شيء، إلا أنّه قد يكون أيضاً خطراً جداً. الخطأ البسيط جداً\n"
+"قد يعني أنّ نظامك لن يعمل بعد ذلك. إن قمت بخطأ جسيم\n"
+"كمستخدم عادي، فإنّ أسوأ ما قد يحدث أنّك ستفقد\n"
+"بعض المعلومات، ولكن لن تُؤثّر على النظام ككلّ.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"الحقل الأول سيسألك عن اسمك الحقيقي. بالطبع هذا الحقل\n"
+"ليس اجبارياً -- يمكنك إدخال أي شئ تريد. DrakX سيستخدم الكلمة\n"
+"الأولى التي قمت بإدخالها في هذا الحقل وينقلها إلى حقل \"%s\"، الذي\n"
+"هو الاسم الذي سيدخله المستخدم  للدخول على النظام. إن أحببت، يمكنك تخطّي\n"
+"المُدخل الافتراضي وتغيّر اسم المستخدم. الخطوة التالية هي إدخال كلمة المرور.\n"
+"من وجهة نظر أمنية، فإن كلمة مرور المستخدم العادي بدون صلاحيات\n"
+"ليست بأهمّيّة كلمة مرور المستخدم \"الجذر\"، لكن ليس هذا سبب للتغاضي\n"
+"عنها أو جعلها فارغة أو جعلها سهلة جداً: على كلّ حال، ملفاتك قد تكون هي\n"
+"التي في خطر.\n"
+"\n"
+"بمجرد ضغطك على زر \"%s\"، يمكنك إضافة مستخدمين أخر. أضف اسم مستخدم\n"
+"لكل صديق من أصدقائك أو لأبيك أو لأختك،مثلاً. اضغط \"%s\" عندما\n"
+"تنتهي من إضافة المستخدمين.\n"
+"\n"
+"ضغط زرّ \"%s\" يسمح لك بتغيير \"الصَّدفة\"\n"
+"لذلك المستخدم (bash هو الافتراضي).\n"
+"\n"
+"عندما تنتهي من إضافة المستخدمين، سيتم سؤالك عما إذا كنت تريد اختيار مستخدم\n"
+"يتم الدخول بواسطته إلى النظام تلقائياً عند بدء التشغيل.\n"
+"إذا كنت مهتماً بهذه الميزة (و لم تكن مهتماً كثيراً بالأمن المحلّي)،\n"
+"اختر المستخدم المطلوب و مدير النوافذ ثم اضغط \"%s\".\n"
+"إن لم تكن مهتماً بهذه الميزة، قم بإزالة التأشير من مربّع الاختيار \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "هل تريد استخدام هذه الميزة؟"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"في الأعلى ستجد تجزيئات لينكس الموجودة والتي عثر عليها على القرص الصلب الخاص "
+"بك.\n"
+"يمكنك أن تُبقي اختيارات المرشد، وهي جيدة لأغلب أنواع التثبيت.\n"
+"إذا قمت بعمل أي تغييرات فيجب عليك أن تعرف التجزيء الجذر (\"/\"). لا تختر\n"
+"تجزيئات صغيرة جدا و إلا لن تستطيع تثبيت برامج كافية. إذا كنت تريد تخزين "
+"البيانات\n"
+"على تجزيء مستقل فستحتاج إلى عمل تجزيء لـ\"/home\"\n"
+"(ممكن فقط إذا كان لديك أكثر من تجزيء للينكس).\n"
+"\n"
+"كل تجزيء مُعطى بالشكل التالي: \"الإسم\"، \"السعة\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"الإسم\" مركب بالسكل التالي: \"نوع القرص الصلب\"، \"رقم القرص الصلب\"،\n"
+"\"رقم التجزيء\" (مثلا، \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"رقم القرص الصلب\" دائما هو حرف بعد \"hd\" أو \"sd\". بالنسبة للأقراص "
+"الصلبة\n"
+"من نوع IDE فإن:\n"
+" * \"a\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الأساسي على متحكم IDE الأساسي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الثانوي على متحكم IDE الأساسي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الأساسي على متحكم IDE الثانوي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" تعني \"القرص الصلب الثانوي على متحكم IDE الثانوي\"،\n"
+"\n"
+"أما بالنسبة لأقراص سكزي SCSI فالحرف \"a\" يعني \"أقل معرف SCSI\"، و الحرف \"b"
+"\"\n"
+"يعني \"ثاني أقل معرف SCSI\"، الخ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"تثبيت ماندريبا لينكس موزّع على العديد من الأقراص.\n"
+"إن كانت حزمة ما في قرص آخر، سيقوم DrakX بإخراج القرص\n"
+"الحالي و سيطلب منك أن تدخل القرص المطلوب. إن لم يكن القرص المطلوب لديك،\n"
+"فقط اضغط على \"%s\"، ولن يتمّ تثبيت تلك الحزم.."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"حان الوقت الآن لتحديد أيّ البرامج تريد تثبيتها على نظامك.\n"
+"هناك الآلاف من الحزم المتوفّرة لماندريبا لينكس، و\n"
+"لكي نجعلها أسهل إدارة فقد وضعت الحزم في مجموعات من\n"
+"التّطبيقات المتشابهة.\n"
+"\n"
+"يصنف ماندريبا لينكس الحزم في أصناف أربعة. يمكنك \n"
+"خلط ومطابقة التّطبيقات من الأصناف المتعدّدة، بحيث\n"
+"يحتوي تثبيت \"محطّة عمل\" على تطبيقات من فئة خادم.\"\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كنت تنوي استخدام جهازك كمحطّة عمل، اختر واحد أو\n"
+"أكثر من المجموعات التي في فئة محطّة العمل.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كنت تنوي استخدام جهازك للبرمجة، اختر\n"
+"المجموعات المناسبة من تلك الفئة. مجموعة \"LSB\" المميزة سوف\n"
+"تهيئ نظامك بحيث يتوافق قدر الإمكان مع توصيات قاعدة لينكس القياسية.\n"
+"\n"
+"   اختيار مجموعة \"LSB\" سوف يثبت أيضاً تسلسل النواة \"2.4\"،\n"
+"بدلاً من \"2.6\" الافتراضيّة. هذا للتأكيد على التوافق الكامل للنظام مع LSB.\n"
+"على كل حال، إن لم تختر مجموعة \"LSB\" فسوف\n"
+"لا يزال يكون لديك نظام متوافق 100%% تقريباً مع LSB.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كان جهازك سيستخدم كخادم، اختر أيّاً من\n"
+"الخدمات الأكثر شيوعاً ترغب في تثبيتها على جهازك.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا هو المكان الذّي تحدّد فيه بيئتك الرّسوميّة المفضّلة.\n"
+"يجب على الأقلّ اختيار واحدة إن كنت تريد أن يكون لديك\n"
+"واجهة رسوميّة متوفّرة.\n"
+"\n"
+"تحريك مؤشّر الماوس عبر اسم مجموعة سيظهر نصّ شرحٍ مختصرٍ\n"
+"عن تلك المجموعة.\n"
+"\n"
+"يمكنك اختيار مربّع \"%s\"، والذي هو مفيد إن كنت معتاداً على\n"
+"الحزم المُوفّرة أو إن كنت متحكماً تماماً\n"
+"بما سيتم تثبيته.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن بدأت التثبيت بالوضع \"%s\"، يمكنك إزالة اختيار كل المجموعات ومنع تثبيت أي "
+"حزم جديدة. هذا مفيد\n"
+"لإصلاح أو تحديث نظام موجود.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن قمت بإلغاء تحديد كلّ المجموعات عند القيام بتثبيت عاديّ\n"
+"(كما هو الحال في التّحديث)، سينبثق حوار يقترح\n"
+"خيارات متعدّدة للتثبيت الأدنى:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تثبيت أقلّ عدد من الحزم الممكنة لتحصل\n"
+"على سطح مكتب رسوميّ عامل.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بتثبيت النّظام الأساسي بالإضافة إلى الأدوات البسيطة وتوابعها\n"
+"من المواثقة. هذا التثبيت مناسب لإعداد خادم.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": سوف يثبت أقلّ عدد ممكن من الحزم الضّروريّة\n"
+"للحصول على نظام لينكس عامل. بهذا التّثبيت ستحصل فقط على\n"
+"واجهة سطر الأوامر. الحجم الكلّي لهذا التّثبيت هو حوالي 65\n"
+"ميجابايت."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "ترقية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "مع وثائق المساعدة الأساسية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "تثبيت مصغّر جداً"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"إن أخبرت برنامج التثبيت أنك تريد اخيار الحزم فرديّاً،\n"
+"فسوف يقدّم لك شجرة تحتوي كلّ الحزم مصنّفةً بحسب المجموعات و\n"
+"المجموعات الفرعيّة. خلال استعراض الشّجرة، يمكنك تحديد مجموعات بالكامل،\n"
+"مجموعات فرعيّة، أو حزم مفردة.\n"
+"\n"
+"حينما تحدّد حزمة من الشّجرة، يظهر وصفٌ على\n"
+"اليمين يعلمك بالغرض من الحزمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! إن تمّ اختيار حزمة خادم، إمّا بسبب أنّك حدّدتها\n"
+"قصداً أو بسبب أنّها كانت جزءً من مجموعة حزم،\n"
+"سوف تسأل التّأكيد على أنّك حقّاً تريد تلك الخادمات أن تكون\n"
+"مثبتة. بشكل افتراضي سيقوم ماندريبا لينكس بتشغيل أي خدمات مثبّتة تلقائيّاً\n"
+"عند بدء التّشغيل. حتى إن كانت آمنة وليس لها أيّ مسائل معروفة حين\n"
+"وقت شحن التّوزيعة، فإنّه من الممكن جدّاً أن\n"
+"تكون الثّغرات الأمنيّة اكتشفت بعد أن تمّ الانتهاء من هذه النّسخة من ماندريبا "
+"لينكس.\n"
+"إن لم تكن تعرف ما يفترض من خدمة معيّنة\n"
+"عمله أو لم سيتمّ تثبيتها، فاضغط على\"%s\". الضّغط على \"%s\"سوف\n"
+"يثبت الخدمات المُسردة وسوف يتمّ تشغيلها تلقائيّاً\n"
+"بشكل افتراضي خلال الإقلاع.!!\n"
+"\n"
+"يستخدم الخيار \"%s\" لتعطيل حوار التّحذير الذي يظهر\n"
+"حينما يحدّد برنامج التثبيت حزمة ليحلّ\n"
+"مسألة اعتماد. بعض الحزم بينها علاقات بحيث\n"
+"يكون تثبيت أحدها يتطلّب تثبيت برامج أخرى أيضاً.\n"
+"يستطيع برنامج التثبيت تحديد الحاجة إلى أي من هذه الحزم\n"
+"لإرضاء الاعتماد لإكمال التّثبيت ينجاح.\n"
+"\n"
+"تسمح لك الأيقونة الصّغيرة للقرص المرن في أسفل اللائحة بتحميل\n"
+"لائحة الحزم المُنشأة خلال تثبيت سابق. يكون هذا نافعاً إن كان\n"
+"لديك عدد من الأجهزة التي تودّ تهيئتها بشكل مشابه. الضّغط\n"
+"على هذه الأيقونة سيسألك إدخال قرص مرن أنشئ في\n"
+"نهاية تثبيت آخر. انظر التّلميح الثّاني من الخطوة الأخيرة عن كيفيّة\n"
+"إنشاء قرص مرن كهذا."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "مُعتمدات آلية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": الضغط على \"%s\" سيفتح معالج تهيئة\n"
+"الطابعة. اقرأ الفصل المختص في ``دليل المبتدئ''\n"
+"لمزيد من المعلومات عن كيفية تهيئة طابعة جديدة. الواجهة\n"
+"المقدمة في دليلنا\n"
+"هي مماثلة لتلك المستخدمة أثناء التثبيت."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"يستخدم هذا الحوار لاختيار الخدمات التي تودّ تشغيلها عند بدء التشغيل.\n"
+"\n"
+"سيقوم DrakX بعرض قائمة بكل الخدمات المتوفرة في هذا التثبيت.\n"
+"راجع كل خدمة بتمعن و قم بإزالة التأشير من تلك الخدمات التي لا تحتاجها\n"
+"بشكل دائم عند الإقلاع.\n"
+"\n"
+"سيتم عرض شرح قصير حول الخدمة عند\n"
+"اختيارها. عموماً، إن لم تكن متأكد ما إذا كانت الخدمة مفيدة أم لا،\n"
+"فمن الأفضل ترك الخيار الإفتراضي.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! في هذه المرحلة كن حذراُ إذا كنت تريد استخدام ماكينتك\n"
+"كخادم: ربما لن تريد بدء أي خدمات لا تحتاجها.\n"
+"فضلاً تذكر أن العديد من الخدمات قد تكون خطرة إذا كانت\n"
+"متاحة على الخادم. بشكل عام اختر فقط الخدمات التي تحتاجها بالفعل !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"يقوم جنو/لينكس بإدارة الوقت بحسب توقيت غرينتش ثم يترجمه إلى\n"
+"التوقيت المحلي بحسب المنطقة الزّمنية التي اخترتها. إذا كانت الساعة\n"
+"التي في اللّوحة الرئيسية مضبوطة على التوقيت المحلي، يمكنك تعطيل ذلك\n"
+"عن طريق إزالة اختيار \"%s\" و التي ستجعل\n"
+"جنو/لينكس يعلم أن ساعة النظام وساعة الجهاز في نفس المنطقة الزّمنيّة. هذا مفيد "
+"عندما يستضيف الجهاز\n"
+"أيضاً نظام تشغيل آخر.\n"
+"\n"
+"الخيار \"%s\" سيقوم آلياً بضبط الساعة عن طريق الإتصال\n"
+"بخادم وقت بعيد على الإنترنت. كي تعمل هذه الميزة، يجب أن تكون لديك\n"
+"وصلة انترنت عاملة. من الأفضل اختيار خادم الوقت\n"
+"الأقرب إليك. في الحقيقة يُثبت هذا الخيار خادم وقت يمكن استخدامه\n"
+"من قبل الأجهزة الأخرى على الشبكة المحلية أيضاً."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "تزامن وقت آلي"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"بطاقة الرسوم\n"
+"\n"
+"   برنامج التثبيت يقوم باكتشاف وتهيئة\n"
+"البطاقة الموجودة على نظامك بشكل آلي. إن لم يحدث ذلك، يمكنك\n"
+"اختيار البطاقة المُتثبيتة لديك بالفعل من القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"   في حال كانت هناك خادمات رسومية مختلفة لبطاقتك،\n"
+"مع أو بدون تعزيز للرسوم ثلاثية الأبعاد، ستُسأل اختيار الخادم الذي\n"
+"يناسب احتياجاتك أكثر."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"؛X (إشارةً إلى نظام نوافذ X) هو قلب الواجهة الرّسوميّة لجنو/لينكس\n"
+"الذي تعتمد عليه كل البيئات الرّسوميّة (كيدي، جينوم، AfterStep،\n"
+"WindowMaker، وغيرها) المضمّنة مع ماندريبا لينكس.\n"
+"\n"
+"سوف تقدّم لك لائحة من معامِلاتٍ مختلفة يمكنك تغييرها للحصول\n"
+"على العرض الرّسوميّ الأمثل.\n"
+"\n"
+"بطاقة الرسوم\n"
+"\n"
+"   عادةً سيقوم المثبت بالاستكشاف والتّهيئة الآليّة\n"
+"للبطاقة الرّسوميّة المثبّثة على جهازك. إن لم يكن ذلك الحال، فيمكنك\n"
+"اختيار البطاقة الموجودة لديك بالفعل من هذه القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"   في حال توفّرت عدّة خادماتٍ لبطاقتك،\n"
+"مع أو بدون التعزيز الثّلاثي الأبعاد، سوف يطلب منك أن تحدّد الخادم\n"
+"الأكثر ملائمة لحاجاتك.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"الشّاشة\n"
+"\n"
+"   عادةً سيقوم المُتثبيت بالاستكشاف والتهيئة الآليّة\n"
+"للشّاشة المُتّصلة بجهازك. إن لم تكن صحيحة، فيمكنك\n"
+"اختيار الشّاشة المتّصلة بجهازك بالفعل من هذه القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"الاستبانة\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكنك هنا اختيار الاستبانة وعمق الألوان المتوفّرين\n"
+"لعتادك الرّسومي. اختر الأكثر مناسبةً لحاجاتك (سوف تكون قادراً على\n"
+"تغيير ذلك بعد التّثبيت على كل حال). تظهر عيّنة من التهيئة\n"
+"المحدّدة في صورة الشّاشة.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"اختبار\n"
+"\n"
+"   قد لا يظهر هذا المُدخل بحسب عتادك.\n"
+"\n"
+"   سوف يحاول النّظام فتح شاشة رسوميّة بالاستبانة المرغوبة.\n"
+"إذا رأيت رسالة الاختبار خلال الاختبار وأجبت بـ\"%s\"،\n"
+"فسوف يتقدّم DrakX إلى الخطوة التّالية. إن لم تستطع رؤية الرّسالة، فهذا\n"
+"يعني أن جزءً ما من التّهيئة المكتشفة آلياً كان غير صحيح\n"
+"وسينتهي الاختبار تلقائيّاً بعد 12 ثانية، معيداً إيّاك إلى\n"
+"القائمة. غيّر الإعدادات حتّى تحصل على عرض رسوميّ صحيح.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"خيارات\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكنك هنا اختيار ما إذا كنت تريد جهازك أن يبدّل تلقائيّاً\n"
+"إلى الواجهة الرّسوميّة عند الإقلاع. طبعاً ستفضّل\n"
+"أن تختار \"%s\" إن كان جهازك سيعمل كخادم، أو إن كنت لم تنجح في\n"
+"تهيئة العرض."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"الشاشة\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكن لبرنامج التثبيت اكتشاف و تهيئة الشاشة المتصلة بماكينتك\n"
+"آلياً. ان لم يحدث ذلك، يمكنك اختيار الشاشة التي لديك\n"
+"من القائمة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"الاستبانة\n"
+"\n"
+"   يمكنك اختيار الاستبانة وعمق الألوان في الحدود المتوفرة للعتاد.\n"
+"اختر تلك التي تناسب احتياجاتك (لا تزال\n"
+"تستطيع تغيير تلك الخيارات بعد التثبيت). يتم عرض عينة\n"
+"من التهيئة المختارة في صورة الشاشة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"في حال كانت هناك خادمات مختلفة للبطاقة الخاصة بك، مع أو\n"
+"دون تعزيز للرسوم ثلاثية الأبعاد، ستُسأل اختيار الخادم الذي\n"
+"يناسب احتياجاتك."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"الخيارات\n"
+"\n"
+"   تخولك هذه الخطوة اختيار ما إذا كنت تريد بدء الواجهة الرسومية\n"
+"عند بدء النظام تلقائيّاً. بوضوح،\n"
+"ستختار \"%s\" إذا كانت ماكينتك ستستخدم كجهاز\n"
+"خادم، أو إذا لم تنجح في تهيئة العرض\n"
+"بشكل صحيح."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"عند هذه النقطة، عليك أن تقرر أين تريد تثبيت نظام\n"
+"التشغيل ماندريبا لينكس على القرص الصلب الخاص بك. إذا كان القرص الصلب\n"
+"فارغاً أو أن نظام تشغيل آخر يستخدم كل المساحة المتوفرة فسوف\n"
+"تحتاج إلى تجزئة القرص الصلب. بشكل عام، تجزئة القرص الصلب\n"
+"تعني تقسيم القرص الصلب منطقياً لإنشاء المساحة المطلوبة لتثبيت\n"
+"نظام ماندريبا لينكس الجديد الخاص بك.\n"
+"\n"
+"عملية تقسيم القرص الصلب لا يمكن التّراجع عنها عادةًَ\n"
+"كما أنها قد تتسبب في خسارة للبيانات إن وجد هناك نظام تشغيل\n"
+"آخر مثبت على هذا القرص الصلب، لذا فإنّ تجزئة القرص قد تكون عمليّةً صعبةً ومرهقة\n"
+"إن لم تكن مستخدماً محترفاً. من حسن الحظ، يوفّر DrakX معالجاً يسهل العملية.\n"
+"قبل متابعة هذه الخطوة، اقرأ بقية هذا القسم و قبل كل شئ، خذ وقتك.\n"
+"\n"
+"اعتماداً على إعدادات القرص الصلب، تتوفر العديد من الخيارات:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا الخيار سيقوم بعملية تجزئة آلية\n"
+"للأقراص الصلبة الفارغة. إذا استخدمت هذا الخيار، لن تكون هناك إشعارات أخرى.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يكون المرشد قد اكتشف تجزيء أو أكثر من\n"
+"تجزيئات لينكس على القرص الصلب. إذا كنت تريد استخدامها، اختر هذا\n"
+"الخيار. سيتم بعد ذلك سؤالك عن أماكن التركيب المرتبطة بكل\n"
+"تجزيء. يتم اختيار أماكن التركيب المعتادة افتراضياً،\n"
+"ولأغلب المستخدمين فإنها فكرة جيدة تركها كما هي.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" : إذا كان ميكروسوفت ويندوز مثبتاً على القرص الصلب و يحتل كل "
+"المساحة \n"
+"التي عليه، ستحتاج إلى إنشاء مساحة فارغة لبيانات جنو/لينكس. لعمل ذلك يمكنك "
+"حذف\n"
+"تجزيء و بيانات ميكروسوفت ويندوز (انظر حلّ ``إزالة القرص بأكمله'')\n"
+"أو قم بتغيير حجم تجزيء ميكروسوفت ويندوز FAT. يمكن تصغير الحجم\n"
+"دون أي خسارة للبيانات، إن كنت قمت بإزالة تجزّئات التجزيء الخاص بويندوز.\n"
+"يفضّل بشدّة نسخ بياناتك احتياطياً.. استخدام هذا الخيار\n"
+"منصوح به إذا كنت تريد استخدام كل من ماندريبا لينكس و ميكروسوفت ويندوز\n"
+"على نفس الحاسب.\n"
+"\n"
+"   قبل اختيارك لهذا الخيار، عليك أن تعلم أنه بعد هذا\n"
+"الإجراء، ستتقلص مساحة تجزيء ميكروسوفت ويندوز عن ما قبل\n"
+"ستكون لديك مساحة فارغة أقل على ميكروسوفت ويندوز\n"
+"لتخزين بياناتك أو تثبيت برامج جديدة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إذا كنت تريد حذف كل البيانات و كل التجزيئات\n"
+"الموجودة على القرص الصلب و استبدالها بنظام ماندريبا لينكس الجديد\n"
+"الخاص بك، اختر هذا الخيار. كن حذراً، لأنك لن تتمكن من التراجع\n"
+"بعد أن تقوم بالتأكيد.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! إن اخترت هذا الخيار، سيتم حذف كل البيانات الموجودة على القرص. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"؛ * \"%s\". هذا الخيار يظهر في حال كان القرص محتلاً بأكمله\n"
+"من قبل ميكروسوفت ويندوز. سيقوم هذا الخيار ببساطة بمحو كل شيء على القرص و\n"
+"بدء التثبيت من الصفر، مجزّأً كلّ شيء من لاشيء.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! إن اخترت هذا الخيار، ستخسر كلّ البيانات على القرص الخاص بك. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": اختر هذا الخيار إذا كنت تريد\n"
+"تقسيم القرص الصلب بشكل يدوي. كن حذراً -- هذا الخيار قوي\n"
+"لكنه خطير و من الممكن أن تفقد بياناتك بسهولة. لهذا فإن\n"
+"هذا الخيار مفضّل فقط إذا كنت قد قمت بشئ مماثل من قبل \n"
+"و لديك بعض الخبرة. لمزيد من التعليمات حول استخدام أداة DiskDrake\n"
+"راجع قسم ``إدارة التجزيئات'' في\n"
+"``دليل المبتدئ''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "استخدام التجزيء الموجود"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "مسح كل القرص"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"ها أنت ذا. التثبيت قد اكتمل الآن ونظام جنو/لينكس الخاصّ بك\n"
+"جاهز للاستخدام. فقط اضغط \"%s\" لإعادة تشغيل نظامك. لا تنْسَ أن\n"
+"تزيل وسط التّثبيت (قرص مدمج أو مرن). أوّل شيء يجب أن\n"
+"تراه بعد أن ينتهي حاسبك من فحص عتاده هو\n"
+"قائمة محمّل الإقلاع، والتي تعطيك الخيار لأيّ نظام تشغيل تريد بدءه.\n"
+"\n"
+"زرّ \"%s\" يظهر زرّين إضافيّين كي:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تنشئ قرص تثبيت مرن يساعدك آليّاً\n"
+"بالقيام بالتّثبيت بأكمله دون مساعدة المُشغّل، كما هو\n"
+"التّثبيت الذي قمت بتهيئته للتّوّ.\n"
+"\n"
+"   لاحظ أن خيارين مختلفين متوفّرين بعد الضّغط على الزّر:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". هذا تثبيت آليّ جزئيّاً. خطوة التّجزئة\n"
+"هي الإجراء الوحيد التّفاعليّ.\n"
+"\n"
+"    \"%s\". التّثبيت الآليّ بالكامل: يُعاد كتابة القرص الصّلب\n"
+"بالكامل، وتفقد كلّ البيانات.\n"
+"\n"
+"   هذه الميزة مفيدة جدّاً عند تثبيت عدد من الماكينات المتشابهة.\n"
+"راجع قسم التّثبيت الآلي على موقعنا لمزيد من المعلومات.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يحفظ لائحة بالحزم المُختارة في هذا التّثبيت. كي\n"
+"تستخدم هذا الاختيار مع تثبيت آخر، أدخل القرص المرن وابدأ\n"
+"التّثبيت. على الملقن، اضغط مفتاح [F1] واكتب\n"
+">> linux defcfg=\"floppy\" << ثمّ اضغط مفتاح الإدخال.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) ستحتاج إلى قرص مرن منسّق بنسق FAT. لإنشاءه على GNU/Linux، أدخل\n"
+"\"mformat a:\"، أو \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" تتبعها \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "إنشاء قرص تثبيت آلي"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"إن اخترت إعادة استخدام بعض تجزيئات جنو/لينكس القديمة، قد ترغب\n"
+"بإعادة تنسيق بعضها ومسح أية بيانات تحتويها. لعمل ذلك، الرجاء،\n"
+"اختيار تلك التجزيئات أيضاً.\n"
+"\n"
+"الرجاء ملاحظة أنّه ليس من الضّروري إعادة تنسيق كل التّجزيئات الموجودة مسبقاً.\n"
+"يجب عليك إعادة تنسيق التجزيئات التي تحتوي نظام\n"
+"التشغيل (مثل \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\"( ولكن ليس عليك\n"
+"إعادة تنسيق التجزيئات التي تحتوي بيانات تودّ الاحتفاظ بها (عادة\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"رجاء كن على حذر عند اختيار التّجزيئات. بعد إعادة التّنسيق، كلّ البيانات التي\n"
+"على التّجزيئات المحدّدة سوف تُحذف ولن تكون قادراً على\n"
+"استعادتها.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" عندما تكون جاهزاً لتنسيق التّجزيئات.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" إن كنت تريد اختيار تجزيء آخر من أجل\n"
+"تثبيت نظام التّشغيل ماندريبا لينكس الخاصّ بك.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" إن كنت ترغب باختيار تجزيئات سيتمّ تفحّصها من أجل\n"
+"الكتل السّيئة على القرص."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"في الوقت الذي تقوم فيه بتثبيت ماندريبا لينكس، قد يكون تم تحديث\n"
+"بعض الحزم منذ الإصدار الأول. قد يكون تم إصلاح بعض العيوب\n"
+"أو حل المشاكل الأمنية. لكي تستفيد من هذه التحديثات، يمكنك\n"
+"الآن تنزيل هذه التحديثات عبر الإنترنت. اختر\n"
+"\"%s\" إذا كانت لديك وصلة انترنت عاملة، أو \"%s\" إذا كنت تفضل\n"
+"تثبيت هذه التحديثات لاحقاً.\n"
+"\n"
+"اختيار \"%s\" يعرض قائمة بالأماكن التي يمكن منها الحصول\n"
+"على التحديثات. اختر المكان الأقرب إليك. سيتم عرض قائمة شجريّة بالحزم:\n"
+"راجع اختياراتك، ثم اضغط \"%s\" لجلْب و تثبيت\n"
+"الحزم المختارة، أو \"%s\" لإلغاء التّحديث."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"عند هذه النقطة، سيسمح لك DrakX باختيار المستوى الأمني الذي ترغب به\n"
+"لهذا الجهاز. بديهياً، يجب تعيين مستوى أمني\n"
+"عالٍ إذا كان الجهاز يحتوي على معلومات هامة، أو إذا كان الجهاز\n"
+"سيُستخدم للإتصال بالإنترنت. إنّ استخدام مستوى أمن عالٍ يأتي\n"
+"عادة على حساب سهولة الإستخدام.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن لم تكن تعرف ماذا تختار، أبق الاختيار الافتراضي. سوف تكون\n"
+"قادراً على تغيير مستوى الأمن لاحقاً باستخدام الأداة draksec من\n"
+"لوحة تحكّم ماندريبا .\n"
+"\n"
+"يُعْلم الحقل \"%s\" نظام المُستخدم على هذا الجهاز الذي\n"
+"سيكون مسؤولاً عن الأمن. رسائل الأمن ستُرسل إلى ذلك\n"
+"العنوان."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "مدير الأمن"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"عند هذه النقطة، تحتاج لاختيار أي التجزيئات ستستخدم\n"
+"لتثبيت نظام ماندريبا لينكس. إن كانت التجزيئات بالفعل\n"
+"مُعرّفة، إمّا من تثبيت سابق لجنو/لينكس أو بواسطة\n"
+"أداة أخرى، يمكن أن تستخدم التجزيئات الحاليّة . وإلا، يجب أن تُعَرَّف\n"
+"تجزيئات القرص الصّلب.\n"
+"\n"
+"لإنشاء التجزيئات، يجب أوّلاً يجب أن تختار قرص صلب. يمكن أن تختار\n"
+"قرص للتّجزئة بالضّغط على ''hda'' لقرص IDE الأوّل،\n"
+"\"hdb\" للثّاني، \"sda\" لقرص SCSI الأوّل وهكذا.\n"
+"\n"
+"لتقوم بتجزئة القرص الصّلب المحدّد، يمكنك استخدام هذه الخيارات:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا الخيار يحذف كل التجزيئات على القرص الصّلب المحدّد\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا الخيار يمكّنك من إنشاء تجزيئات ext3 والذّاكرة البديلة آليّاً\n"
+"في المساحة الشّاغرة لقرصك الصّلب\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: يعطي حقّ الوصول إلى مزايا إضافيّة:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يحفظ جدول التجزئة إلى قرص مرن. مفيد لاسترجاع لاحق\n"
+"لجدول التجزئة إن كان ضروريّاً. من المُستحسن جداً\n"
+"أن تقوم بهذه الخطوة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * %s: يسمح لك باستعادة جدول تجزئة محفوظ مسبقاً من\n"
+"قرص مرن.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \" %s\": إن كان جدول التّجزئة معطوباً، يمكنك محاولة استعادته\n"
+"باستخدام هذا الخيار. رجاءً كن على حذر وتذكّر أنّه لا\n"
+"يعمل دائماً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يتجاهل كلّ التّغييرات ويعيد تحميل جدول التّجزئة الذي كان\n"
+"أصلاً على القرص الصّلب.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إزالة اختيار هذا الخيار سيجبر المستخدمين على القيام يدويّاً بتجهيز "
+"و\n"
+"فكّ الوسائط القابلة للإزالة كالأقراص المرنة والمدمجة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": استخدم هذا الخيار إن رغبت في استخدام المرشد لتجزئة\n"
+"قرصك الصّلب. هذا مستحسن إن لم يكن لديك فهم جيّد\n"
+"للتّجزئة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": استخدم هذا الخيار لإلغاء تغييراتك.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يوفّر أعمالاً إضافيّة على التجزيئات )النّوع، الخيارات، التّنسيق(\n"
+"ويعطيك المزيد من المعلومات حول القرص الصّلب.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": عندما تنتهي من تجزئة قرصك الصّلب، سوف يقوم هذا\n"
+"بحفظ تغييرات إلى القرص.\n"
+"\n"
+"عند تحديد الحجم لتجزيء ما، يمكنك تحديد حجم التّجزيء بدقّة\n"
+"باستخدام مفاتيح الأسهم للوحة مفاتيحك.\n"
+"\n"
+"ملاحظة: يمكنك الوصول إلى أيّ خيار باستخدام لوحة المفاتيح. تنقّل بين\n"
+"التجزيئات باستخدام [TAB] وأسهم أعلى/أسفل.\n"
+"\n"
+"عندما تُحدّد تجزيءً، يمكنك استخدام:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c لإنشاء تجزيء جديد )عندما يكون تجزيء فارغ مُحدّد(.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d لحذف تجزيء\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m لتحدّد مكان التركيب.\n"
+"\n"
+"لتحصل على معلومات حول أنواع أنظمة الملفّات المختلفة المتوفّرة، رجاءً\n"
+"اقرا فَصْل ext2FS من ``الدّليل المرجعي``.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن كنت تقوم بالتّثبيت على ماكينة PPC، ستحتاج أن تنشئ تجزيء HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap`` صغير بحجم 1 ميجابايت على الأقلّ والذي سيستخدم بواسطة مُحمّل "
+"الإقلاع  yaboot.\n"
+"إن اخترت أن تجعل التجزيء أكبر قليلاً، لنقل 50 ميجابايت، قد تجده\n"
+"مفيد لتخزين نواة احتياطية وصور ramdisk من أجل\n"
+"أوضاع الإقلاع الطّارئة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "التركيب الآلي للوسائط القابلة للإزالة"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "التغيير إلى الوضع العادي/وضع الخبير"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"تمّ اكتشاف أكثر من تجزيء ميكروسوفت على قرصك الصّلب.\n"
+"رجاء اختيار القرص الذي تريد تغيير حجمه كي تتثبيت\n"
+"نظام تشغيل ماندريبا لينكس الجديد.\n"
+"\n"
+"كل تجزيء مُسرد كما يلي: \"اسم لينكس\"، \"اسم ويندوز\"\n"
+"\"الكثافة\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"اسم لينكس\" مركّب: \"نوع القرص الصلب\"، \"رقم القرص الصلب\"،\n"
+"\"رقم التّجزيء\" (مثلاً، \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"نوع القرص الصلب\" هو \"hd\" إن كان القرص من نوع IDE و\n"
+"\"sd\" إن كان من نوع SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"رقم القرص الصّلب\" هو دائماً حرف بعد \"hd\" أو \"sd\". لأقراص IDE الصّلبة:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الرّئيسي على مُتحكّم IDE الأوّلي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الثّانوي على مُتحكّم IDE الأوّلي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الرّئيسي على مُتحكّم IDE الثّانوي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" يعني \"القرص الصّلب الثّانوي على مُتحكّم IDE الثّانوي\"؛\n"
+"\n"
+"بالنّسبة لأقراص SCSI الصّلبة، \"a\" يعني \"أقلّ رقم تعريف SCSI\"، و\"b\" يعني\n"
+"\"ثاني أقلّ رقم تعريف SCSI\"، إلخ.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"اسم ويندوز\" هو الحرف الخاص بقرصك الصّلب ضمن ويندوز (القرص الأوّل\n"
+"أو التجزيء المسمّى \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": تأكد من اختيار البلد الحالي. إذا لم تكن في هذا\n"
+"البلد، اضغط على زر \"%s\" و اختر بلداً آخر. إذا لم تكن\n"
+"بلدك في القائمة اضغط زر \"%s\" لإظهار قائمة كاملة\n"
+"بالبلدان."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"يتم تنشيط هذه الخطوة فقط إذا عُثر على تجزيء جنو/لينكس موجود\n"
+"على ماكينتك.\n"
+"\n"
+"يحتاج DrakX الآن إلى معرفة ما إذا كنت تريد القيام بتثبيت جديد أو ترقية\n"
+"نظام ماندريبا لينكس الموجود لديك مسبقاً:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": في الأغلب، يقوم هذا بإزالة النظام القديم.\n"
+"على أيّ، بناءً على طريقة تجزئتك، يمكنك منع الكتابة على بعض\n"
+"من بياناتك الموجودة مسبقاً (بالطبع الأدلة \"المنزلية\").\n"
+"إن كنت تريد تغيير طريقة تجزئة القرص الصلب، أو تريد تغيير نظام\n"
+"الملفّات، عليك باستخدام هذا الخيار.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": صنف التثبيت هذا يسمح لك بتحديث الحزم\n"
+"المثبّتة حاليّاً على نظام ماندريبا لينكس الخاص بك. لن يتم تغيير\n"
+"بياناتك أو تقسيمات القرص الصلب. أغلب\n"
+"خطوات التهيئة الأخرى لا تزال متوفّرة، مثل التثبيت الاعتيادي.\n"
+"\n"
+"استخدام خيار ``الترقية'' يجب أن يعمل بشكل جيد على أنظمة ماندريبا لينكس\n"
+"التي تعمل على إصدار \"8.1\" أو ما بعده. لا ينصح بالترقية\n"
+"من إصدرات ماندريبا لينكس قبل \"8.1\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"اعتماداً على اللغة التي اخترتها ()، سيقوم DrakX آليّاً\n"
+"باختيار تهيئة لوحة المفاتيح. تحقّق من أنّ\n"
+"الاختيار يناسبك أو اختر توزيعة لوحة مفاتيح أخرى.\n"
+"\n"
+"أيضاً، قد لا تكون لديك لوحة مفاتيح توافق لغتك تماماً:\n"
+"مثلاً ربما تكون سويسريّاً متكلماً للغة الإنجليزية، قد تكون لديك\n"
+"لوحة مفاتيح سويسرية. أو إذا كنت تتكلم الإنجليزية لكنك موجود في كيبك،\n"
+"ربما تجد نفسك في نفس الموقف حيث لا تتطابق لغتك الأم\n"
+"مع لوحة المفاتيح. في الحالتين، ستسمح لك خطوة التثبيت\n"
+"باختيار لوحة مفاتيح مناسبة من القائمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط زر \"%s\" لعرض قائمة بكل\n"
+"لوحات المفاتيح المدعومة.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا اخترت لوحة مفاتيح لحروف غير لاتينية، فسيسمح لك\n"
+"الحوار التالي باختيار اختصارات لوحة المفاتيح التي\n"
+"ستبدل وضع لوحة المفاتيح بين الحروف اللاتينية والغير لاتينية."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"الخطوة الأولى هي اختيار اللغة المفضلة.\n"
+"\n"
+"اختيارك للغة المفضلة سيؤثر على برنامج التثبيت،\n"
+"والنظام بشكل عام. أولاً، اختر المنطقة التي\n"
+"تقع فيها، ثم اللغة التي تتحدثها.\n"
+"\n"
+"ضغط زر \"%s\" سيسمح لك باختيار لغات\n"
+"أخرى ليتم تثبيتها على محطة عملك، ومن ثم\n"
+"تثبيت الملفات الخاصة باللغات لوثائق المساعدة والتطبيقات. مثلاً\n"
+"إذا كنت ستستضيف مستخدمين من أسبانيا على ماكينتك، اختر الإنجليزية\n"
+"كلغة افتراضية في العرض الشجري و\"%s\" في القسم المتقدم.\n"
+"\n"
+"حول دعم UTF-8 (يونيكود): يونيكود هي طريقة تشفير محارف جديدة غرضها\n"
+"تغطية كلّ اللّغات الموجودة. مع ذلك فإن دعمها الكامل في جنو/لينكس ما\n"
+"زال قيد التّطوير. لذلك السّبب، سيستخدمها ماندريبا لينكس أو لا يستخدمها\n"
+"بناءً على خيارات المستخدم:\n"
+"\n"
+" * إن اخترت لغة ذات تراث قويّ (اللّغات\n"
+"لاتيني1، والروسيّة، واليابانيّة، والصينيّة، والكوريّة، والتايلنديّة، واليونانيّة، "
+"والتّركيّة،\n"
+"ومعظم لغات iso-8859-2(، فسيستخدم التّشفير التّراثيّ بشكل افتراضي؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * اللّغات الأخرى ستستخدم يونيكود بشكل افتراضيّ؛\n"
+"\n"
+"إن كان هناك حاجة للغتين أو أكثر، وتلك اللّغات لا تستخدم\n"
+"نفس التّشفير، فسيستخدم يونيكود للنّظام بأكمله؛\n"
+"\n"
+" * أخيراً، يُمكن إجبار استخدام يونيكود للنظام بطلب المستخدم بواسطة\n"
+"اختيار الخيار \"%s\" بشكل منفصل والذي\n"
+"اختيرت لغته.\n"
+"\n"
+"لاحظ أنّك غير محدود باختيار لغة إضافيّة واحدة.\n"
+"يمكنك اختيار عدّة لغات، أو حتّى تثبيتها كلّها باختيار مربّع \"%s\".\n"
+"اختيار دعم لغة يعني أن التّرجمات، والخطوط، ومدقّقات\n"
+"الإملاء، إلخ. لتلك اللّغة سوف تكون مثبتة أيضاً.\n"
+"\n"
+"للتبديل بين اللغات المختلفة المثبتة على نظامك، يمكن\n"
+"تشغيل الأمر \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" كمستخدم \"root\" لتغيير\n"
+"اللّغة المستخدمة من قبل النّظام بأكمله. تشغيل الأمر كمستخدم عاديّ\n"
+"سوف يغيّر فقط إعدادت اللّغة الخاصّة بذلك المستخدم بذاته."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "الأسبانية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"عادة، لا يواجه DrakX مشاكل في استكشاف عدد الأزرار في\n"
+"الماوس الخاصّة بك. إذا حدث ذلك، يفترض أن لديك ماوس ذات زرّين وسوف\n"
+"يقوم بتهيأتها لمحاكاة الزرّ الثالث. الزرّ الثالث للماوس ذات\n"
+"الزرّين يمكن الحصول على تأثيره بالضّغط على الزرّين الأيسر\n"
+"والأيمن بنفس الوقت. سوف يعرف DrakX تلقائيّاً ما إذا كانت الماوس الخاصّة بك "
+"تستخدم\n"
+"واجهة PS/2، أو متوالية أو USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"في حال كان لديك ماوس ذات ثلاثة أزرار دون عجل، يمكنك اختيار الماوس\n"
+"التي تظهر بإسم \"%s\". سيقوم DrakX بعدها بتهيأت الماوس الخاصّة بك حتّى تستطيع\n"
+"مُحاكاة العجل بها: لتقوم بذلك، اضغط الزرّ الأوسط وحرّك\n"
+"الماوس للأعلى وللأسفل.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن رغبت لسبب ما اختيار نوع ماوس آخر، اخترها\n"
+"من اللائحة المُقدَّمة.\n"
+"\n"
+"يمكنك تحديد المُدخل \"%s\" لاختيار نوع ماوس ``شامل'' والذي\n"
+"سوف يعمل تقريباً مع كل الأنواع.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن اخترت ماوس غير الافتراضيّة، سوف تظهر شاشة\n"
+"اختباريّة. استخدم الأزرار والعجل للتأكّد من أن الإعدادات\n"
+"صحيحة وأنّ الماوس تعمل بشكل صحيح. إن لم تكن الماوس\n"
+"تعمل بشكل جيّد، اضغط مفتاح المسافة أو [الإرجاع] لإلغاء الاختبار و\n"
+"العودة إلى لائحة الخيارات.\n"
+"\n"
+"كثيراً ما يتعذر استكشاف أجهزة الماوس ذات العجلات تلقائيّاً، لذا ستحتاج\n"
+"لاختيار الماوس من القائمة. تأكّد من اختيار التي تطابق\n"
+"المنفذ الذي تتّصل به الماوس الخاصّة بك. بعد اختيار الماوس و\n"
+"الضّغط على الزّرّ \"%s\"، تظهر صورة الماوس على الشّاشة. أدرْ\n"
+"عجل الماوس للتّأكّد من أنّه مُنشّط بشكل صحيح. أثناء تحريك\n"
+"عجل الماوس، ستراه كذلك يتحرك على الشاشة.\n"
+"قم باختبار الأزرار وتحقق من أن المؤشر يتحرك على الشاشة\n"
+"بينما تقوم بتحريكه حولها."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "بمحاكاة العجلة"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "عالمي | أيّ ماوس PS/2 و USB"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"الرجاء اختيار المنفذ الصحيح. مثلاً لمنفذ \"COM1\" في\n"
+"ويندوز اسمه \"ttys0\" في لينكس."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"هذه هي أهم خطوة تتخذها لأمن نظام جنو/لينكس الخاصّ بك:\n"
+"عليك إدخال كلمة مرور المستخدم \"root\". \"Root\" هو\n"
+"مدير النظام والمستخدم الوحيد المخوّل بتحديث النظام، وإضافة المستخدمين،\n"
+"وتغيير تهيئة النظام بشكل عام، الخ. باختصار يمكن للمستخدم \"root\" أن يفعل\n"
+"كل شئ! لذا عليك اختيار كلمة مرور صعبة\n"
+"التّخمين: سيخبرك DrakX إذا كانت كلمة المرور التي تستخدمها سهلة. كما\n"
+"ترى، لست مجبراً على إدخال كلمة مرور، لكننا ننصح بشدة ألا تفعل هذا. جنو/لينكس "
+"مُعرّص لأخطاء المُشغّل كأيّ\n"
+"نظام تشغيل آخر. وحيث أن \"الجذر\" يمكنه تعدي كل الحدود\n"
+"و قد يحذف كل البيانات عن غير قصد بالوصول إلى التجزيئات بلا مبالاة\n"
+"فإنّه من المهمّ أن يكون من الصّعب أن تصبح المستخدم\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"يجب أن تكون كلمة المرور خليطاً من الحروف والأرقام كما يجب أن تحتوي\n"
+"على 8 حروف على الأقل. لا تكتب كلمة مرور \"الجذر\" على ورق -- هذا يسهّل\n"
+"اختراق النظام إذا رأى أحد كلمة المرور.\n"
+"\n"
+"نصيحة أخرى -- لا تجعل كلمة المرور طويلة جداً أو معقّدة لأنك يجب أن تكون\n"
+"قادراً على تذكرها!\n"
+"\n"
+"لن يتم عرض كلمة المرور على الشاشة عند كتابتها. لتقليل فرصة حدوث\n"
+"خطأ أثناء الكتابة، ستحتاج إلى إدخال كلمة المرور مرتين.\n"
+"إذا أخطأت في الكتابة في المرتين، فسيجب استخدام كلمة\n"
+"المرور \"الخاطئة\" في المرة الأولى التي ستحاول فيها الاتصال كمستخدم \"جذر"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا أردت أن يكون الوصول إلى هذا الحاسب يتحكّم به\n"
+"خادم مواثقة، اضغط \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا كانت شبكتك تستخدم LDAP، أوNIS، أو خدمات PDC مواثقة نطاق ويندوز، اختر "
+"الخيار المناسب لـ\"%s\". إن لم تعرف أيّها تريد\n"
+"استخدامه، اسأل مدير الشبكة لديك.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا كانت لديك مشكلة في تذكر كلمات المرور، يمكنك اختيار\n"
+"\"%s\" إذا لم يكن الحاسب الخاص بك متصلاً بالإنترنت،\n"
+"أو أنك تثق في جميع من يستخدمون حاسبك."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "المواثقة"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"محمّل الإقلاع هو برنامج بسيط يشغلّه حاسبك وقت الإقلاع.\n"
+"وهو المسؤول عن بدء تشغيل النظام بأكمله. عادة، يكون\n"
+"تثبيت محمّل الإقلاع آلياً بالكامل. سيقوم DrakX بتحليل قطاع التركيب الخاص "
+"بالقرص\n"
+"ويتصرف بحسب ما يجد هناك:\n"
+"\n"
+" * إن عثر على قطاع تحميل ويندوز، فسيقوم باستبداله بقطاع تحميل LILO/GRUB.\n"
+"بهذه الطريقة ستستطيع تحميل جنو/لينكس أو أيّ\n"
+"نظام تشغيل آخر على ماكينتك.\n"
+"\n"
+" * إذا تم العثور على قطاع تحميل LILO أو GRUB، سيتم استبداله بقطاع جديد.\n"
+"\n"
+"إن لم يستطع DrakX أن يقرر مكان وضع قطاع الإقلاع، فسيسألك\n"
+"عن المكان الأكثر أماناً لوضعه فيه. عامة، \"%s\" هو الأكثر أماناً.\n"
+"اختيار \"%s\" لن يقوم بتثبيت أيّ محمّل إقلاع. اسخدم هذا الخيار فقط\n"
+"إن كنت تعرف ماذا تفعل."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"الآن، حان وقت اختيار نظام الطباعة لحاسبك. قد توفّر أنظمة التشغيل الأخرى\n"
+"نظام طباعة واحد، لكن ماندريبا لينكس يوفر لك نظامين. كل نظام مناسب\n"
+"لنوع معين من التهيئة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- وهو اختصار لـ``اطبع و لا تصفّ''، هو الخيار الأمثل\n"
+"إذا كانت لديك وصلة مباشرة بالطابعة، و تريد أن تكون قادراً على\n"
+"تفادي أي ارتباك في الطابعة، وليس لديك طابعات شبكيّة.(يقوم \"%s\"\n"
+"بالتعامل مع حالات الشبكة البسيطة ويعيبه البطء عند الاستخدام\n"
+"مع الشبكات). من الأفضل أن تستخدم \"pdq\" إذا.\n"
+"كانت هذه تجربتك الأولى مع جنو/لينكس.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - ``نظام طباعة يونكس الشّائع CUPS''، هو الخيار الأمثل\n"
+"للطباعة على طابعتك المحلية أو حتى على طابعة في النصف الآخر من الكوكب. إنه\n"
+"سهل الإعداد و يمكن أن يتصرف كخادم أو كعميل لأنظمة طباعة \"lpd\"\n"
+"القديمة، لذا فإنه متوافق مع أنظمة التشغيل القديمة\n"
+"التي لا تزال تحتاج إلى خدمات الطباعة. بينما التهيئة سهلة\n"
+"و قوية مثل \"pdq\". إذا كنت تحتاج إلى محاكاة خادم \"lpd\"، تأكّد\n"
+"من تشغيل عفريت \"cups-lpd\".\n"
+"يحتوي \"%s\" على واجهات\n"
+"رسوميّة للطّباعة أو لتحديد خيارات الطّابعة\n"
+"ولإدارة الطابعة.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا قررت اختيارك الآن، ثم لم يعجبك نظام الطباعة\n"
+"فيما بعد، يمكنك تغييره عن طريق تشغيل PrinterDrake من مركز تحكم ماندريبا "
+"لينكس\n"
+"و الضغط على زرّ \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "وضعية الخبير"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"سيقوم DrakX أولاً بالتحقق من أي أجهزة IDE مرتبطة بالحاسب. سيقوم\n"
+"أيضا بالتحقق من وجود بطاقات PCI SCSI على نظامك. إذا تم ايجاد\n"
+"بطاقة SCSI، سيقوم DrakX تلقائياً بتثبيت المُشغّل المناسب.\n"
+"\n"
+"لأن التحقق الآلي من العتاد غير خالي من الأخطاء، قد يتعذر\n"
+"على DrakX التحقق من أقراصك الصلبة. لذا سيكون عليك تحديد عتادك يدوياً.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا اضطررت إلى تحديد موائم PCI SCSI يدوياً، سيسألك DrakX عمّا إذا\n"
+"كنت تريد تهيئة الخيارات الخاصة به. يجب أن تسمح لـ DrakX بأن\n"
+"يقوم بالتحقق الآلي من العتاد لكي يحدد الخيارات الخاصة بالبطاقة\n"
+"و التي يحتاج اليها لتشغيل الموائم. في أغلب الأحيان، سيتخطى DrakX\n"
+"هذه الخطوة بدون أي مشاكل.\n"
+"\n"
+"إذا تعذر على DrakX التحقق من الخيارات آلياً ستحتاج\n"
+"إلى تهيئة المُشغّل يدوياً."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": إذا تم اكتشاف بطاقة صوت على نظامك، سيتم عرضها\n"
+"هنا. إذا لاحظت أن بطاقة الصوت المعروضة هنا ليست تلك الموجودة\n"
+"فعلاً على نظامك، يمكنك الضغط على الزر و اختيار مشغل\n"
+"آخر."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"كمُراجعة، سيقدّم DrakX تلخيص المعلومات التي استجمعها حول\n"
+"نظامك. بناءً على عتادك المثبت، قد يكون لديك بعض أو كلّ\n"
+"المُدخلات التّالية. كل مُدخل مكوّن من عنصر التهيئة المطلوب\n"
+"تهيئته، متبوعاً بملخّص سريع من التّهيئة الحاليّة.\n"
+"اضغط على الزّر المرافق \"%s\" لتغييّر ذلك.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": تحقّق من تهيئة خريطة لوحة المفاتيح الحاليّة وغيّرها إن كان\n"
+"ضروريّاً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تحقّق من اختيار الدّولة الحالي. إن لم تكن في هذه\n"
+"الدّولة، اضغط على زرّ \"%s\" واختر دولة أخرى. إن لم تكن دولتك\n"
+"في القائمة المعروضة الأولى، اضغط على الزّر \"%s\" لتحصل على لائحة\n"
+"الدّول الكاملة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بشكل افتراضي، يخفّض DrakX توقيتك الزّمني بناءً على الدّولة\n"
+"التي اخترتها. يمكنك الضّغط على الزّر \"%s\" هنا إن لم يكن ذلك\n"
+"صحيحاً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": تحقّق من تهيئة الماوس الحاليّة واضغط على الزّر كي\n"
+"تغيّرها إن كان ضروريّاً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": الضّغط على الزّر \"%s\" سيفتح\n"
+"معالج تهيئة الطّابعة. راجع الفصل المتعلّق من ``دليل\n"
+"المبتدئ'' للمزيد من المعلومات حول كيفيّة تهيئة طابعة جديدة. الواجهة\n"
+"المعروضة هناك مشابهة للتي هي مستخدمة خلال التّثبيت.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن اكتشف بطاقة صوت في نظامك، سوف تُعرض\n"
+"هنا. إن لاحظت أنّ بطاقة الصّوت المعروضة ليست هي التّي\n"
+"فعليّاً موجودة في نظامك، يمكنك الضّغط على الزّر واختيار\n"
+"مشغّل آخر.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كانت لديك بطاقة تلفزيون على نظامك، يتمّ عرضها\n"
+"هنا وإن كانت لديك ولم تُكتشف،\n"
+"اضغط على \"%s\" تحاول تهيئتها يدوياً.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يمكنك الضغط على \"%s\" كي تُغيّر المُعطيات المرتبطة\n"
+"مع البطاقة إن شعرت بخطأ ما في التهيئة.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": بشكل افتراضي، يهيّء DrakX واجهتك الرّسوميّة\n"
+"بدقّة \"800×600\" أو \"1024×768\". إن لم يناسبك ذلك، اضغط على\n"
+"\"%s\" كي تهيّء واجهتك الرّسوميّة.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن رغبت بتهيئة الوصول إلى الإنترنت والشّبكة المحل، فيمكنك عمل ذلك "
+"الآن. راجع الكتيّبات المطبوعة أو\n"
+"استخدم مركز تحكّم ماندريبا لينكس بعض الانتهاء من التثبيت كي تستفيد\n"
+"من المساعدة المُدرجة بالكامل.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": يمكنك من تهيئة عناوين بروكسي HTTP و FTP إن كانت الماكينة التي\n"
+"تقوم بالتثبيت عليها واقعة خلف خادم بروكسي.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": هذا المُدخل يمكنّك من إعادة تعريف مستوى الأمن كما هو محدّد في\n"
+"الخطوة السّابقة ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن كنت تنوي وصل ماكينتك إلى الإنترنت، فإنّها لفكرة جيّدة\n"
+"أن تحمي نفسك من التّدخّلات الخارجيّة بإعداد جدار ناريّ. راجع\n"
+"الفصل المتعلّق من ``دليل المبتدئ'' لتفاصل\n"
+"إعدادات الجدار النّاري.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": إن رغبت بتغيير تهيئة محمّل الإقلاع، اضغط ذلك\n"
+"الزّر. يجب أن يُحتفظ بهذا للمستخدمين المُتقدّم راجع الكتيبات المطبوعة أو "
+"المساعدة المضمنة حول تهيئة محمل الإقلاع من خلال\n"
+"مركز تحكم ماندريبا لينكس.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": سيمكنك هذا من ضبط التّحكّم بالخدمات التي سوف تشغّل\n"
+"على ماكينتك. إن نويت استخدام هذه الماكنية كخادم فإنّها لفكرة جيّدة\n"
+"أن تُراجع هذه الخطوة."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "بطاقة ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "الواجهة الرسومية"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"اختر القرص الصلب الذي تريد محوه لتثبيت تجزيء\n"
+"ماندريبا لينكس الجديدة. خذ حذرك، كل البيانات الموجود عليه ستضيع\n"
+"و لن يمكن استعادتها!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"اضغط \"%s\" إن كنت تريد حذف كل التجزيئات الموجودة على القرص\n"
+"الصلب. خذ حذرك، بعد ضغطك لزر \"%s\" لن تتمكن من استعادة\n"
+"أي بيانات أو تجزئات كانت موجودة على هذا القرص الصلب، بما في ذلك\n"
+"أي بيانات ويندوز.\n"
+"\n"
+"اضغط \"%s\" لإيقاف هذه العملية دون خسارة أي بيانات أو تجزيئات\n"
+"موجودة على القرص الصلب."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "التالي ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- السابق "
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f8948da00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/az.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1926 @@
+# translation of DrakX-az.po to Azerbaijani
+# translation of DrakX-az.po to Azerbaijani Turkish
+# DrakX-az.po faylının Azərbaycan dilinə tərcüməsi
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva
+# Vasif Ismailoglu MD<azerb_linux@hotmail.com> , 2000-2001
+# Mətin Əmirov <metin@karegen.com>, 2001-2003, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-az\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-31 14:21+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Mətin Əmirov <metin@karegen.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Azerbaijani <translation-team-az@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Davam etmədən əvvəl, diqqətlə lisenziyanın qaydalarını oxumalısınız. O,\n"
+"bütün Mandriva Linux distribusiyasını əhatə edir. Əgər lisenziyadakı bütün\n"
+"qaydalarla razısınızsa, qutusunu \"%s\" işarələyin. Əgər razı deyilsəniz, "
+"sadəcə olaraq kompüterinizi bağlayın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linuks çox istifadəçili əməliyyat sistemidir, bu da o deməkdir ki\n"
+"hər istifadəçinin öz xüsusi seçimləri, faylları və s. ola bilər. Ancaq \n"
+"sistem idarəçisi olan \"ali istifadəçi\" xaricindəki indi əlavə edəcəyiniz\n"
+"istifadəçilər öz faylları və qurğuları xaricində sistemin heç bir təhlükəli\n"
+"yeri ilə iş görə bilməz və beləcə də sistem istənməyən pozulmalara qarşı\n"
+"qorunmuş olacaq. Ən az bir dənə sıravi istifadəçi yaradmalısınız və bu "
+"hesabı\n"
+"gündəlik işləriniz üçün istifadə etməlisiniz. Ali İstifadəçi olaraq giriş "
+"etmək də\n"
+"olduqca asanddır ancaq bu eyni zamanda çox təhlükəlidir. Çox kiçik bir xəta "
+"ilə\n"
+"sistemi qeyri-fəal vəziyyətə gətirə bilərsiniz. Ancaq sıravi istifadəçi "
+"olaraq xəta\n"
+"ediləndə ancaq bəzi mə'lumatları itirəcək, sisteminiz yenə də sağlam \n"
+"qalacaqdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Birinci sahə sizdən adı soruşacaq. Əlbəttə ki bunu yazmaq məcburi deyil. \n"
+"Oraya istədiyiniz kəlmələri yaza bilərsiniz. DrakX buraya yazdığınız "
+"kəlmələrin\n"
+"ilk kəlməsini alıb \"%s\" sahəsinə köçürəcək, bu istifadəçinin sistemə "
+"girmək\n"
+"üçün işlədəcəyi istifadəçi adı olacaq. İstəsəniz bunu da dəyişdirə "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Sonrakı addım şifrə girməkdir. Təhlükəsizlik nəzər nöqtəsindən şifrəsi "
+"olmayan\n"
+"sıravi istifadəçi ali istifadəçi qədər səlahiyyətli ola bilməz ancaq yenə də "
+"sizə\n"
+"hər bir istifadəçiyə tapılması asand olmayan bir şifrə tə'yin etmənizi \n"
+"məsləhət görürük\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" basdıqdan sonra başqa istifadəçiləri də əlavə edə bilərsiniz. Hər "
+"dostunuz\n"
+"üçün bir istifadəçi əlavə edin, misal üçün atanız, qardaşınız kimi. "
+"İstifadəçiləri əlavə \n"
+"etməyi bitirəndə \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsi istifadəçinin işlədəcəyi qabığı dəyişdirmək üçündür. \n"
+"(əsas olan bash qabığıdır).\n"
+"\n"
+"İstifadəçiləri əlavə edib bitirəndə sizə kompüteriniz açılanda hansı "
+"istifadəçinin\n"
+"avtomatik olaraq sistemə daxil etmək istədiyiniz sualı veriləcəkdir. Əgər "
+"bu\n"
+"xüsusiyyət xoşunuza gəlirsə və təhlükəsizlik haqqında elə də "
+"maraqlanmırsınızsal\n"
+"istədiyiniz istifadəçini və pəncərə idarəçisini seçib \"%s\" düyməsinə "
+"basın.\n"
+"Əgər bu xassə sizi maraqlandırmırsa \"%s\" qutusunun seçimini silin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Bu xüsusiyyəti istifadə etmək istəyirsiniz?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada sürücünüzdə tapılan Linuks bölmələri sıralanıb.\n"
+"Sehirbazın məsləhətlərinə qulaq asın, onlar çox vaxt işə yarayır.\n"
+"Əgər hər hansı bir dəyişiklik etsəniz ən azından kök bölməsini (\"/\") "
+"müəyyən\n"
+"etməlisiniz. Çox kiçik bölmə seçməyin, yoxsa kifayət qədər proqram "
+"tə'minatı\n"
+"qura bilməyəcəksiniz. Əgər mə'lumatlarınızı başqa bölmədə tutmaq "
+"istəyirsinizsə,\n"
+"o zaman bir də \"/home\" bölməsi yaratmalısınız (yalnız birdən çox Linuks\n"
+"bölməniz var isə mümkündür).\n"
+"\n"
+"Hər bölmə bu cür sıralanıb; \"Ad\",\"Həcm\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ad\" bu cür qurulub: \"sabit disk növü\", \"sabit disk nömrəsi\",\n"
+"\"bölmə nömrəsi\" (məsələn, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk növü\" diskiniz İDE sürücüsü isə \"hd\"dir, SCSİ sürücüsü isə\n"
+"\"sd\"dir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk nömrəsi\" həmişə \"hd\" və ya \"sd\"dən sonrakı rəqəmdir. İDE \n"
+"sürücülər üçün:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"a\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"b\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"c\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"d\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSİ sürücülərində, \"a\"nın mə'nası \"ən düşük SCSİ ID\",\n"
+"\"b\"nin mə'nası \"ikinci ən düşük SCSİ ID\"dir, vs..."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux qurulumu müxtəlif CD-lər üstündə gəlir. DrakX\n"
+"seçili paketlərin hansı CD'də olduğunu bilir ona görə də lazım olanda\n"
+"hazırkı CD-ni çıxardıb sizdən lazım olan CD-ni daxil etməyi istəyəcək.\n"
+"Əgər əlinizin altında istənən CD yoxdursa \"%s\" düyməsinə basın və istənən\n"
+"paketlər qurulmayacaqdır."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"İndi sisteminizə qurmaq istədiyiniz proqramları müəyyən etmə vaxtıdır.\n"
+"Mandriva Linux daxilində minlərcə proqram mövcuddur və idarələrinin\n"
+"asan olması üçün onlar bənzər paketlər qruplarına ayrılıblar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketlər sisteminizin xüsusui istifadə sahəsinə görə qruplanıb.\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxda dörd əvvəldən müəyyən edilmiş qurulum növü mövcuddur.\n"
+"Yalnız siz bu qrupları yenə də qarışdıra bilərsiniz və istədiyiniz əlavə.\n"
+"proqramları seçə bilərsiniz. Misal üçün ''İş Stansiyası'' qurulumu\n"
+"``İnkişaf'' qurulumundakı proqramları daxil edə bilər.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminiz iş stansiyası olaraq istifadə ediləcəksə, bu\n"
+"qrupda yer alan bir ya da daha çox proqramı seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizi proqramlaşdırma və inkişaf üçün işlədəcəksəniz,\n"
+"bu qrupdakı proqramları seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminiz verici olacaqsa, sisteminizə hansı xidmətləri\n"
+"qurmaq istədiyinizi buradan seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qrafiki istifadəçi mühidini burada seçəcəksiniz. Əgər "
+"sisteminizdə\n"
+"qrafiki mühit işlətmək istəyirsinizsə ən az birisi seçilməlidir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Siçanın oxu qrup adının üstünə gələndə o qrup haqqında qısa izahat\n"
+"göstəriləcək. Əgər sistemi qurarkən bu qruplardan heç birini seçməsəniz\n"
+"minimal qurulum üçün fərqli seçimləri təqdim edən bir pəncərə\n"
+"göstəriləcək:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": minimal ədəddə paket qur, işləyən qrafiki ara üzə malik\n"
+"olma mümkündür.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sistem bazası və əsas tə'minatlar və sənədləri qurulacaq.\n"
+"Bu qurulum növü verici quraşdırmaq üçün uyğundur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": işləyən Linuks sistemi üçün lazım olan ən minimal paketlər\n"
+"qurulacaq. Bu qurulum ilə yalnız əmr sətirinə malik olacaqsınız.\n"
+"Qurulumun ümumi böyüklüyü təqribən 65 meqabayt olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"Təklif edilən paketləri tanıyırsınızsa ya da qurulan hər paket üstündə\n"
+"tam idarə sahibi olmaq istəyirsinizsə\"%s\" qutusunu işarələyə bilərsiniz\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər qurulumu \"%s\" modunda başlatmışsınızsa, yeni paketlərin\n"
+"qurulmasının qabağını almaq üçün bütün qrupların seçimini silə\n"
+"bilərsiniz. Bu əsasən sistem tə'mir edilirkən ya da yenilənirkən\n"
+"sərfəlidir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Yeniləmə"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Əsas sənədlərlə birlikdə"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Həqiqətən minimal qurulum"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Əgər qurulum proqramına paketləri ayrı ayrı seçmək istədiyinizi dedinizsə,\n"
+"o, qrup və alt qruplara ayrılmış paketləri ağac şəklində sizə göstərəcək.\n"
+"Bu ağacda gəzərkən, bütün qrupu, alt qrupu ya da paketləri ayrı ayrı seçə "
+"biləcəksiniz\n"
+"\n"
+"Hər paket seçişinizdə sağ tərəfdə bu paket ilə əlaqəli və onun nə işə\n"
+"yaradığını göstərən mə'lumat yer alacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Əgər paketin ya da paketin daxil oduğu alt qrupun seçilməsi ilə bir "
+"verici\n"
+"seçilsə, sizə bu vericini həqiqətən də qurmaq istədiyinizi soruşan və "
+"sizdən\n"
+"təsdiq istəyən pəncərə göstəriləcək. Əsas olaraq Mandriva Linux bütün "
+"qurulu\n"
+"olan xidmətləri açılışda fəal edir. Distribusiyanın çıxdığı vaxt onların "
+"bilinən heç bir\n"
+"xətası ya da təhlükəli yanı olmasa da, mümkündür ki, müəyyən vaxt sonra\n"
+"təhlükəsizlik nöqtələri aşkar edilə bilər. Əgər seçilən xidmətin nə etdiyini "
+"və nəyə\n"
+"yaradığını bilmirsinizsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə basın. \"%s\" düyməsini seçsəniz "
+"isə\n"
+"xidmət sisteminizə qurulacaq və sisteminizin açılışında fəal hala "
+"gətiriləcək.\n"
+"Qeyd: Xidmətlərin açılışda fəal olub olmamasını qurulum bitdikdən sonra da\n"
+"Mandriva Linux İdarə Mərkəzindən quraşdıra bilərsiniz!!\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" seçimi, bir proqramı seçdiyiniz zaman qurulum proqramının o proqram "
+"ilə\n"
+"əlaqəli diqər paket ya da asıllılıqların avtomatik seçməsi üçündür.\n"
+"Bə'zi paketlər bir birindən aslıdır və birinin qurulması digərinin də "
+"qurulmasını\n"
+"məcbur qılır. Bu paketləri qurulum proqramı müvəffəqiyyətlə taparaq "
+"sisteminizə\n"
+"quracaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"Siyahının altındakı kiçik disket rəsmi isə daha əvvəlki qurulumda (əgər "
+"yaratmışsınızsa)\n"
+"yaradılan paket siyahısı faylını yükləmək üçündür. Bu, birdən çox kompüterə "
+"eyni\n"
+"paket ya da proqramları qurmaq istədiyiniz zaman çox əlverişlidir. Düyməyə\n"
+"basdıqdan sonra sizdən disketi daxil etməniz xahiş ediləcək.\n"
+"Belə bir disketi necə yaradılacağını bilmək istəyirsinizsə son qurulum "
+"addımının \n"
+"ikinci yardım abzasına baxa bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Avtomatik asıllılıqlar"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\":  \"%s\" düyməsinə basmaq çapçı quraşdırma sehirbazını başladacaq."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu dialoq, açılışda avtomatik olaraq başlamasını istədiyiniz xidmətləri \n"
+"seçmək üçündür.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX hazırkı qurulumda mövcud olan bütün xidmətləri siyahıda göstərəcək.\n"
+"Hər birini diqqətlə nəzərdən keçirin və açılış vaxtı ehtiyac hiss "
+"etmədiyiniz\n"
+"xidmətlərin qabağındakı seçimi silin.\n"
+"\n"
+" Siçan xidmətin üzərinə gələndə o xidmətin vəzifəsini başa salan mətn\n"
+"göstəriləcək. Yalnız, əgər xidmətin faydalı olub olmamasından əmin "
+"deyilsəniz\n"
+"ən yaxşısı onu olduğu kimi saxlamaq olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Əgər kompüteriniz verici olaraq istifadə ediləcəksə, bu addıma diqqət\n"
+"ayırmalısınız: istəmədiyiniz xidmətləri başlanğıcda başlatmaq "
+"istəməyəcəksiniz.\n"
+"Diqqətinizdə saxlayın ki, bə'zi xidmətlər fəal isə, bu verici üstündə "
+"təhlükəli ola bilər.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linuks vaxtı GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) ilə idarə edir və onu yerli\n"
+"vaxtı seçdiyiniz vaxt zolağına bağlı olaraq seçir. Əgər ana kartınızın "
+"saatı\n"
+"yerli saata quraşdırılıbsa, bunu, \"%s\"i seçərək qeyri-fəallaşdıra "
+"bilərsiniz,\n"
+"Bu, Linuksa sistem vaxtı ilə avadanlıq vaxtının eyni vaxt zolağında "
+"olduğunu\n"
+"bildirəcək. Bu, sistemdə Windows kimi digər əməliyyat sistemi mövcuddursa\n"
+"faydalıdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" seçimi isə, saatınızı internetdəki uzaq zaman vericisinə bağlanaraq\n"
+"düzəldəcək. Bu xüsusiyyətin işləməsi üçün, internet bağlantınız olmalıdır.\n"
+"Sizə ən yaxın olan vericini seçmək məsləhət edilir.\n"
+"Bu seçim əslində yerli şəbəkənizdəki başqa kompüterlərin də istifadə edə\n"
+"biləcəyi zaman vericisini qurur."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Avtomatik zaman sinxronlaşdırılması"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Səs Kartı\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan səs kartını əsasən avtomatik "
+"olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcəkvə quraşdıracaq. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı "
+"olan\n"
+"səs kartını siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz. \n"
+"   Əgər kartınız üçün həm 3D dəstəyi olan həm də olmayan vericilər "
+"mövcudsa,\n"
+"sizdən ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verən vericini seçməniz xahiş ediləcək."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (X Pəncərə Sistemi) GNU/Linuks qrafiki ara üzünün qəlbidir.\n"
+"Mandriva Linuxla bərabər gələn qrafiki mühitlərin hamısı (KDE, \n"
+"GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, vs.) buna bağlıdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Optimal görünüşü almaq üçün sizə dəyişdiriləcək fərqli parametrlər\n"
+"təqdim ediləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan qrafika kartını əsasən avtomatik "
+"olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcək və quraşdıracaq. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı "
+"olan\n"
+"səs kartını siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"   Əgər kartınız üçün həm 3D dəstəyi olan həm də olmayan vericilər "
+"mövcudsa,\n"
+"sizdən ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verən vericini seçməniz xahiş "
+"ediləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan monitoru əsasən avtomatik olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcək və quraşdıracaq. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı "
+"olan\n"
+"monitoru siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Həlledilirlik\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada avadanlığınız üçün mümkün olan həlledilirlik və rəng "
+"dərinliklərini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verəni seçin. (Bunları "
+"qurulum\n"
+"tamamlandıqdan sonra da dəyişdirə biləcəksiniz). Seçilən qurğuların bir\n"
+"nümunəsi monitorda göstərilir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Sınaq\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sistem, seçilən həlledilirlikdə qrafiki ekranı açmağa cəhd edəcək.\n"
+"Əgər sınaq sırasında ismarışı görüb \"%s\" düyməsinə bassanız, DrakX\n"
+"növbəti mərhələyə keçəcək. Əgər ismarışı görə bilmirsinizsə, bu avtomatik\n"
+"aşkar edilən quraşdırmanın bir hissəsi səhvdir və sınaq 12 saniyə sonra\n"
+"sonlanaraq sizi menyuya geri götürəcək.\n"
+"Düzgün qrafiki görünüş alana qədər qurğuları dəyişdirin.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Seçimlər\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada, sisteminiz başlarkən avtomatik olaraq qrafiki ekrana keçməsini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Yalnız, əgər sisteminiz bir verici olacaqsa ya da ekran "
+"qurğularını\n"
+"müvəffəqiyyətlə sazlaya bilmədinizsə hər halda \"%s\" seçimini seçmək "
+"istəyəcəksiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qurulum proqramı sisteminizə bağlı olan monitoru əsasən avtomatik olaraq\n"
+"aşkar edəcək. Əgər səhv tapılsa həqiqətən sisteminizə bağlı olan monitoru\n"
+"siyahıdan seçə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Həlledilirlik\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada, avadanlığınız üçün mövcud olan həlledilirlik və rəng "
+"dərinliklərini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Ehtiyacınıza ən yaxşı cavab verəni seçin (qurulumdan sonra\n"
+"bunu dəyişdirə biləcəksiniz). Seçilən qurğunun bir nümunəsi\n"
+"monitorda göstərilir."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Əgər kartınız üçün həm 3D dəstəyi olan həm də olmayan vericilər mövcudsa,\n"
+"sizdən ehtiyaclarınıza ən gözəl cavab verən vericini seçməniz xahiş ediləcək."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçimlər\n"
+"\n"
+"   Burada, sisteminiz başlarkən avtomatik olaraq qrafiki ekrana keçməsini\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Yalnız, əgər sisteminiz bir verici olacaqsa ya da ekran "
+"qurğularını\n"
+"müvəffəqiyyətlə sazlaya bilmədinizsə hər halda \"%s\" seçimini seçmək "
+"istəyəcəksiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu nöqtədə Mandriva Linuxi sabit diskinizdə haraya quracağınıza\n"
+"qərar verəcəksiniz. Əgər diskiniz boş isə və ya bir başqa sistem\n"
+"bütün yeri doldurmuş isə, o zaman diskinizdə Mandriva Linux üçün\n"
+"yer açmalısınız. Bölmələndirmə əsasən diskinizdə Mandriva Linuxu\n"
+"qurmaqməntiqi sürücülər yaratmaqdan ibarətdir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ümumiyyətlə bölmələndirmənin təsiri geri dönülməzdir və mə'lumat\n"
+"itirilməsinə səbəb ola bilər. Ona görə də əgər sisteminizdə başqa bir\n"
+"əməliyyat sistemi quruludursa və siz Linuksla yeni tanışırsınızsa bu iş\n"
+"çox gərgin və yorucudur. Ancaq DrakX sabit diski çox rahat bölmələndirməniz\n"
+"üçün çox sadə bir sehirbaz daxil edir. Başlamadan əvvəl xahiş edirik, "
+"buradakı\n"
+"mə'lumatları oxuyun, və bu iş üçün bir az vaxt ayırın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sabit diskinizin qurğularına nəzarən birdən çox seçim mövcud ola bilər:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bu seçim boş sürücülərinizi avtomatik olaraq bölmələndirəcək\n"
+"Bu seçənəyi seçsəniz sizə heç bir sual verilməyəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sehirbaz sabit diskinizdə bir ya da daha çox mövcud Linuks \n"
+"bölməsi aşkar edib. Onları istifadə etmək istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi "
+"işlədin.\n"
+"Daha sonra hər bölmə ilə əlaqələndirilmiş bağlama nöqtəsi seçəcəksiniz.\n"
+"Əvvəldən qalan bağlama nöqtələri əsas olaraq seçilidir və onları eləcə də\n"
+"saxlamaq gözəl fikirdir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": sabit diskinizdə Microsoft Windows quruludur və üstündəki bütün\n"
+" sahəni əhatə edir, bu vəziyyətdə siz Linuks üçün boş yer ayırmalısınız.\n"
+"Bunu etmək üçün Microsoft Windows bölməsini və mə'lumatlarını silə "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"(baxın ``Bütün diski sil'' həlli) ya da Microsoft Windows FAT ya da NTFS "
+"bölmənizin\n"
+" böyüklüyünü dəyişdirə bilərsiniz. Ölçüləndirmə qaydalara riayət edilərsə "
+"heç bir mə'lumat\n"
+"itirilməsinə yol açmaz. Qaydalar isə əvvəlcədən Windows bölməniz üstündə "
+"'Scandisk' və\n"
+"'Defraq' əmrlərinin icra edilməsinir. Eyni zamanda mə'lumatlarınızın ehtiyat "
+"nüsxəsini almayı\n"
+"da qətiyyən unutmayın. Kompüteriniz üstündə həm Mandriva Linux həm də "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows ƏS'lərini işlətmək istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi seçin. Unutmayın ki "
+"Microsoft\n"
+"Windows bölmənizin böyüklüyünü Windows altında da bəzi (PartitionMagic) "
+"proqramlar\n"
+"vasitəsi ilə dəyişdirə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bu seçənəyi seçmədən əvvəl nəzərə alın ki bu əməliyyatdan sonra Microsoft "
+"Windows\n"
+"bölməniz əvvəlkindən daha kiçik olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdəki bütün mövcud bölmələri silmək və yerinə\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistemini qurmaq istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi seçin.\n"
+"Diqqətli olun, ona görə ki seçiminizi təsdiqlədikdən sonra geri ala "
+"bilməyəcəksiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Əgər bu seçənəyi seçsəniz, diskinizdəki bütün mə'lumat "
+"silinəcəkdir. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bu sabit disk üstündəki hər şeyi siləcək və sıfırdan təzə bir "
+"bölmələmə,\n"
+"həyata keçirəcəkdir. Diskinizdəki bütün mə'lumat silinəcəkdir.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Əgər bu seçənəyi seçsəniz, diskinizdəki bütün mə'lumat "
+"silinəcəkdir. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": diskinizi əllə bölmələmək istəyirsinizsə bu seçənəyi seçin. \n"
+"Diqqətli olun -- bu çox qüvvətli ancaq təhlükəli seçimdir. Ona görə də bu \n"
+"seçimi ancaq daha əvvəl buna oxşar bir şey etmişsinizsə və bu sahədə\n"
+"bilikləriniz mövcuddursa seçin. Yaxşısı budur ki bu əməliyyat sırasında\n"
+"yanınızda daha əvvəl bunu etmiş dostunuz da olsun. DiskDrake vasitəsinin\n"
+"istifadəsi haqqında mə'lumatı ``Starter Guide'' kitabçasının ``Managing \n"
+"Your Partitions '' qismində tapa bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Mövcud bölməni işlət"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Bütün diski sil"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Təbrik edirik! Qurulum başa çattı və GNU/Linuks sisteminiz indi\n"
+"istifadəyə hazırdır. Sadəcə olaraq sisteminizi yenidən başlatmaq üçün\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsinə basın. Kompüteriniz başlarkən avadanlıq yoxlamasından\n"
+"sonra görəcəyiniz açılış yükləyici menyusunda sizə başlatmaq\n"
+"istədiyiniz əməliyyat sistemlərinin siyahısı göstəriləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsi seçimə bağlı olaraq aşağıdakı iki seçimi göstərir:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": indi etdiyiniz quruluma bənzər və operatora (kompüterin\n"
+"yanında oturana) ehtiyaca qalmadan qurulumu etmək üçün avtomatik\n"
+"qurulum disketi yaratma imkanı verir.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Düyməni basdıqdan sonra iki fərqli seçim görəcəksiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Qismən avtomatikləşdirilmiş qurulum. Yalnız disk bölmələmə\n"
+"addımı interaktiv olacaq və sizin istəklərinizə qulaq asacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Tamamilə avtomatikləşdirilmiş qurulum: sabit disk tamamilə\n"
+"yenidən yazılacaq, bütün mə'lumat yox olacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bu xassə, əsasən birdən çox eyni sistemin qurulmasında çox əlverişlidir.\n"
+"Daha çox mə'lumat üçün saytımızın Auto install qisminə baxın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): bu, qurulum sırasında seçilən paketlərin siyahısını disketə\n"
+"qeyd edər. Bu disketi başqa qurulum ilə işlətmək üçün, disketi daxil edin "
+"və\n"
+"quruluma başlayın. Promptda, [F1] düyməsinə basın və >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" << yazın.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Bunun üçün FAT ilə şəkilləndirilmiş disketə ehtiyacınız olacaq. (GNU/"
+"Linuks\n"
+"altında bunu yaratmaq üçün \"mformat a:\" əmrini verin)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Avtomatik qurulum disketi hazırla"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeni yaradılan bütün bölmələr şəkilləndirilməlidir\n"
+"(şəkilləndirmək, fayl sistemini yaratmaq deməkdir - format).\n"
+"\n"
+"Bu arada var olan hazır bölmələri də üstündəkiləri silmək üçün yenidən\n"
+"şəkilləndirmək istəyə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Bunu istəyirsinizsə xahiş edirik, bu bölmələri də seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ağlınızda tutun ki var olan bütün bölmələri şəkilləndirmək\n"
+"məcburi deyil. Əməliyyat sistəmini əmələ gətirən bölmələri\n"
+"(yəni \"/\", \"usr\" və ya \"var\"ı yenidən şəkilləndirmək üçün\n"
+"seçə bilərsiniz. Mə'lumatlar olan \"home\"u isə toxunmadan\n"
+"saxlaya bilərsiniz).\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmələri seçərkən diqqətli olun. Şəkilləndirdiyiniz bölmələrdəki\n"
+"mə'lumatlar itiriləcək və geri gəlməyəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmələri şəkilləndirməyə hazır olanda \"%s\" düyməsini basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yeni Mandriva Linux sisteminizi qurmaq üçün başqa bölmə seçmək\n"
+"istəyirsinizsə \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Üstündəki xəsərli blokların yoxlanmasını istədiyiniz bölmələri seçmək\n"
+"üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linuxu qurduğunuz vaxtda çox güman ki bə'zi paketlər \n"
+"ilk çıxışlarından sonra yenilənmiş ola bilər. Bunlarla bir çox xəta "
+"düzəldilmiş\n"
+"ya da təhlükəsizlik qüvvətləndirilmiş ola bilər. Bu yeniləmələrdən istifadə\n"
+"etmək üçün indi siz İnternetdən endirmə əməliyyatına başlaya bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Əgər fəal internet bağlantınız varsa \"%s\", yoxsa, yenilənmiş paketləri\n"
+"daha sonra qurmaq üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" seçilərsə, yeniləmələrin endirilə biləcəyi yerlərin siyahı "
+"göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Sizə ən yaxın olanı seçməlisiniz. Paket seçim ağacı göstəriləcək, bu bölümü\n"
+"gözdən keçirin və paketləri endirib qurmaq üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"Ləğv etmək üçün isə \"%s\" düyməsindən istifadə edə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu nöqtədə, DrakX sizə sisteminiz üçün təhlükəsizlik səvissəyini seçmə\n"
+"imkanını təqdim edəcək. Qayda olaraq, əgər kompüter vacib mə'lumat daxil\n"
+"edir ya da internetə birbaşa açıq sistem olacaqsa təhlükəsizlik səviyyəsi\n"
+"yüksək seçilməlidir. Bunun gətirdiyi əlverişsiz şərait isə sistemin "
+"istifadəsinin\n"
+"daha çətin olmasıdır.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər nə seçəcəyinizi bilmirsinizsə, seçili qurğuları olduğu kimi saxlayın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Təhlükəsizlik İdarəçisi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu nöqtədə siz Mandriva Linux yüklənəcək bölmə(lər)i seçməlisiniz. Əgər\n"
+"bölmələr əvvəldən mövcuddursa (sistemdə əvvəllər qurulu olan GNU/Linuks \n"
+"bölmələri və ya başqa bölmələndirmə vasitələri ilə hazırladığınız "
+"bölmələr),\n"
+"onları istifadə edə bilərsiniz, əks halda onları müəyyən etməlisiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmələri yaratmaq üçün əvvəlcə diski seçməlisiniz. Diski seçmək üçün \n"
+"birinci İDE sürücüsü üçün ``hda''nı, ikincisi üçün ``hdb''ni, birinci SCSİ \n"
+"sürücüsü üçün isə ``sda'' v.s. üstünə tıqlamalısınız.\n"
+"\n"
+"Seçdiyiniz sürücünü bölmələndirmək üçün aşağıdakı seçimləri etməyə "
+"qadirsiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçim seçili sabit disk üstündəki bütün bölmələri silər\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçim sizə avtomatik olaraq sabit diskinizin boş sahəsində\n"
+"ext3 və dəyiş-toqquş sahəsi yaratma imkanı verəcək\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": Əlavə xüsusiyyətlərə yetişmə imkanı verir\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bölmə cədvəlini disketə qeyd edər. Bu disket daha sonra əmələ "
+"gələ\n"
+"biləcək disk bölmə cədvəli xətalarını bərpa etmək üçün işlədilir. Bu addımı "
+"həyata keçirməyi\n"
+"sizə şiddətlə məsləhət edirik.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Daha əvvəl disketə qeyd edilən bölmə cədvəlini bərpa etmək "
+"(yenidən\n"
+"yükləmək) üçün bu seçimi işlədin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Əgər bölmə cədvəliniz pozulubsa, onu bu seçimlə düzəldə\n"
+"bilərsiniz. Diqqətli olun və unutmayın ki bu həmişə işləməyə bilər.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bütün dəyişiklikləri silərək sabit diskin əvvəlki bölmə "
+"cədvəlini\n"
+"geri yükləyəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçimin işarəsini silərsəniz, istifadəçilər CD-ROM'lar və "
+"disketlər\n"
+"kimi çıxardıla bilən mediyaları əl ilə bağlamaq (mount) məcburiyyətində "
+"qalacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Əgər diskinizi bölmələmək üçün bir sehirbaza ehtiyac hiss "
+"edirsinizsə,\n"
+"bu seçimi seçin. Bu yol, bölmələmədən yaxşı başı çıxmayanlar üçündür.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Dəyişikliklərinizi rədd etmək üçün bu seçimi işlədin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sabit disk haqqında ətraflı mə'lumat verir və onun üstündə əlavə\n"
+"əməliyyatlar (növ, seçimlər, şəkilləndirmə) icra etmə icazəsi verir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Sabit diskinizi bölmələyib bitirdiyiniz vaxt bu seçim "
+"dəyişiklikləri\n"
+"sabit diskinizə qeyd edəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmənin böyüklüyünü müəyyən edərkən klaviaturadakı istiqamət düymələri\n"
+"ilə seçiminizi sazlaya bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Qeyd: bütün seçimlərə klaviatura ilə yetişə bilərsiniz. Bölmələr arasında "
+"[Tab]\n"
+"və [Yuxarı/Aşağı] düymələri ilə hərəkət edə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bir bölmə seçili ikən bu qısa yolları istifadə edə bilərsiniz:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c -> yeni bölmə yaratmaq üçün (əgər boş bölmə seçilidirsə)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d -> bölməni silmək üçün\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m -> bağlama nöqtəsi seçmək üçün\n"
+"\n"
+"Fərqli fayl sistem növləri haqqında daha ətraflı mə'lumat üçün, xahiş "
+"edirik,\n"
+"``Reference Manual'' kitabının ext2FS bölümünü oxuyun.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər PPC kompüterdə qurulum aparırsınızsa, ən az 1 MBlıq balaca bir HFS \n"
+"``bootstrap'' bölməsini yaboot açılış yükləyicisi üçün seçmək "
+"istəyəcəksiniz.\n"
+"Əgər daha çox yeriniz varsa, məsələn 50 MB, onda bütün kernel və ramdisk \n"
+"açılış əkslərinizi təcili hallar üçün burada saxlaya bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Sökülə bilən avadanlıqların avtomatik bağlanması"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Normal modla mütəxəssis modu arasında keç"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Sürücünüzdə bir və ya daha çox Microsoft bölməsi tapıldı.\n"
+"Xahiş edirik, Mandriva Linuxi qurmaq üçün onlardan hansını\n"
+"yenidən ölçüləndirmək istədiyinizi seçin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hər bölmə bu cür sıralanıb; \"Linuks adı\",\"Windows adı\"\n"
+"\"Həcm\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linuks adı\" bu cür qurulub: \"sabit disk növü\", \"sabit disk nömrəsi\",\n"
+"\"bölmə nömrəsi\" (məsələn, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk növü\" diskiniz İDE sürücüsü isə \"hd\"dir, SCSİ sürücüsü isə\n"
+"\"sd\"dir.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Sabit disk nömrəsi\" həmişə \"hd\" və ya \"sd\"dən sonrakı rəqəmdir. İDE \n"
+"sürücülər üçün:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"a\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"b\" mə'nası \"birinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"c\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində ali (master) sürücü\",\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"d\" mə'nası \"ikinci İDE idarəçisində qul (slave) sürücü\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSİ sürücülərində, \"a\"nın mə'nası \"ən düşük SCSİ ID\",\n"
+"\"b\"nin mə'nası \"ikinci ən düşük SCSİ ID\"dir, vs...\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows adı\" sabit diskinizin Windows altındakı adıdır (birinci\n"
+"disk ya da bölmənin adı \"C:\"dir, vs...)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": hazırkı ölkə seçimini yoxlayın. Əgər bu ölkədə deyilsəniz \"%s\"\n"
+"düyməsinə basaraq başqasını seçin. Əgər ölkəniz göstərilən ilk siyahıda\n"
+"deyilsə, tam ölkə siyahısını görmək üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu addım, yalnız sisteminizdə daha əvvəldən qurulu olan GNU/Linuks bölməsi\n"
+"tapılanda fəal olur.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX indi mövcud Mandriva Linux sisteminizi yeniləmək mi, yoxsa yenidən\n"
+"qurmaq mı istədiyinizi bilməlidir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Bu seçim köhnə sistemi tamamilə siləcək. Əgər sabit "
+"disklərinizin\n"
+"bölmələndirilməsini dəyişdirmək ya da fayl sistemini dəyişdirmək "
+"istəyirsinizsə\n"
+"bu seçimi seçin. Yalnız, bölmələndirmə sxeminizdən aslı olaraq bə'zi mövcud\n"
+"mə'lumatlarınızın üstündən yazılmasının qabağını ala bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Hazırkı Mandriva Linux sisteminizdə qurulu olan paketləri "
+"yeniləmə\n"
+"imkanı verir. Qurulum hazırkı bölmələmə sxemi və istifadəçi mə'lumat və "
+"sənədlərinə\n"
+"dəyməyəcək və dəyişdirməyəcək. Digər qurulum addımlarının çoxu isə standart\n"
+"qurulumdakının eynisi olacaq. Bu seçimi \"8.1\" versiyasından əvvəlki "
+"Mandriva Linuxlarda\n"
+"tədbiq etmək uyğun görülmür."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Bölümdə seçdiyiniz dilə bağlı olaraq, DrakX uyğun gələn klaviatura növü\n"
+"quraşdırmasını seçəcək. Yalnız, dilinizə tam uyğun olmayan klaviatura "
+"yiyəsi\n"
+"də ola bilərsiniz: misal üçün Azərbaycanda yaşayan Rus dilli şəxs isəniz\n"
+"klaviaturanızı Rus dilində istifadə etmək istəyəcəksiniz, ya da Rusiyada "
+"yaşayan\n"
+"Azərbaycanlı isəniz klaviaturanızı Rus dilində yox Azərbaycan dilində "
+"istifadə\n"
+"etmək istəyə bilərsiniz. İki vəziyyətdə də istədiyiniz klaviaturlarını "
+"siyahıdan seçə\n"
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dəstəklənən klaviaturaların tam siyahısını görmək üçün \"%s\" \n"
+"düyməsinə basın\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər Latın əlifbası əsasında olmayan klaviatura düzülüşü seçsəniz, növbəti\n"
+"dialoq sizə Latın və Latın olmayan düzülüşlər arasında keçiş üçün\n"
+"qısa yol seçmə imkanı verəcək."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçdiyiniz dil, sənədlər , qurulum və ümumi sistemə tə'sir edəcəkdir.\n"
+"İlk olaraq qaldığınız yerin coğrafi bölgəsini seçin, daha sonra\n"
+"istifadə etdiyiniz dili seçin.\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsi əlavə dilləri seçmə imkanı verəcəkdir. Bu imkan\n"
+"fərqli bir dili də eyni zamanda istifadə etmə imkanı verəcək. Bu qurğunu\n"
+"\"%s\" ətraflı menyusundan həyata keçirə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Qeyd: Əlavə dil seçməkdə bir dil ilə məhdud deyilsiniz. \"%s\" "
+"qutusundanistədiyiniz qədər dil seçə bilərsiniz. \n"
+"Bir dil seçimi bərabərində tərcümələr, yazı növləri və\n"
+"imla yoxlayıcıları kimi bə'zi üstünlükləri gətirəcəkdir.\n"
+"Ayrıca \"%s\" qutusundan sistemi UTF-8 (yunikod) kodlamasını işlətmək\n"
+"üçün zorlaya bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Qurduğunuz dillər arasında keçiş etmək üçün ali istifadəçi səlahiyyətləri\n"
+"ilə konsolda \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" əmrini verə bilər ya da menyunuzdan\n"
+" \"localedrake\"'i seçərək dəyişdirə bilərsiniz. Bu, bütün sisteminya da\n"
+"yalnız bir istifadəçinin bütün dil qurğularını dəyişdirmə imkanı verir.\n"
+"Əgər bunları sıravi istifadəçi olaraq həyata keçirsəniz yalnız öz xüsusi\n"
+"dil qurğularınızı dəyişdirəcəksiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "İspanca"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Adətən DrakX siçanınızdakı düymə ədədini tapmaqda əziyyət çəkməyəcək. Əgər\n"
+"müvəffəqiyyətsiz olsa, siçanınızı iki düyməli qəbul edəcək və üçüncü düymə \n"
+"emulyasiyasını fəallaşdıracaq. İki düyməli siçanda üçüncü düyməyə "
+"``basmaq''\n"
+"üçün sağ və sol düyməyə bərabər basmalısınız. DrakX, siçanınızın PS/2 ya da "
+"USB bağlantısından hansını işlətdiyini özü tapacaq.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər fərqli bir siçan növü seçmək istəsəniz verilən siyahıdan seçməniz\n"
+"kifayətdir.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər əsas siçan xaricində başqa bir siçan seçmək istəsəniz bir sınaq ekranı\n"
+"göstəriləcək.  Sİçanın qurğularının düz olduğundn əmin olmaq üçün\n"
+"düymələri və çarxı sınayın. Əgər siçan düzgün işləmirsə boşluq ya da\n"
+"[Return] düyməsinə basıb seçim siyahısına geri dönə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Çərxli siçanlar adətən avtomatik aşkar edilə bilmir, bu səbəblə\n"
+"siçanınızı siyahıdan seçməniz lazım ola bilər. Siçanızın taxılı olduğu "
+"qapını\n"
+"və siçanınızı seçəndən sonra  \"%s\" düyməsinə basın, ekranda bir siçan\n"
+"rəsmi göstəriləcək. Çərxin düzgün işlədiyini yoxlamaq üçün onu döndərin.\n"
+"Ekrandakı siçan çərxinin döndüyünü görəndən sonra siçanın düymələrini \n"
+"oxun ekrandakı hərəkətini yoxlayın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "Çərx emulyasiyalı"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | Hər hansı bir PS/2 və USB siçan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Xahiş edirik, doğru qapını seçin. Məsələn, Windows'dakı COM1\n"
+"GNU/Linuks'da ttyS0'dır."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu, GNU/Linuks sisteminizin təhlükəsizliyi üçün ən əsas mərhələdir.\n"
+"\"Ali istifadəçi (root)\" şifərsini daxil edəcəksiniz. \"Ali istifadəçi\" "
+"sistemin\n"
+"idarəçisidir və yalnız o yeniləmələri, istifadəçiləri əlavə edib/silməyi\n"
+"sistemin bütün qurğularını dəyişdirə bilər. Qısaca, \"ali istifadəçi\" hər\n"
+"şeyi edə bilər! Buna görə də tapılması çətin olan bir şifrə seçməlisiniz.\n"
+"DrakX seçdiyiniz şifrənin asan olub olmadığını sizə bildirəcək. Görüdüyünüz\n"
+"kimi, şifrə müəyyən etməkdə məcbur deyilsiniz, yalnız bunu sizə şiddətlə\n"
+"məsləhət etmirik. GNU/Linuks da diqər əməliyyat sistemləri kimi "
+"istifadəçinin\n"
+"xətasından çox tə'sir ala bilər. \"Ali istifadəçi\" bütün həddləri keçərək\n"
+"bütün bölmələrdəki bütün mə'lumatları silə bilər. Ona görə də ali "
+"istifadəçi\n"
+"olma imkanını olduqca çətinləşdirməlisiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Şifrəniz ədəd və hərflərin qarışığı olmalıdır və 8 hərfdən qısa "
+"olmamalıdır.\n"
+"Şifrəni heçvaxt başqa bir yerə qeyd etməyin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yalnız şifrəni çox uzun ya da çətin də seçməyin ona görə ki onu əzbərləmək\n"
+"məcburiyyətindəsiniz!\n"
+"\n"
+"Şifrənizi yazarkən ekranda göstərilməyəcək. Xəta riskini azaltmaq üçün\n"
+"şifrəni iki dəfə daxil edəcəksiniz. Burada diqqətli olun və eyni xətanı\n"
+"iki dəfə etməyin.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər bu kompüterə yetişmənin səlahiyyət vericisi tərəfindən idarə "
+"edilməsini\n"
+"istəyirsinizsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər şəbəkəniz LDAP, NIS, ya da PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"xidmətlərindən birisini işlədirsə, \"%s\" üçün uyğun gələnini seçin. Əgər\n"
+"hansını işlədəcəyinizi bilmirsinizsə, şəbəkə idarəçinizdən soruşun.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər şifrələri yadda saxlamaqda çətinlik çəkirsinizsə, internetə heç\n"
+"vaxt bağlanmayacaqsanızsa ya da kompüterini işlədən hamıya e'tibar\n"
+"edirsinizsə \"%s\" seçimini seçə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "səlahiyyətləndirmə"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO və grub ikisi də GNU/Linuks açılış yükləyiciləridir. Normalda bu "
+"mərhələ\n"
+"tamamilə avtomatikdir. DrakX diskin kök sektorunu yoxlayacaq və orada "
+"tapacağı\n"
+"mə'lumatlara görə açağıdakı addımları tətbiq edəcək:\n"
+"\n"
+" * əgər Windows açılış sektoru aşkar edilərsə, DrakX onu grub/LILO açılış "
+"sektoru\n"
+"ilə dəyişdirəcək. Beləliklə, siz həm GNU/Linuksu həm də digər əməliyyat "
+"sisteminizi\n"
+"(Windows ya da MacOS) aça biləcəksiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * əgər grub ya da LILO açılış sektoru aşkar edilərsə, o, yenisiylə əvəz "
+"ediləcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər müəyyən edib qərara gələ bilməzsə, DrakX açılış yükləyicisini hara "
+"yazmaq\n"
+"istədiyinizi sizə soruşacaq."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"İndi kompüteriniz üçün çap sistemini seçmə vaxtı gəldi. Digər ƏS'ləri sizə "
+"bir\n"
+"dənəsini təqdim edə bilərlər, yalnız Mandriva Linux ikisini təqdim edir.\n"
+"Hər çap sistemi xüsusi quraşdırma növləri üçün uyğundur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- bu seçim``çap et, növbəyə alma'' mə'nasına gəlir.\n"
+"Əgər kompüterinizə bağlı olan çapçı varsa, çap yığılmalarından qurtulmaq\n"
+"istəyirsinizsə və şəbəkə çapçılarınız yoxdursa, bunu seçin. (\"%s\"\n"
+"yalnız çox sadə şəbəkə hallarını idarə edə bilər və şəbəkələrlə işlədiləndə\n"
+"biraz yavaş qalır. Əgər bu GNU/Linuks ilə ilk tanışmanızdırsa, sizə \"pdq\"\n"
+"işlətməyi məsləhət edirik.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Ümumi Unix Çap Sistemi'', isə həm öz kompüterinizə\n"
+"bağlı olan həm də bu dünyadakı istənən yerə qurulan çapçıdan istifadə\n"
+"etmək üçün ideal vasitədir və quraşdırılması çox asandır.\n"
+"Əsas quraşdırma \"pdq\" qədər asandır. Əgər bir \"lpd\" vericisini\n"
+"emulyasiya etmək istəyirsinizsə, \"cups-lpd \" demonunu başlatdığınıza\n"
+"əmin oun. .\"%s\" eyni zamanda çapçının quraşdırılması və idarəsi və çap\n"
+"üçün qrafiki ara üzlərə də sahibdir. \n"
+"Əgər indi birisini seçib sonra çap sistemini bəyənməzsəniz, onu Mandriva "
+"Linux\n"
+"İdarə Mərkəzindəki PrinterDrake bölməsindəki mütəxəssis düyməsi vasitəsiylə\n"
+"dəyişdirə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Usta"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX əvvəlcə kompüterinizdə mövcud olan bütün İDE adapterleri \n"
+"axtarmağa cəhd edəcək. Eyni zamanda sisteminizdəki PCİ SCSİ kartları\n"
+"da axtarılacaq. Əgər SCSİ kart tapılsa sürücüsü avtomatik qurulacaq\n"
+"\n"
+"Bəzən DrakX sabit disklərinizi müvəffəqiyyətlə aşkar etməyə bilər.\n"
+"Bu vəziyyətdə avadanlığınızı əllə müəyyən etməli olacaqsınız.\n"
+"\n"
+"Əgər PCİ SCSİ adapterini əllə müəyyən etsəniz DrakX sizdən onun qurğularını\n"
+"sazlamak istədiyinizi soruşacaq, sizə sisteminizdə SCSİ\n"
+"adapteri olub olmadığı soruşulacaq. İmkan verin ki, DrakX sərbəstcə özü\n"
+"xüsusiyyətləri tapsın. Çox vaxt DrakX bu addımdan müvəffəqiyyətlə\n"
+"və xətasız çıxacaq.\n"
+"Əgər DrakX avadanlığa avtomatik olaraq hansı parametrlərin yollanacağını\n"
+"tapmaq üçün seçimləri qurğulaya bilməzsə sürücünü əllə siz quraşdırmaq\n"
+"məcburiyyətində qalacaqsınız."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə səs kartı tapılıbsa burada göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Əgər burada göstərilən səs kartının sisteminizdəkindən fərqli olduğu\n"
+"nəzərinizə çatsa, düyməyə basıb başqa bir sürücü seçə bilərsiniz."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"İcmal olaraq, DrakX sisteminiz haqqında malik olduğu mə'lumatı göstərəcək.\n"
+"Qurulu avadanlığınıza bağlı olaraq, aşağıdakı girişlərin hamısını ya da bir "
+"neçəsi\n"
+"icmalda yer ala bilər. Hər giriş, quraşdırılan üzvdən və hazırkı qurğusunun "
+"qısa\n"
+"izahatından ibarətdir.\n"
+"Qurğunu dəyişdirmək üçün uyğun olan \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hazırkı klaviatura düzülüşünü göstərir. Lazımdırsa, bunu "
+"dəyişdirin.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hazırkı ölkə seçimini göstərir. Əgər bu ölkədə deyilsəniz,\"%s\"\n"
+"düyməsinə basaraq başqasını seçin. Ölkəniz siyahıda yer almırsa ölkələrin\n"
+"tam siyahısını görmək üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əsasən, DrakX vaxt zolağınızı yaşadığınız ölkəyə görə müəyyən\n"
+"edir. Yalnız seçim düzgün deyilsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə basaraq onu dəyişdirə\n"
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": hazırkı siçan qurğularını yoxlayın və lazımdırsa düyməyə basın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": \"%s\" düyməsinə basaraq çapçı quraşdırma sehirbazını işə sala\n"
+"bilərsiniz. Ətraflı mə'lumat üçün ''Başlanğıc Bələdçisi'' kitabçasının "
+"uyğun\n"
+"bölümünə baxın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə səs kartı tapılıbsa, burada göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Əgər buradakı səs kartının sisteminizdə olandan fərqli olduğu nəzərinizə\n"
+"çatarsa, düyməyə basaraq başqa sürücü seçə bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əsasən, DrakX qrafiki ara üzünüzü \"800x600\" ya da \"1024x768\"\n"
+"həlledirliyində quraşdırır. Bu sizə uyğun deyilsə, \"%s\" düyməsinin köməyi "
+"ilə\n"
+"qrafiki ara üzünüzü yenidən quraşdıra bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə televiziya kartı tapılıbsa, burada "
+"göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Əgər televiziya kartınız var olub aşkar edilməyibsə, \"%s\" düyməsinə\n"
+"basaraq onu əllə quraşdırmağı sınayın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər sisteminizdə ISDN kartı aşkar edilibsə, burada "
+"göstəriləcək.\n"
+"Kart ilə əlaqəli parametrləri dəyişdirmək üçün \"%s\" düyməsinə basa "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər İnternet ya da şəbəkənizi indi quraşdırmaq istəyirsinizsə.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": bu, əvvəlki addımda seçilən təhlükəsizlik səviyyəsini dəyişdirmə "
+"imkanı\n"
+"verir.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər İnternetə bağlanmağı fikirləşirsinizsə, sisteminizi qorumaq "
+"üçün\n"
+"atəş divarı quraşdırmaq yaxşı fikirdir. Ətraflı mə'lumat üçün ''Başlanğıc "
+"Bələdçisi''\n"
+"kitabçasının uyğun bölümünə baxın.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": əgər açılış yükləyicisi qurğularınızı dəyişdirmək istəyirsinizsə, "
+"bu düyməyə\n"
+"basın. Bu, əsasən mütəxəssis istifadəçilər üçündür.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": burada, sistemdə hansı xidmətlərin işləyəcəyini sazlaya "
+"bilərsiniz.\n"
+"Əgər sisteminizi verici olaraq işlətəcəksəniz, bu qurğuları gözdən keçirin."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kartı"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Qrafiki Ara Üz"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Yeni Mandriva Linux'izi qurmaq üçün silmək istədiyiniz sürücünü seçin.\n"
+"Diqqətli olun, sürücüdəki bütün mə'lumatlar silinəcək\n"
+"və geri gəlməyəcək!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Sürücüdəki bütün mə'lumatları və bölmələri silmək üçün\n"
+"\"%s\" düyməsinə basın. Diqqətli olun,\"%s\" düyməsinə basdıqdan sonra\n"
+"Windows mə'lumatları də daxil olmaq üzərə bütün bölmə mə'lumatı geri\n"
+"dönməyəcək şəkildə silinəcək.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bölmədəki mə'lumatları qorumaq üçün və  əməliyyatı ləğv etmək üçün \"%s\" "
+"düyməsinə basın."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Sonrakı ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Əvvəlki"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..681952245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/be.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1108 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) 1999 Mandriva.
+# Alexander Bokovoy <ab@avilink.net>, 2000
+# Maryia Davidouskaia <maryia@scientist.com>, 2000
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2000-09-24 12:30 +0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Alexander Bokovoy <ab@avilink.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: be\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Вы жадаеце выкарыстоўваць aboot?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Аркады"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Аўтаматычнае вызначэнне"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Аўтаматычнае вызначэнне"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Выкарыстоўваць існуючы раздзел"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Сцёрці дадзеныя на ўсім дыску"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Стварэнне дыскеты для ўсталявання"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Сістэмнае адміністраваньне"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Звычайны рэжым"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Эсперанто:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "Аўтэнтыфікацыя"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "/Графік"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Унутраная ISDN карта"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Запуск X пры старце сістэмы"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Далей ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- прылада"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c1d84745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bg.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1633 @@
+# translation of DrakX-bg.po to Bulgarian
+# Copyright (C) 2000,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (c) 2000 Mandriva
+# Bozhan Boiadzhiev <bozhan@plov.omega.bg>, 2000.
+# Borislav Aleksandrov <B.Aleksandrov@cnsys.bg>, 2003.
+# Boyan Ivanov <boyan17@bulgaria.com>, 2003.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX-bg\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-15 13:27+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Boyan Ivanov <boyan17@bulgaria.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Bulgarian <dict@linux.zonebg.com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Преди да продължите, трябва внимателно да прочетете условията на лиценза. "
+"Той\n"
+"покрива цялата Mandriva Linux дистрибуция, и, ако сте съгласни с всички "
+"условия\n"
+"в него, сложете отметка на \"%s\".Ако не сте съгласни,просто спрете "
+"компютъра си."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux е многопотребителска система, която означава, че всеки потребител "
+"може\n"
+"да има свои предпочитания, файлове и т.н.. можете да прочетете Ръководството "
+"на\n"
+"Потребителя, за да научите повече.\n"
+"За разлика от Root, който е администраторът, потребителите, които ще "
+"добавите тук\n"
+"няма да могат да променят нищо освен собствените си файлове и техните "
+"настройки.\n"
+"Ще трябва да създадете поне един обикновен потребител за себе си.\n"
+"С този акаунт ще трябва да влизате за рутинна дейност. Въпреки това "
+"практиката\n"
+"да влизате като root ежедневно, може да бъде много опасна ! И най-малката "
+"грешка\n"
+"може да означава, че системата ви няма да работи повече. Ако направите някоя "
+"сериозна\n"
+"грешка като потребител, това може са да доведе до загуба на част от "
+"информацията,\n"
+"но не и на цялата система.\n"
+"\n"
+"Първо, трябва да си въведете името. Това не е задължително, разбира се, "
+"всъщност\n"
+"можете да въведете каквото и да е. DrakX след това ще избере първата "
+"въведена\n"
+"в кутийката дума и ще го изкара като потребителско име. Това е името, с "
+"което\n"
+"всъщност определеният потребител ще влиза в системата. Можете да го "
+"промените.\n"
+"Трябва да въведете и парола тук. Паролата на непревилегирован (обикновен) "
+"потребител\n"
+"не е толкова фатална като тази на Root от гледна точка на сигурността, но "
+"все\n"
+"пак няма причина да я подценявате, тъй като рискувате файловете си.\n"
+"\n"
+"След като цъкнете на \"Приеми потребител\", можете да добавите колкото си "
+"искате.\n"
+"Добавете по един потребител за всеки от приятелите си: баща си, сестра си, "
+"например.\n"
+"Когато сте добавили всички потребители, които искате, цъкнете Готово.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете на бутона \"Напредничав\", за да промените обвивката по подразбиране "
+"на\n"
+"потребителя (bash по подразбиране)."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Искате ли да използвате тази особеност?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"По-горе са изброени засечените Linux дялове съществуващи\n"
+"на твърдия ви диск. Можете да запазите избора направен от магьосника, те са\n"
+"добри за обща употреба. Ако ги промените, трябва да поне да определите\n"
+"root дял (\"/\"). Не избирайте прекалено малки дялове, защото няма да "
+"можете\n"
+"да инсталирате достатъчно софтуер. Ако искате да съхранявате данните си на\n"
+"отделен дял, трябва да изберете \"/home\" (възможно е само, ако имате "
+"повече\n"
+"от един Linux дял).\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"За информация, всеки дял е показан, както следва: \"Име\", \"Капацитет\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Името\" се кодира както следва: \"тип на диска\", \"номер на диска\",\n"
+"\"номер на дял\" (например, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Типът на диска\" може да е \"hd\", ако е IDE твърд диск, или \"sd\", ако "
+"е\n"
+"SCSI твърд диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Номерът на диска\" винаги е буквата след \"hd\" или \"sd\". При IDE "
+"дискове:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" означава \"master диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"b\" означава \"slave диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"c\" означава \"master диск на втория IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"d\" означава \"slave диск на втория IDE контролер\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"При SCSI устройства, \"a\" означава \"първи твърд диск\", \"b\" означава "
+"\"втори твърд диск\" и т.н.."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Инсталацията на Mandriva Linux е разположена на няколко CDROM-а. DrakX\n"
+"знае дали избран пакет не се намира на друг CDROM,така че ще извади "
+"текущото\n"
+"CD и ще ви остави да вкарате това, от което има нужда."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Сега е моментът да определите кои програми искате да бъдат инсталирани на\n"
+"системата ви. В Mandriva Linux дистрибуцията има хиляди пакети, но не е\n"
+"задължително да ги знаете наизуст.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако извършвате стандартна инстлация от CDROM, първо ще бъдете попитани кои\n"
+"CD-та имате (в Експертен режим). Проверете заглавията на CD-тата и посочете\n"
+"кутийките съответстващи на CD-тата, с които разполагате. Цъкнете \"OK\",\n"
+"когато сте готови да продължите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пакетите са подредени в групи съответстващи на практическата употреба на\n"
+"машината ви. Групите, сами по себе си, са подредени в четири секции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Работна станция\": ако смятате да използвате машината си като работна "
+"станция,\n"
+"изберете една или повече съответните групи.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Разработка\": ако машината ви ще бъде използване за програмиране, "
+"изберете\n"
+"желаната(ите) група(и).\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Сървър\": накрая, ако машината ви ще бъде използвана за сървър, ще\n"
+"можете да изберете кои от най-често използваните услуги искате да имате\n"
+"инсталирани на машината.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Графична среда\": тук можете да изберете предпочитаната графична "
+"среда.\n"
+"Поне една трябва да бъде избрана, ако искате да имате графична среда !\n"
+"\n"
+"Премествайки курсора на мишната над името на групата, ще видите кратък\n"
+"обясненителен текст за нея.\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете да цъкнете кутийката \"Индивидуален избор на пакети\", която е "
+"полезна,\n"
+"ако сте запознати с пакетите, които ще ви бъдат предложени или ако искате "
+"да\n"
+"имате пълен контрол над това, което да бъде инсталирано.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сте започнали инсталацията в режим на \"Обновяване\", можете да "
+"изключите\n"
+"всички групи, за да избегнете инсталирането на нови пакети. Това е полезно\n"
+"при поправка или обновяване на съществуващата система."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Обновяване"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "С базова документация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Наистина минимална инсталация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Накрая, в зависимост от избора ви дали да избирате пакети един по един, ще\n"
+"ви бъде представено дърво съдържащо всички пакети подредени по групи и\n"
+"подргрупи. Докато обхождате дървото, можете да изберете цели групи, "
+"подгрупи\n"
+"или отделни пакети.\n"
+"\n"
+"Когато посочите пакет от дървото, ще се появи описание вдясно. Когато\n"
+"изборът е приключен, цъкнете бутона \"Инсталирай\", който ще пусне процеса\n"
+"на инсталация. В зависимост от скоростта на хардуера ви и броя на пакетите,\n"
+"които искате да бъдат инсталирани, процесът може да отнеме известно време.\n"
+"Очакваното време за приключване на процеса, че бъде показано на екрата, за\n"
+"да ви помогне да прецените дали имате достатъчно време да се насладите на\n"
+"чаша кафе.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ако е избран сървърен пакет, било то умишлено или защото е част от цяла\n"
+"група, ще бъдете помолени за потвърждение, че наистина искате този сървър\n"
+"да бъде инсталиран. В Mandriva Linux, всички сървъри тръгват по "
+"подразбиране\n"
+"при зареждане.Даже ако са сигурни и нямат известни проблеми, когато\n"
+"дистрибуцията се разпространява, може да се случи така, че да се появят\n"
+"дупки в сигурността, след като версията на Mandriva Linux е завършена. Ако\n"
+"не знаете за какво служи определена услуга или защо е инсталирана, цъкнете\n"
+"\"Не\". С цъкане на \"Да\"  ще инсталирате изброени услуги и те ще бъдат\n"
+"стартирани автоматично по подразбиране. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Опцията \"Автоматични зависимости\" изключва предупредителните диалози,\n"
+"когато инсталаторът авоматично реши избере пакет. Това се случва, защото\n"
+"е решил, че се нуждае да задоволи зависимост с друг пакет, за да приключи\n"
+"успешно инсталацията.\n"
+"\n"
+"Малката иконка на дискетка в дъното на списъка позволява да заредите списък\n"
+"с пакети от предишна инсталация. Ако цъкнете на тази иконка, ще бъдете\n"
+"помолени да вкарате дискета създадена преди това в края на друга "
+"инсталация.\n"
+"Вижте втората подсказка по време на последната стъпка, за това как да\n"
+"създадете такава дискета."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Сега можете да изберете кои услуги да се пускат при стартиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тук са представени всички услуги, достъпни с настоящата инсталация.\n"
+"Прегледайте ги внимателно и изключете тези, които не ви трябват винаги при "
+"стартиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Можете да видите кратък обяснителен текст за услугата, като поставите курора "
+"на мишката си\n"
+"над името на услугата. Ако не сте сигурни, дали услугата е полезна или не, "
+"по-добре\n"
+"е да оставите избора по подразбиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Внимавайте с тази стъпка, ако смятате да използвате машината си като "
+"сървър:\n"
+"сигурно не бихте искали да пускате услуги, от които не се нуждаете. Моля,\n"
+"запомнете, че някои услуги могат да бъдат опасни, ако са включени на "
+"сървъра.\n"
+"По принцип, избирайте само услугите, от които наистина се нуждаете.\n"
+"!!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Автоматична синхронизация на времето"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Накрая, ще бъдете попитани дали искате да виждате графичния интерфейс при\n"
+"зареждане. Отбележете, че този въпрос ще ви бъде зададен даже ако изберете,\n"
+"да не тествате настройката. Очевидно, бихте отговорили с \"Не\", ако "
+"машината\n"
+"ще работи като сървър или ако няма успешно настроен дисплей."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"В този момент трябва изберете къде на твърдия си диска да инсталирате "
+"вашата\n"
+"Mandriva Linux операционна система. Ако твърдият ви диск е празен или друга\n"
+"операционна система използва цялото пространство, ще трябва да го "
+"разделите.\n"
+"Казано простичко, разделянето на твърдия диск се състои в логическо "
+"разделяне\n"
+"цел да се създаде място за инсталация на новата Mandriva Linux система.\n"
+"\n"
+"Тъй като процесът на разделяне обикновено е необратим, разделянето може да\n"
+"изглежда плашещ и стряскащ, ако сте неопитен потребител. Слава Богу, има\n"
+"магьосник, който опростява този процес. Преди да започнете, консултирайте "
+"се\n"
+"с ръководството и не бързайте.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако пускате инсталацията в Експертен режим, ще бъдете въведени в DiskDrake,\n"
+"разделящия инструмент на Mandriva Linux, който ви позволява да донастроите\n"
+"дяловете си. Вижте главата DiskDrake от ръководството. От инсталационния\n"
+"интерфейс можете да използвате магьосниците, като натиснете бутона\n"
+"\"Магьосник\" на диалога.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако дяловете са вече определени, дали от предишна инсталация или от друг\n"
+"иструмент за разделяне, просто изберете на кой да инсталирате Linux\n"
+"системата.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако дяловете не са определени, ще трябва да създадете такива използвайки\n"
+"магьосника. В зависимост от настройката на твърдия диск, са възможни "
+"няколко\n"
+"опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" тази опция просто ще доведе до автоматично поделяне на празното "
+"пространство на твърдия ви диск. Няма да бъдете питани за това.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": магьосникът е засякъл един или повече\n"
+"съществуващи Linux дялове на твърдия ви диск. Ако искате да ги използвате,\n"
+"изберете тази опция.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ако имате инсталиран\n"
+"Microsoft Windows на твърдия си диск и той заема цялото достъпно\n"
+"пространство на него, трябва да освободите място за Linux данни. За да\n"
+"направитетова, можете да изтриете Microsoft Windows дяла и данните (вижте\n"
+"решенията \"Изтрий целия диск\" или \"Екпертен режим\") или да промените\n"
+"големината на Microsoft Windows дяла. Промяната на големината може да бъде\n"
+"извършена без загуба на данни. Това решение се препоръчва, ако искате\n"
+"едновременно Mandriva Linux и Microsoft Windows на един и същи компютър.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Преди да изберете тази опция, моля, разберете, че след тази процедура,\n"
+"големината на Microsoft Windows дяла ще бъде по-малка, отколкото преди "
+"това.\n"
+"Ще имате по-малко място под Microsoft Windows за съхраняване на данни или "
+"за\n"
+"инсталира на нов софтуер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ако искате да изтриете всички данни и дялове, които\n"
+"съществуват на вашия твърд диск и да ги замените с новата Mandriva Linux\n"
+"система, изберете тази опция. Бъдете внимателни с това решения, защото няма\n"
+"да можете да върнете обратно избора си, след като потвърдите.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ако изберете тази опция, всички данни на диска ви ще бъдат "
+"загубени !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Това просто ще изтрие всичко на диска и ще започне на\n"
+"чисто, разделяне от раз. Всякакви данни на диска ви ще бъдат загубени.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ако изберете тази опция, всички данни на диска ви ще бъдат "
+"загубени !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": изберете тази опция, ако искате ръчно да разделите\n"
+"твърдия си диск. Бъдете внимателни - това е мощен, но опасен избор. Можете\n"
+"много лесно да загубите всички данни. Така че не избирайте това, ако не\n"
+"знаете какво правите."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Изпозване на съществуващ дял"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Изтрий целия диск"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"А така ! Инсталацията е завършена и GNU/Linux системата ви е готова за\n"
+"употреба. Просто цъкнете \"OK\", за да рестартирате системата. Можете да\n"
+"стартирате GNU/Linux или Windows, което предпочитате (ако имате две "
+"системи),\n"
+"веднага след като компютърът стартира отново.\n"
+"\n"
+"Бутона \"Напредничав\" (само в \"Експертен\") показва още два бутона за:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"генериране на дискета за автоматична инсталация\": за да създадете\n"
+"инсталационна дискета, която след това автоматично да изчършва цялата\n"
+"инсталация без помощта на оператор, приличаща на инсталацията, която току-"
+"що\n"
+"сте извършили.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Отбележете, че две различни опции са достъни, чрез цъкане на бутона:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Преиграй\". Това е частично автоматизирана инсталация като стъпките\n"
+"по разделяне на дялове остават интерактивни.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Автоматична\". Напълно автоматична инсталация: твърдият диск се\n"
+"презаписва напълно, всякакви данни се загубват.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Тази особеност е много удобна, когато инсталирате голям брой подобно\n"
+"машини. Вижте секцията за автоматична инсталация на нашия web-сайт.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"Запази избора на пакети\"(*): запазва избора на пакети, така както "
+"е\n"
+"направен преди. Когато правите друга инсталация, вкарайте дискетата в\n"
+"устройството и пуснете инсталацията да върви чрез помощния екран, като\n"
+"натиснете клавиша [F1] и като напишете >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Трябва ви FAT-форматирана дискета (за да създадете таква под GNU/Linux,\n"
+"напишете \"mformat a:\")"
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Подготвя дискета за автоматична инсталация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Всички новодефинирани дялове трябва да бъдат форматирани, за да се "
+"използват\n"
+"(форматиране означава създаване на файлова система).\n"
+"\n"
+"В този момента може би искате да преформатирате някои съществуващи дялове, "
+"за\n"
+"да изтриете всякакви данни, които съдържат. Ако искате да го направите, "
+"моля\n"
+"изберете тях.\n"
+"\n"
+"Моля, отбележете, че не е необходимо да преформатирате всички дялове\n"
+"съществуващи отпреди. Трябва да преформатирате дяловете съдържащи\n"
+"операционната система (като \"/\", \"/usr\" или \"/var\"), но това не е\n"
+"задължително за дялове съдържащи данни, които искате да запазите "
+"(обикновено\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Моля, бъдете внимателни, когато избирате дяловете. След форматиране всички\n"
+"данни на посочените дялове ще бъдат изтрити и няма да можете да ги\n"
+"възстановите.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"OK\", когато сте готови да форматирате далове.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"Отказ\", ако искате да изберете други дялове за инсталация на "
+"новата\n"
+"си Mandriva Linux операционна система.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"Напредничав\", ако искате да изберете дялове, които да бъдат\n"
+"проверени за лоши блокове от диска."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"В този момент, трябва да изберете нивото на сигурност, което искате за\n"
+"машината. По правило, колкото повече машината ви е достъпна и колкото "
+"повече\n"
+"данни се съхраняват на нея, толкова по-високо трябва да е нивото на "
+"сигурност.\n"
+"Въпреки това, високата сигурност е за сметка на лекотата на работа.\n"
+"Обърнете се към главата MSEC на Reference Manual, за да получите повече "
+"информация\n"
+"за значението на тези нива.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако не знаете както да изберете, изберете опцията по подразбиране."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Администратор по защита:"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"В този момент трябва да изберете кой дялове да бъдат използвани за "
+"инсталация\n"
+"на вашата Mandriva Linux система. Ако дяловете вече са определени, дали от\n"
+"предишна инсталация на GNU/Linux или от друг инструмент за разделяне, "
+"можете\n"
+"да използвате съществуващите далове. В противен случай трябва да определите\n"
+"дялове от твърдия диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"За да създадете дялове, трябва първо да изберете твърд диск. Можете да\n"
+"изберете диск за разделяне, като цъкнете на \"hda\" за първо IDE "
+"устройство,\n"
+"\"hdb\" за второто, \"sda\" за първо SCSI устройство и т.н..\n"
+"\n"
+"За да разделите избрания твър диск, можете да използвате следния опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Изчисти всичко\": тази опция изтрива всички дялове на избрания диск.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Автоматично създаване\": тази опция позволява автоматично да съзадете\n"
+"Ext2 и swap дялове в свободното пространство на твърдия ви диск.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Спаси таблицата с дялове\": ако таблицата с дялове е повредена, можете\n"
+"да се опитате да я възстановите с тази опция. Моля, бъдете внимателни и\n"
+"помнете, че може да не стане.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Върни\": използвайте тази опция, за да отмените промените.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Презареди\": можете да използвате тази опция, ако искате да върнете\n"
+"всички промени и да заредите първоначалната таблица с дялове.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Магьосник\": използвайте тази опция, ако искате да използвате "
+"магьосник,\n"
+"да раздели твърдия ви диск. Това се препоръчва, ако нямате достатъчно "
+"познания\n"
+"за разделянето.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Възстанови от дискета\": тази опция ще ви позволи да възстановите "
+"запазена\n"
+"преди това на дискета таблица с дялове.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Запази на дискета\": запазва таблицата с дялове на дискета. Полезно е "
+"при\n"
+"евентуално възстановяване на таблицата при необходимост. Силно се "
+"препоръчва\n"
+"да направите това.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"Готово\": когато сте свършили с разделянето на твърдия си диск, това "
+"ще\n"
+"запише промените върху диска.\n"
+"\n"
+"Забележета: можете да достигнете всяка опция използвайки клавиатурата.\n"
+"Минавайте през дяловете използвайки [Tab} и стрелките нагоре/надолу.\n"
+"\n"
+"Когато е избран дял, можете да използвате:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c, за да създадете нов дял (ако е избран празен дял);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d, за да изтриете дял;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m, за да установите точка на монтиране.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако инсталите на PPC машина, сигурно ще искате да създадете малък HFS\n"
+"\"bootstrap\" дял от поне 1 МБ, който ще бъде използват от boot loader-ът\n"
+"yaboot. Ако смятате да направите дяла по-голям, например 50 МБ, можете да "
+"го\n"
+"намерите за полезно място, където да съхранявате някое ядро или image на\n"
+"ramdisk в случай на извънредни ситуации."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Автоматично монтиране на сменяем носител"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Премини в нормален/експертен режим"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Беше засечен повече от един Microsoft Windows дял\n"
+"на твърдия ви диска. Изберете този, чиято дължина искате да промените, за "
+"да\n"
+"инсталирате Mandriva Linux операционна система.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"За информация, всеки дял е изброен както следва: \"Linux име\", \"Windows име"
+"\", \"Капацитет\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux името\" се кодира както следва: \"тип на диска\", \"номер на диска"
+"\",\n"
+"\"номер на дял\" (например, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Типът на диска\" може да е \"hd\", ако е IDE твърд диск, или \"sd\", ако "
+"е\n"
+"SCSI твърд диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Номерът на диска\" винаги е буквата след \"hd\" или \"sd\". При IDE "
+"дискове:\n"
+"\n"
+"   * \"a\" означава \"master диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"b\" означава \"slave диск на първия IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"c\" означава \"master диск на втория IDE контролер\",\n"
+"   * \"d\" означава \"slave диск на втория IDE контролер\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"При SCSI устройства, \"a\" означава \"първи твърд диск\", \"b\" означава "
+"\"втори твърд диск\" и т.н..\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows името\" е буквата на твърдия ви диск под Windows (първият диск "
+"или\n"
+"дял се нарича \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Обикновено, DrakX би трябвало да избере правилната за вас клавиатура (в "
+"зависимост\n"
+"от езика, който сте избрали) и няма да се наложи да видите тази стъпка. "
+"Обаче може да\n"
+"нямате клавиатура съответстваща точно на вашия език: например, ако сте "
+"англоговорящ швед,\n"
+"може би ще искате клавиатурата ви да бъде шведска. Или ако говорите "
+"английски, но сте\n"
+"в Квебек, може би ще сте в същата ситуация. И в двата случая, ще трябва да "
+"се върнете\n"
+"към тази инсталационна стъпка и да изберете правилната клавиатура от "
+"списъка.\n"
+"\n"
+"Всичко, което трябва да направите, е да посочите предпочитаната клавиатурна "
+"наредба\n"
+"от списъка, който ще се появи пред вас.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако имате клавиатура от език различен от този използван по подразбиране, "
+"цъкнете\n"
+"на бутона \"Напредничав\". Ще ви бъде предоставен пълен списък с "
+"поддържаните клавиатури."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Моля, цъкнете на предпочитания език на инсталация и системна употреба.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкането на бутона \"Напредничав\" ще ви позволи да изберете други езици\n"
+"да бъдат инсталирани на работната ви станция. Избирането на други езици\n"
+"ще инсталира файлове специвични за езиците за системна документация и\n"
+"приложения. Например, ако имате потребители от Изпания на машината си,\n"
+"изберете английски като главен език в дървовидната форма и в секция\n"
+"\"Напредничав\" цъкнете на сивата звезда съответстваща на\n"
+"\"Испански|Испания\".\n"
+"Отбележете, че могат да бъдат инсталирани няколко езика. Веднъж избран\n"
+"някакъв локал, цъкнете бутона \"OK\", за да продължите."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"По подразбиране, DrakX предполага че имате двубутонна мишка и ще включи\n"
+"симулиране на три бутона. DrakX автоматично разбира дали е PS/2, серийна "
+"или\n"
+"USB мишка.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако искате да определите друг тип на мишката, изберете подходящ от списъка,\n"
+"който ще ви бъде представен.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако изберете мишка различна от тази по подразбиране, ще ви бъде предоставен\n"
+"екран за проба. Използвайте бутоните и колелцето, за да проверите, че\n"
+"настройката е дора. Ако мишката не работи, както трябва, натиснете интервал\n"
+"или СЕ ВЪРНЕТЕ към \"Отказ\" и изберете пак."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "3 бутона с емулация на колелце"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Моля, изберете верния порт. Например, портът COM1 под Windows под GNU/Linux\n"
+"се нарича ttyS0."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "идентификация"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Дойде времето да изберете система за печат за вашия компютър.Другите\n"
+"операционни системи може да ви предлагат една,но ние ви предлагаме две.\n"
+"Всяка от тях е пригодена за даден тип конфигурация.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"-- е акроним на \"print,do not queue\"(\"пачатай,не чакай\"),е "
+"идеалният\n"
+"избор,ако имате директна връзка с принтера,искате да го контролирате,или\n"
+"нямате мрежови принтери.(\"%s\" може да работи само в много прости\n"
+"ситуации и е някак бавен,когато се ползва в мрежа.) Препоръчително е да \n"
+"изполвате \"pdq\" ако нямате опит с GNU/Linux. \n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System``(обичайна система за печат за "
+"Unix)\n"
+"е отличен избор,за печат както на собствения ви принтер,така и на друг,на\n"
+"половин свят разстояние.Тя е лесна за конфигуриране и може работи като\n"
+"клиент или сървър на архаичната\"lpd \",което я прави напълно съвместима\n"
+"с по-стари операционни системи,които може все още да се нуждаят от тази\n"
+"услуга.Въпреки че е доста мощна,основната инсталация е почти толкова \n"
+"лесна,колкото и тази на \"pdq\".Ако искате да емулирате \"lpd\" сървър,\n"
+"уверете се,че \"cups-lpd\" демона е пуснат.\"%s\" включва графични \n"
+"интерфейси за пречат и избор на опции за принтера,както и за\n"
+"конфигурирането му.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ако сега направите избор,а по-късно разберете,че не харесвате системата\n"
+"си за печат,можете да я смените като пуснете PrinterDrake от Мандрива "
+"линукс \n"
+"контролия център и цъкнете на \"експерт\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Трудно"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\"ако намеря звукова карта,ще видите съобщение за това.\n"
+"Ако забележите,че намерената звукова карта не отговаря на истината,\n"
+"можете да цъкнете на бутона и да изберете друг драйвер."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN карта"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Графичен интерфейс"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Изберете твърдия диск, който искате да изтриете, за да\n"
+"инсталирам новия ви Mandriva Linux дял. Внимание, всички данни на него ще "
+"бъдат загубени\n"
+"и няма да могат да се възстановят."
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Цъкнете на \"%s\", ако искате да изтриете всички данни и\n"
+"дялове съществуващи на този твърд диск. Внимание, след цъкане на \"%s\", "
+"няма да можете да възстановите каквито и да било данни и дялове съществуващи "
+"на този твърд диск,\n"
+"включително каквито и да е Windows данни.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цъкнете \"%s\", за да отмените тази операция без загуба да данните и\n"
+"дяловете съществуващи на този твърд диск."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Следващ ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Предишен"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..608c3b016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bn.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1510 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Omi Azad <omi@altruists.org>, 2004.
+# Khandakar Mujahidul Islam <suzan@BengaLinux.Org>, 2004.
+# Progga <progga@BengaLinux.Org>, 2004.
+# Jamil Ahmed <jamil@BengaLinux.Org>, 2004, 2005.
+# Samia <mailsamia2001@yahoo.com>, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX HEAD\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-19 23:18+0600\n"
+"Last-Translator: Samia <mailsamia2001@yahoo.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Bangla <mdk-translation@bengalinux.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"চালিয়ে যাওয়ার আগে, লাইসেন্সের শর্তগুলো আপনার সাবধানতার পড়া উচিত। এটা সম্পূর্ণ\n"
+"ম্যান্ড্রিব লিনাক্স ডিস্ট্রিবিউশন পূর্ণ করে। যদি আপনি এখানকার সব শর্তের সাথে একমত \n"
+"থাকেন, \"%s\" বাক্সটি চেক্‌ করুন। যদি না হয়, তাহলে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক \n"
+"করলে আপনার কম্পিউটার রিবুট হবে।"
+
+# সাম: 
+# \"shell\" = ?
+# bash
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux একটি বহু‌-ব্যবহারকারী সিস্টেম যেখানে প্রতিটি ব্যবহারকারী নিজস্ব পছন্দ ও\n"
+"ফাইলসমূহ আলাদাভাবে রক্ষণাবেক্ষণ করতে পারে। কিন্ত এসব সংযোজিত ব্যবহারকারীরা,\n"
+"\"root\"‌ (যে কিনা সিস্টেম অ্যাডমিনিস্ট্রেটর) এর মত, তাদের নিজস্ব ফাইল ও "
+"কনফিগারেশন\n"
+"ছাড়া অন্য কিছু বদলাতে অনুমোদিত নয়। এটি সিস্টেমকে অনিচ্ছাকৃত বা অস্বাভাবিক পরিবর্তন "
+"থেকে রক্ষা করে,\n"
+"যা কিনা সম্পূর্ণ সিস্টেমের ক্ষতি করতে পারে। আপনাকে নিজের জন্য অন্তত একটি সাধারণ "
+"ব্যবহারকারী\n"
+" তৈরী করতে হবে -- যে অ্যাকাউন্টটি আপনি নিয়মিত কাজের জন্য ব্যবহার করবেন। যদিও "
+"\"root\"\n"
+" হিসেবে লগ ইন করে সব কাজই করা সম্ভব, এটি বিপদজনকও বটে! একটি ছোটখাটো ভুলের "
+"কারণে\n"
+" আপনার সম্পূর্ণ সিস্টেম অচল হয়ে যেতে পারে। একজন সাধারণ  ব্যবহারকারী খুব বড় ভুল "
+"করলেও হয়ত\n"
+" কিছু তথ্য হারাতে পারে তবে সম্পূর্ণ সিস্টেমের ক্ষতি করতে পারে না।\n"
+"\n"
+"প্রথম ক্ষেত্রটিতে একটি আসল নাম দিন। তবে এটি অত্যাবশ্যকীয় নয় -- আপনি অন্য কিছুও "
+"লিখতে\n"
+"পারেন। DrakX, এর প্রথম শব্দটি নিয়ে \"%s\" এ কপি করবে, যা দিয়ে কিনা এই "
+"ব্যবহারকারী\n"
+"সিস্টেমে লগ ইন করবে। প্রয়োজন হলে আপনি ডিফল্ট নামটি বদল করতে পারেন। এরপর আপনাকে\n"
+"একটি পাসওয়ার্ড দিতে হবে। নিরাপত্তার দৃষ্টিকোণ থেকে সাধারণ ব্যবহারকারীর পাসওয়ার্ড, "
+"\"root\" এর\n"
+"পাসওয়ার্ডের মত জরুরী নয় তবে এটিকে খালি রাখা বা সহজ পাসওয়ার্ড দেয়া উচিত নয়, কারণ "
+"এতে\n"
+"আপনার ফাইলসমূহ অরক্ষিত থেকে যায়।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" তে ক্লিক করার পর আপনি আরও ব্যবহারকারী তৈরী করতে পারেন। আপনার পরিবারের\n"
+"সদস্য ও বন্ধুদের জন্য আলাদা আলাদা একাউন্ট তৈরী করুন। শেষ হলে \"%s\" ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করে আপনি একজন ব্যবহারকারীর ডিফল্ট \"শেল\" বদল করতে পারেন\n"
+"(ডিফল্ট মান bash)।\n"
+"\n"
+"সব ব্যবহারকারী তৈরীর পর আপনাকে একটি বেছে নিতে হবে যা কিনা কম্পিউটার বুট করার "
+"পর\n"
+"স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে লগইন হবে। আপনি যদি এই ফিচারে আগ্রহী হন(এবং স্থানীয় নিরাপত্তা নিয়ে "
+"বিচলিত\n"
+"না হন), তবে পছন্দনুযায়ী ব্যবহারকারী ও উইন্ডো ম্যানেজার নির্বাচন করুন এবং \"%s\" "
+"টিতে ক্লিক\n"
+"করুন। অন্যথায় \"%s\" চেকবক্সটি আনচেক করুন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "এই সুবিধাটি কি আপনি ব্যবহার করতে চান?"
+
+# সাম:
+# secondary = সহকারী?
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনার হার্ড ড্রাইভে বর্তমানে নিম্নলিখিত লিনাক্স পার্টিশনগুলো বিদ্যমান।\n"
+"আপনি উইজার্ড কর্তৃক বাছাইকৃত সেটিংসমূহ রাখতে পারেন কারণ বেশীরভাগ\n"
+"সাধারণ ইনস্টলেশনের ক্ষেত্রে এটিই যথেষ্ট। যদি পরিবর্তন করতে চান, আপনাকে অন্তত একটি\n"
+"রুট পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে হবে (\"/\")। পার্টিশনের সাইজ খুব ছোট না হওয়া জরুরী, কারন\n"
+"অন্যথা আপনি যথেষ্ট সফ্টওয়্যার ইনস্টল করতে পারবেন না। আপনার তথ্যসমূহ আলাদা\n"
+"পার্টিশনে রাখতে চাইলে, আপনাকে আরও একটি \"/home\" পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে হবে\n"
+"(যা কিনা একাধিক লিনাক্স পার্টিশন থাকলেই সম্ভব)।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশনগুলো তালিকায় এভাবে দেখানো হয়েছে: \"নাম\", \"ধারণক্ষমতা\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"নাম\" এর কাঠামো হচ্ছে: \"হার্ড ড্রাইভের ধরন\", \"হার্ড ড্রাইভ নাম্বার\",\n"
+"\"পার্টিশন নাম্বার\" (যেমন, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"যদি আপনার হার্ড ড্রাইভটি IDE হার্ড ড্রাইভ হলে \"হার্ড ড্রাইভের ধরন\" হবে \"hd\", "
+"আর\n"
+" SCSI হার্ড ড্রাইভ হলে হবে \"sd\"।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"হার্ড ড্রাইভ নাম্বার\", হচ্ছে \"hd\" বা \"sd\" এর পরের একটি অক্ষর। IDE হার্ড "
+"ড্রাইভের\n"
+"জন্য:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" অর্থ \"প্রাথমিক IDE কনট্রোলারে মাস্টার হার্ড ড্রাইভ\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" অর্থ \"প্রাথমিক IDE কনট্রোলারে স্লেভ হার্ড ড্রাইভ\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" অর্থ \"সহকারী IDE কনট্রোলারে মাস্টার হার্ড ড্রাইভ\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" অর্থ \"সহকারী IDE কনট্রোলারে স্লেভ হার্ড ড্রাইভ\".\n"
+"\n"
+"SCSI হার্ড ড্রাইভের জন্য, \"a\" অর্থ \"সর্বনিম্ন SCSI ID\", \"b\" অর্থ\n"
+"\"দ্বিতীয় সর্বনিম্ন SCSI ID\", ইত্যাদি।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"ম্যান্ড্রিব লিনাক্স ইনস্টলেশন কয়েকটি সিডি'তে ভাগ করা থাকে। যদি একটি চিহ্নিত "
+"প্যাকেজ\n"
+"অন্য সিডি'তে থেকে থাকে, তাহলে DrakX বর্তমান সিডি'টি বের করে দেয় এবং "
+"প্রয়োজনীয়টি\n"
+"প্রবেশ করাতে জিজ্ঞেস করে। যদি এরকম অনুরোধ না আসে, তাহলে \"%s\" তে ক্লিক করুন,\n"
+"যথাযথ প্যাকেজগুলো ইনস্টল হবে না।"
+
+# সাম: 
+# documentation = ডকুমেন্টেশন
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"এখন আপনাকে নির্বাচন করতে হবে আপনি কোন কোন প্রোগ্রাম সিস্টেমে ইনস্টল করতে চান।\n"
+"Mandriva Linux এর জন্য কয়েক হাজার প্যাকেজ রয়েছে, এবং ব্যাবস্থাপনার সুবিধার্থে "
+"সেগুলোকে\n"
+"অ্যাপ্লিকেশনের ধরন অনুযায়ী ভাগ করা হয়েছে।\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux সব প্যাকেজগ্রুপসমূহ চারটি শ্রেণীতে ভাগ করে। আপনি বিভিন্ন শ্রেণীর\n"
+"অ্যাপ্লিকেশনমিলিয়ে ও মিশিয়ে ইনস্টল করতে পারেন, যেমন একটি ``Workstation''\n"
+"ইনস্টলেশনে আপনি ''Server'' শ্রেণী থেকে অ্যাপ্লিকেশন ইনস্টল\n"
+"করতে পারেন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনি যদি আপনার মেশিনটি ওয়ার্কস্টেশন হিসেবে ব্যবহার করতে চান, "
+"Workstation''\n"
+"শ্রেণী থেকে এক বা একাধিক গ্রুপ নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনি যদি আপনার মেশিনটি প্রোগ্রামিংএর জন্য ব্যবহার করতে চান, সে "
+"অনুযায়ী\n"
+"গ্রুপ নির্বাচন করুন। \"LSB\" নামের বিশেষ গ্রুপটি আপনার সিস্টেমকে এমনভাবে\n"
+"কনফিগার করবে যাতে তা Linux Standard Base স্পেসিফিকেশনের সাথে যতদূর\n"
+"সম্ভব সামঞ্জস্য বজায় রাখে।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"LSB\" গ্রুপটি নির্বাচন করলে, ডিফল্ট \"2.6\" কার্নেল সিরিজের বদলে\n"
+"\"2.4\" সিরিজটি ইনস্টল হবে। এটি করা হয় সিস্টেমকে 100%%-LSB সামঞ্জস্যপূর্ণ\n"
+"করার জন্য। তবে, আপনি \"LSB\" গ্রুপটি নির্বাচন না করলেও আপনার সিস্টেম প্রায়\n"
+"100%%-LSB সামঞ্জস্যপূর্ণ হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": আপনার মেশিনটি যদি সার্ভার হিসেবে ব্যবহৃত হয়, আপনার মেশিনে কোন সাধারন\n"
+" সার্ভিসসমূহ ইনস্টল করতে চান তা  নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এখানে আপনার পছন্দ অনুযায়ী গ্রাফিক্যাল প্রতিবেশ নির্বাচন\n"
+"করুন। আপনি যদি গ্রাফিক্যাল ইন্টারফেস ব্যবহার করতে চান, অন্তত একটি অবশ্যই\n"
+"নির্বাচন করতে হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"কোন গ্রুপ নামের উপর মাউস কার্সার রাখলে ঐ গ্রুপ সম্পর্কে টীকা প্রদর্শিত হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি \"%s\" বক্সটি চেক করতে পারেন, যা কিনা প্রয়োজনীয় যদি আপনি প্যাকেজগুলো\n"
+"সম্পর্কে পরিচিত হন বা কোন কোন প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল হবে তা সম্পূর্ণভাবে নিয়ন্ত্রন\n"
+"করতে চান।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" মোডে ইনস্টলেশন শুরু করলে, আপনি সব গ্রুপ ডিসিলেক্ট করে নতুন প্যাকেজ\n"
+"ইনস্টলেশন বাতিল করতে পারেন। এটি একটি বিদ্যমান সিস্টেম মেরামত ও আপডেট\n"
+"করার জন্য প্রযোজ্য।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি যদি একটি সাধারণ ইনস্টলেশনের ক্ষেত্রে (আপগ্রেড নয়), সব গ্রুপ\n"
+"ডিসিলেক্ট করে থাকেন, তবে একটি পপআপ ডায়ালগে সর্বনিম্ন ইনস্টলেশনের কিছু\n"
+"অপশন পরামর্শ করা হবে:\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": একটি সক্রিয় গ্রাফিক্যাল ডেস্কটপের জন্য প্রয়োজনীয় সর্বনিম্ন প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল "
+"কর।\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": মূল সিস্টেম, প্রাথমিক ইউটিলিটিসমূহ ও তাদের ডকুমেন্টেশন ইনস্টল করে। এই "
+"ইনস্টলেশনটি সার্ভার সেটআপ করার জন্য উপযুক্ত।\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": একটি সক্রিয় Linux সিস্টেমের জন্য জরুরী সর্বনিম্ন সংখ্যক প্যাকেজ ইনস্টল করে। "
+"এ\n"
+" ইনস্টলেশনে আপনি শুধু একটি কমান্ড লাইন ইন্টারফেস পাবেন। ইনস্টলেশনে মোট সাইজ প্রায় "
+"৬৫\n"
+" মেগাবাইট।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "আপগ্রেড"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "সাধারণ ডকুমেন্টেশন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "এক্কেবারেই সল্প ইনস্টলেশন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "সয়ংক্রিয় নির্ভরতা"
+
+# sam
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করলে প্রিন্টার কনফিগারেশন উইজার্ড খুলবে।\n"
+"প্রিন্টার কনফিগারেশন সম্বন্ধে আরো জানতে, \"স্টার্টার গাইড\" এর যথাযথ\n"
+"অধ্যায়ের পরামর্শ নিন। আমাদের সহায়িকাতে দেখানো ইন্টারফেসটি, ইনস্টলেশনে\n"
+"ব্যবহৃত ইন্টারফেসের অনুরুপ। "
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"এই ডায়ালগটি আপনি বুট করার সময় কি কি সার্ভিস শুরু করতে চান তা নির্বাচন করার জন্য।\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX বর্তমান ইনস্টলেশনে বিদ্যমান সব সার্ভিস দেখাবে। প্রতিটি সার্ভিস ভালভাবে দেখুন "
+"এবং\n"
+"বুটের সময় যেগুলো প্রয়োজন না হয়, সেগুলো আনচেক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"একটি সার্ভিস নির্বাচন করলে, সার্ভিসটি সম্পর্কে সংক্ষিপ্ত তথ্য প্রদর্শিত হবে। আপনি যদি "
+"কোন সার্ভিসের\n"
+"আবশ্যকতা সম্পর্কে নিশ্চিত না হন তবে ডিফল্ট মানে রেখে দেয়াই নিরাপদ।\n"
+"\n"
+"!! আপনি আপনার মেশিন সার্ভার হিসেবে ব্যবহার করতে চাইলে খুব সাবধান থাকবেন: আপনি "
+"অবশ্যই\n"
+"কোন অবাঞ্ছনীয় সার্ভিস চালু করতে চান না কারন কিছু সার্ভিস সার্ভারে সক্রিয় করাটা "
+"বিপদজনক।\n"
+"এক কথায়, শুধু সেসব সার্ভিসই চালু করুন যেসব আপনার প্রয়োজন। !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "সয়ংক্রিয় সময় মেলানো"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"গ্রাফিক কার্ড\n"
+"\n"
+"   সাধারণত ইনস্টলার আপনার মেশিনে ইনস্টলকৃত গ্রাফিক কার্ড স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে সন্ধান করবে\n"
+"এবং কন্‌ফিগার করবে। যদি এটি সঠিক না হয়, তাহলে আপনি এই তালিকা থেকে যেই কার্ড\n"
+"আপনি ইনস্টল করেছেন সেটা বেছে নিতে পারবেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"   এই অবস্থাতে যেখানে আপনার কার্ডের জন্য বিভিন্ন সার্ভার পাওয়া যায়, 3D \n"
+"acceleration সহ অথবা ছাড়া, আপনার প্রয়োজন অনুযায়ী সেরা সার্ভার বেছে নিতে\n"
+"আপনাকে জিজ্ঞেস করা হবে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"মনিটর\n"
+"\n"
+"   সাধারণত ইনস্টলার আপনার মেশিনে সংযুক্ত মনিটর স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে সন্ধান করবে\n"
+"এবং কন্‌ফিগার করবে। যদি এটি সঠিক না হয়, তাহলে আপনি এই তালিকা থেকে যেই মনিটর\n"
+"আপনার কম্পিউটারে সংযুক্ত করেছেন সেটা বেছে নিতে পারবেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"রেজ্যুলুশন\n"
+"\n"
+"   এখানে আপনার গ্রাফিক্‌স হার্ডওয়্যারের রেজ্যুলুশন এবং রংয়ের গভীরতা বেছে নিতে \n"
+"পারেন। আপনার প্রয়োজনের সাথে যেটি সবচেয়ে ভাল হয় তার যেকোন একটি বেছে নিন\n"
+"(ইনস্টলেশনের পর আপনি তা পরিবর্তন করতে সমর্থ হবেন)। বেছে নেয়া কন্‌ফিগারেশনের\n"
+"নমুনা মনিটরের ছবিতে দেখানো হচ্ছে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"এই অবস্থাতে যেখানে আপনার কার্ডের জন্য বিভিন্ন সার্ভার পাওয়া যায়, 3D \n"
+"acceleration সহ অথবা ছাড়া, আপনার প্রয়োজন অনুযায়ী সেরা সার্ভার বেছে নিতে\n"
+"আপনাকে জিজ্ঞেস করা হবে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"অপশন\n"
+"\n"
+"   এই ধাপগুলো বুট করার সময় স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে আপনি যেখানে আপনার মেশিনের গ্রাফিকাল\n"
+"ইন্টারফেস বাছাই করার অনুমতি পাবেন। সুস্পষ্টভাবেই, যদি আপনার মেশিনকে একটি সার্ভার "
+"হিসেবে\n"
+"ব্যবহার করতে চান, তাহলে আপনি \"%s\" দিয়ে পরীক্ষা করে নিতে পারেন, অথবা যদি "
+"আপনি\n"
+"সফলভাবে ডিসপ্লে কন্‌ফিগার করতে না পারেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "উপস্থিত পার্টিশন ব্যবহার করো"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "সম্পূর্ণ ডিস্ক মুছে ফেলো"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "সয়ংক্রিয়-ইনস্টল ফ্লপি তৈরী করো"
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনি যদি পুরানো GNU/Linux পার্টিশন আবার ব্যবহার করতে চান, আপনি হয়ত কোন পার্টিশন "
+"নতুন করে ফরম্যাট করে পুরানো তথ্য মুছে ফেলতে চাইবেন। এটি করতে হলে, ঐ পার্টিশনগুলোও "
+"নির্বাচন করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"মনে রাখবেন, সব পার্টিশন ফরম্যাট করা জরুরী নয়। যে পার্টিশনে অপারেটিং সিস্টেম থাকবে "
+"(যেমন \"/\", \"/usr\" বা \"/var\") সেটি অবশ্যই ফরম্যাট করতে হবে কিন্তু যেসব "
+"পার্টিশনের তথ্য আপনি সংরক্ষন করতে চান (সাধারনত \"/home\") সেগুলো ফরম্যাট করা "
+"অত্যাবশ্যকীয় নয়।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশন নির্বাচন করতে সাবধানতা অবলম্বন করবেন। ফরম্যাট করলে নির্বাচিত পার্টিশনের "
+"সব তথ্য মুছে যাবে এবং তা আর ফিরে পাওয়া যাবে না।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশন ফরম্যাট শুরু করতে \"%s\" চাপুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনার নতুন Mandriva Linux অপারেটিং সিস্টেম ইনস্টেশনের জন্য আপনি যদি অন্য একটি "
+"পার্টিশন নির্বাচন করতে, তবে \"%s\" ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"যদি আপনি পার্টিশনের জন্য ডিস্কের খারাপ ব্লক সনাক্ত করাতে চান তাহলে \"%s\" ক্লিক "
+"করুন।"
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনি যখন Mandriva Linux ইনস্টল করবেন, সম্ভবত প্রথম রিলিজ থেকে কিছু\n"
+"প্যাকেজ আপডেট হয়ে গেছে। কোন সাধারন বা নিরাপত্তা ত্রুটি সমাধান করা হয়েছে।\n"
+"আপনাকে এই সুবিধাগুলি দেয়ার লক্ষ্যে এই আপডেটগুলো ইন্টারনেট থেকে ডাউনলোড\n"
+"করার সুযোগ দেয়া হয়েছে। যদি আপনার সক্রিয় ইন্টারনেট সংযোগ থাকে, \"%s\" চেক\n"
+"করুন, আর \"%s\" চেক করুন যদি আপাতত ইনস্টল করতে না চান।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" বাছাই করলে আপাকে কিছু ওয়েব লোকেশনের তালিকা দেয়া হবে যেখান থেকে\n"
+"আপডেট পাওয়া যাবে। আপনি আপনার কাছের একটি লোকেশন পছন্দ করুন। এরপর\n"
+"একটি প্যাকেজ নির্বাচন করার জন্য একটি  ট্রী দেখানো হবে। প্যাকেজগুলো দেখুন এবং\n"
+"ডাউনলোড করে ইনস্টল করতে \"%s\" বাটন চাপুন। অথবা \"%s\" ক্লিক করে বের হয়ে আসুন।"
+
+# সাম
+# নিরাপত্তা স্তর
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"এই সময়ে DrakX আপনার মেশিনের জন্য আপনার ইচ্ছানুযায়ী নিরাপত্তা স্তর\n"
+"বেছে নেয়ার সুযোগ দেবে। সাধারন নিয়ম অনুযায়ী, যদি একটি মেশিনে জরুরী\n"
+"তথ্য থাকে বা মেশিনটি ইন্টারনেটে সংযুক্ত থাকে তবে নিরাপত্তা বাড়িয়ে দেয়া\n"
+"হয়। নিরাপত্তা যত বেশী, ব্যবহারের স্বাচ্ছন্দ্য তত কমে যায়।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি যদি নিশ্চিত না হন কোন অপশনটি রাখবেন তবে ডিফল্ট অপশনটিই রাখুন।\n"
+"পরবর্তীতে আপনি এটি draksec টুল (যেটি Mandriva Linux নিয়ন্ত্রন কেন্দ্রের একটি অংশ)\n"
+"দিয়ে পরিবর্তন করতে পারবেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" ক্ষেত্রটিতে যিনি নিরাপত্তার দায়িত্বে নিয়োজিত তার ই-মেইল অ্যাড্রেস দিন।\n"
+"নিরাপত্তা বিষয়ক বার্তাগুলো এই অ্যাড্রেসে পাঠানো হবে। "
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "সিকিউরিটি এ্যডমিনিস্ট্রেটর"
+
+# সাম
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"এই সময়ে আপনাকে Mandriva Linux যে পার্টিশনে ইনস্টল হবে তা নির্বাচন\n"
+"করতে হবে। যদি আগে থেকেই পার্টিশন তৈরী থাকে, (GNU/Linux এর পুর্বের\n"
+"কোন ইনস্টলেশনের কারনে বা অন্য কোন পার্টিশন টুল দিয়ে তৈরী করা) আপনি\n"
+"সেগুলো ব্যবহার করতে পারেন। অন্যথায় হার্ডড্রাইভ পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে প্রথমে একটি হার্ডড্রাইভ নির্বাচন করুন। প্রথম পার্টিশন\n"
+"নির্বাচনের জন্য \"hda\", দ্বিতীয় পার্টিশনের জন্য \"hdb\", প্রথম SCSI ড্রাইভের\n"
+"জন্য \"sda\" ইত্যাদি ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"নির্বাচিত ড্রাইভটি পার্টিশন করতে নিম্নলিখিত অপশনসমূহ ব্যবহার করুন:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি  নির্বাচিত ড্রাইভের সব পার্টিশন মুছে দিবে\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি  আপনার হার্ডড্রাইভের খালি অংশে স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে ext3 এবং\n"
+"swap পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে দিবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": আরও ফিচার ব্যবহার করার সুযোগ দেয়:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": পার্টিশন টেবিলটি ফ্লপিতে সংরক্ষন করে যা কিনা পরবর্তীতে পার্টিশন\n"
+"টেবিল উদ্ধার করতে কাজে লাগে। এটি খুবই গুরুত্বপুর্ণ একটি ধাপ যেটি আপনার\n"
+"করা উচিত।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ফ্লপি ডিস্কে সংরক্ষিত পার্টিশন টেবিল এনে তা পুর্বাবস্থায় ফিরিয়ে নেয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনার পার্টিশন টেবিল নষ্ট হলে আপনি এই অপশনটি দিয়ে তা মেরামত\n"
+"করার চেষ্টা করতে পারেন। অনুগ্রহ করে সাবধানতা অবলম্বন করবেন এবং মনে রাখবেন\n"
+"এই প্রক্রিয়া সবসময় সফল নাও হতে পারে।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": সব পরিবর্তন বাতিল করে দিয়ে হার্ডড্রাইভের পুর্বের মূল পার্টিশন টেবিল লোড "
+"করে।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি অনির্বাচিত করলে, ব্যবহারকারীদের রিমুভেবল মাধ্যম যেমন\n"
+"ফ্লপি এবং CD-ROM নিজে নিজে মাউন্ট/আনমাউন্ট করার প্রায়োজন পরবে।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি ব্যবহার করুন যদি হার্ডড্রাইভ পার্টিশন আপনি উইজার্ডের\n"
+"মাধ্যমে করতে চান। পার্টিশন সম্বন্ধে ভাল ধারনা না থাকলে এই অপশনটি পরামর্শনীয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": এই অপশনটি ব্যবহার করে পরিবর্তনগুলো বাতিল করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": আপনার পার্টিশনে আরও কিছু কাজ (ধরন, অপশন ফরম্যাট) করার অপশন\n"
+"দেয় ও হার্ডড্রাইভ সম্পর্কে আরও তথ্য দেয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": পার্টিশন করা শেষ হলে এই অপশন আপনার সেটিংগুলো ডিস্কে সংরক্ষণ করবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"পার্টিশনের সাইজ ঠিক করতে আপনি কীবোর্ডের তীর চিহ্নিত কীগুলো ব্যবহার করতে পারেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"দ্রষ্টব্য: আপনি যেকোন অপশন কীবোর্ড দিয়ে নির্বাচন করতে পারেন। পার্টিশন নির্বাচন\n"
+"করতে [Tab] এবং [Up/Down] তীর চিহ্নগুলো ব্যবহার করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"যখন একটি পার্টিশন নির্বাচন অবস্থায় আছে, আপনি নিম্নলিখিত কীগুলো ব্যবহার করতে "
+"পারেন:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c নতুন পার্টিশন তৈরী করার জন্য (যখন একটি খালি পার্টিশন নির্বাচন করা "
+"হয়েছে)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d একটি পার্টিশন মুছে দিতে\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m মাউন্ট পয়েন্ট সেট করতে\n"
+"\n"
+"বিদ্যমান ফাইল সিস্টেমের ধরন সম্পর্কে জানতে হলে \"Reference Manual\" এর\n"
+"ext2FS অধ্যায়টি পড়ুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনি যদি PPC মেশিনে ইনস্টল করেন, তাহলে আপনাকে yaboot বুটলোডারের\n"
+"ব্যবহারের জন্য একটি  ছোট অন্তত ১ এমবি এর HFS \"বুটস্ট্র্যাপ\" পার্টিশন তৈরী করতে "
+"হবে।\n"
+"আপনি যদি পার্টিশনটি আরও বড় করতে চান, যেমন ৫০ MB, আপনি কোন জরুরী বুট সমস্যার\n"
+"জন্য একটি আলাদা কার্নেল এবং ramdisk তৈরী করে এই পার্টিশনে রাখতে পারেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "রিমুভযোগ্য মিডিয়া সয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে মাউন্ট করা হচ্ছে"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "সাধারণ/দক্ষ মোডের মধ্যে পরিবর্তন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": বর্তমান দেশ নির্বাচন পরীক্ষা করুন। আপনি যদি এই দেশের জন্য না হন,\n"
+"তাহলে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করুন এবং অন্য একটি বেছে নিন। যদি আপনার দেশ\n"
+"উল্লেখিত তালিকায় না থাকে, তাহলে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করে সম্পূর্ণ দেশের তালিকায় "
+"পেয়ে যান।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+# সাম
+# ইনস্টলেশন
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"আপনার ভাষা নির্বাচনের উপর ভিত্তি করে, DrakX স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে একটি কীবোর্ড\n"
+"কনফিগারেশন বেছে নেবে। এই নির্চনটি বাঞ্ছনীয় কিনা দেখে নিন বা অন্য একটি\n"
+"লেআউট পছন্দ করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনার ভাষার সাথে সম্পূর্ন মিলিয়ে কীবোর্ড আপনি নাও পেতে পারেন:\n"
+"যেমন যদি আপনি ইংরেজী ভাষাভাষী একজন সুইস নাগরিক হন, আপনি সুইস কীবোর্ড\n"
+"ব্যবহার করতে পারেন। কিন্তু আপনি যদি ইংরেজী ভাষী হয়ে Quebec এ বসবাস\n"
+"করেন আপনার পরিস্থিতি এমন হতে পারে যেখানে country-set কীবোর্ড এবং\n"
+"নিজস্ব ভাষা একই নয়। যেকোন ক্ষেত্রেই আপনি আপনি একটি তালিকা থেকে সঠিক\n"
+"কীবোর্ডটি বেছে নিতে পারেন।\n"
+"\n"
+"সমর্থিত কীবোর্ডের তালিকা দেখতে \"%s\" বাটনে ক্লিক করুন।\n"
+"\n"
+"যদি আপনি নন‌-ল্যাটিন বর্ণমালার কীবোর্ডে লেআউট বাছাই করেন, পরবর্তী ডায়ালগটি\n"
+"আপনাকে ল্যাটিন ও নন‌-ল্যাটিন কীবোর্ডের মধ্যে সুইচ করার জন্য একটি কী বাইন্ডিং\n"
+"বাছাই করতে হবে।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "স্পেনীয়"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "চাকার বৈশিষ্ঠ অনুহকরণ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Universal | যে কোন PS/2 এবং ইউএসবি মাউস"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"সঠিক পোর্টটি নির্বাচন করুন। যেমন, উইন্ডোজের \"COM1\" পোর্টটি GNU/Linux-এ\n"
+"\"ttyS0\" নামে পরিচিত।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "অনুমোদন"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+# সাম 
+# emulate = এমুলেট?
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"এখন সময় আপনার কম্পিউটারের জন্য একটি প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেম নির্বাচন করার। অনান্য\n"
+"অপারেটিং সিস্টেম আপনাকে একটি অপশন দিতে পারে কিন্তু Mandriva Linux দেবে দুটি।\n"
+"প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেমগুলো বিভিন্ন কনফিগারেশনের জন্য প্রযোজ্য।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- অর্থ হচ্ছে \"প্রিন্ট করো, সারিতে রাখবেনা\". এটি নির্বাচন করুন যদি "
+"আপনার কোন\n"
+"প্রিন্টারের সাথে সরাসরি সংযোগ থাকে, আপনি প্রিন্টার জ্যাম থেকে জরুরীভাবে বের হয়ে "
+"যেতে\n"
+"চান এবং যদি আপনার নেটওয়ার্ক প্রিন্টার না থাকে।(\"%s\" শুধুমাত্র খুবই সাধারন "
+"নেটওয়ার্ক\n"
+"সামলাতে পারে এবং কিছুটা ধীর হয়)। এটি আপনার GNU/Linux এর প্রথম অভিজ্ঞতা হলে\n"
+"আপনার \"pdq\" ব্যবহার করাটাই শ্রেয়।\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" অর্থ \"সাধারন Unix প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেম\" এবং এটি আপনার স্থানীয় প্রিন্টার "
+"হোক\n"
+"বা পৃথিবীর অন্য প্রান্তে অবস্থিত কোন প্রিন্টারই হোক যেকোন ক্ষেত্রেই একটি উত্‍কৃষ্ট "
+"সিস্টেম।\n"
+"এটি কনফিগার করতে সহজ এবং পুরোনো \"lpd\" প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেমের জন্য সার্ভার বা "
+"ক্লায়েন্ট\n"
+"হিসেবে কাজ করতে পারে। অতএব এটি পুরানো অপারেটিং সিস্টেম যেগুলোর সার্ভিস প্রয়োজন\n"
+"তাদের সাথেও সামঞ্জস্যপূর্ণ। যদিও খুব শক্তিশালী, মূল সেটআপটি প্রায় \"pdq\" এর মত "
+"সহজ।\n"
+"আপনি যদি \"lpd\" সার্ভার এমুলেট করতে চান, তবে \"cups-lpd\" daemon টি চালু করতে\n"
+"ভুলবেন না। \"%s\" এর প্রিন্টার অপশন বাছাই করা ও প্রিন্টার ব্যবস্থাপনার জন্য একটি "
+"গ্রাফিক্যাল\n"
+"ইন্টারফেস রয়েছে।\n"
+"\n"
+"আপনার বাছাইকৃত প্রিন্টিং সিস্টেমটি যদি আপনার পরে পছন্দ না হয়,\n"
+"তবে আপনি Mandriva Linux নিয়ন্ত্রন কেন্দ্র থেকে PrinterDrake চালিয়ে ও \"%s\" বাটন "
+"ক্লিক\n"
+"করে তা বদল করতে পারেন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "দক্ষ"
+
+# সাম
+# check উচিত spelling, zwj didn't work for me... 
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX প্রথমে আপনার কম্পিউটারে বিদ্যমান IDE ডিভাইস সনাক্ত করবে। এটি আপনার\n"
+"সিস্টেমে এক বা একাধিক PCI SCSI কার্ডের জন্যেও স্ক্যান করবে। যদি SCSI কার্ড পাওয়া\n"
+"যায়, DrakX নিজে নিজেই সঠিক ড্রাইভারটি ইনস্টল করবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"যেহেতু হার্ডওয়্যার সনাক্তকরন কোন অব্যার্থ পক্রিয়া নয়, DrakX আপনার হার্ডড্রাইভ সনাক্ত\n"
+"নাও করতে পারে। এ ক্ষেত্রে আপনাকে হার্ডওয়্যারটি নিজ হাতে নির্দিষ্ট করে দিতে হবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"PCI SCSI adapter নিজ হাতে নির্দিষ্ট করে দিতে হলে, DrakX আপনাকে জিজ্ঞাসা করবে\n"
+"আপনি অপশন কনফিগার করতে চান কিনা। আপনার DrakX কে হার্ডওয়্যারটির নির্দিষ্ট কার্ডের\n"
+"অপশনের জন্য প্রোব করতে দেয়া উচিত্‍ যা কিনা adapter ইনিশিয়ালাইজ করতে প্রয়োজন।\n"
+"বেশীরভাগ ক্ষেত্রে DrakX এই কাজটি কোন ঝামেলা ছাড়াই সম্পন্ন করবে।\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX যদি প্রোব করে হার্ডওয়্যারে পাঠানোর জন্য প্যারামিটারগুলো নির্ধারন করতে না "
+"পারে\n"
+"তাহলে আপনাকে তা নিজে হাতে কনফিগারেশন করতে হবে।\n"
+" "
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": যদি আপনার সিস্টেমে একটি সাউন্ড কার্ড পাওযা যায়, সেটা এখানে দেখানো হবে।\n"
+"যদি আপনি জানান যে আসলে এই সাউন্ড কার্ডটি আপনার সিস্টেমে উপস্থিত নেই, তাহলে আপনি\n"
+"বাটনে ক্লিক করুন এবং অন্য একটি ড্রাইভার বেছে নিন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN কার্ড"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "গ্রাফিকাল ইন্টারফেস"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"হার্ড ড্রাইভ বেছে নিন যেটি আপনি আপনার নতুন ম্যান্ড্রিব লিনাক্স পার্টিশন ইনস্টল করার "
+"জন্য\n"
+"মুছে ফেলতে চান। সাবধান, এই ড্রাইভে থাকা সকল ডাটা হারিয়ে যাবে এবং আর কখনই\n"
+"পাওয়া যাবে না!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"যদি এই হার্ড ড্রাইভে থাকা সব ডাটা এবং পার্টিশন মুছে ফেলতে চান তাহলে আপনি\n"
+"\"%s\"তে ক্লিক করুন। সাবধান, \"%s\"তে ক্লিক করার পর, উইন্ডোজ ডাটাসহ,\n"
+"আপনি এই হার্ড ড্রাইভে থাকা কোন ডাটা এবং পার্টিশন ফিরে\n"
+"পাবেন না।\n"
+"\n"
+"এই অপারেশনের মাধ্যমে হার্ড ড্রাইভের উপস্থিত ডাটা এবং পার্টিশন হারাতে না চাইলে \"%s"
+"\"তে ক্লিক করুন।"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "পরবর্তী ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- পূর্ববর্তী"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df8901d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/br.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1120 @@
+# DrakX e Brezhoneg.
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2005 Mandriva
+# Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>, 1999-2005
+# Jañ-Mai Drapier <jan-mai.drapier@mail.dotcom.fr>, 1999-2000
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: DrakX 10.2\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-06 19:37+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thierry Vignaud <tvignaud@mandriva.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Brezhoneg <ofisk@wanadoo.fr>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1;plural=0\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Mennout a rit implijout an arc'hwel-mañ ?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Bremanaat"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Gant teuliadur bihan"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Staliadur bihan gwir"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bremañ e c'hellit diuz pe servijoù a vennit e vije lañset pa loc'her.\n"
+"Pa zeu ho logodenn war un draez, ul lagadenn skoazell a zeuio war wel hag\n"
+"a zisplego pal ar servij-se.\n"
+"\n"
+"Bezit aketuz-kenañ el lankad-mañ ma vennit implijout ho ardivink evel ur\n"
+"servijer : mennout a rit emichañs chom hep loc'hañ kement servij n'ho peus "
+"ket\n"
+"c'hoant."
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Impliji parzhadur o vezañ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Chetañ an holl planedenn"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Krouiñ ur bladennig staliañ emgefreek"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Melestradur an surentez"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Emvarc'hañ ar skoroù lem/laka"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Tremen er mod boas/mailh"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Spagnoleg"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "gant kendarvanerezh ar rodell"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Hollvedel | Ul logodenn bennak (PS/2 pe USB)"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Dibabit ar porzh a zere mar plij. Da skouer, porzh « COM1 » dindan MS\n"
+"Windows a vez anvet « ttyS0 » gant Linux."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "dilesadur"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Mod mailh"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "Kartenn ISDN"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Ketal Kevregañ"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "A heul ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Diaraog"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a3a81143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/bs.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1945 @@
+# translation of bs.po to Bosanski
+# translation of DrakX-bs.po to Bosanski
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005. Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Amila Akagić <bono@lugbih.org>, 06. 2001.
+# Vedran Ljubovic <vljubovic@smartnet.ba>, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: bs\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-26 11:13+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Vedran Ljubovic <vljubovic@smartnet.ba>\n"
+"Language-Team: Bosanski <lokal@lugbih.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Prije nego što nastavimo, trebate pažljivo pročitati uvjete licence. Ona\n"
+"pokriva cijelu Mandriva Linux distribuciju. Ako se slažete sa svim\n"
+"uvjetima u njoj, izaberite opciju \"%s\". Ako ne, klikom na \"%s\" ćete\n"
+"restartovati vaš računar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux je višekorisnički sistem, što znači da svaki korisnik može imati\n"
+"vlastite preference, vlastite datoteke i tako dalje. Možete pročitati "
+"''Početnički\n"
+"vodič'' da biste saznali više o višekorisničkim sistemima. Ali za razliku "
+"od\n"
+"\"root\"-a, koji je administrator sistema, korisnicima koje dodate u ovom "
+"trenutku\n"
+"neće biti dozvoljeno da promijene ništa osim vlastitih datoteka i vlastite\n"
+"konfiguracije, čime je sistem zaštićen od nenamjernih ili zlonamjernih "
+"izmjena\n"
+"koje mogu uticati na cijeli sistem. Moraćete kreirati najmanje jednog "
+"korisnika\n"
+"za vas same -- ovo je račun koji trebate koristiti za rutinsku, svakodnevnu\n"
+"upotrebu. Iako je vrlo lako prijaviti se kao \"root\" da biste radili sve i "
+"svašta,\n"
+"to takođe može biti i vrlo opasno! Jedna greška može značiti da vaš sistem\n"
+"više ne radi. Ako napravite ozbiljnu pogrešku kao običan korisnik, najgore\n"
+"što se može desiti jeste da izgubite neke informacije, ali ne i da utičete "
+"na\n"
+"cijeli sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"U prvom polju unosite vaše pravo ime i prezime. Naravno, ovo nije obavezno\n"
+"-- u stvari možete ovdje unijeti šta god hoćete. DrakX će koristiti prvu "
+"riječ\n"
+"koju unesete i kopirati je u polje \"%s\", što je ime koje će ovaj\n"
+"korisnik unositi da bi ušao na sistem. Ako želite, možete promijeniti\n"
+"ponuđenu vrijednost. Idući korak je da unesete šifru. Sa sigurnosne tačke\n"
+"gledišta, šifra neprivilegovanog (običnog) korisnika nije tako važna kao "
+"\"root\"\n"
+"šifra, ali to nije razlog da je zanemarite tako što ćete je ostaviti praznom "
+"ili\n"
+"prejednostavnom: na kraju krajeva, vaše lične datoteke je ono što je u\n"
+"riziku.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jednom kada kliknete na \"%s\", možete ih dodati još.\n"
+"Dodajte po jednog korisnika za svakog od vaših prijatelja: na primjer za\n"
+"vašeg oca ili sestru. Kliknite na \"%s\" kada završite dodavanje korisnika.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" možete promijeniti osnovni \"shell\" za tog\n"
+"korisnika (ponuđen je bash).\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada završite dodavanje svih korisnika, bićete upitani da odaberete\n"
+"korisnika koji se može automatski prijaviti prilikom pokretanja sistema.\n"
+"Ako ste zainteresovani za ovu mogućnost (i ne brinete previše o lokalnoj\n"
+"sigurnosti), izaberite željenog korisnika i window manager, zatim kliknite\n"
+"na \"%s\". Ako niste zainteresovani za to, isključite opciju\n"
+"\"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Da li želite koristiti ovu mogućnost?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovdje su navedene Linux particije koje već postoje na vašem hard disku.\n"
+"Možete zadržati izbore koje je napravio čarobnjak, pošto su oni dobri za\n"
+"uobičajene instalacije. Ako napravite neke izmjene, morate, ako ništa\n"
+"drugo, definisati root particiju (\"/\"). Nemojte izabrati premalu "
+"particiju\n"
+"ili nećete moći instalirati dovoljno softvera. Ako želite držati vaše "
+"podatke\n"
+"na zasebnoj particiji, trebate takođe napraviti \"/home\" particiju (što je\n"
+"moguće samo ako imate više od jedne Linux particije na raspolaganju).\n"
+"\n"
+"Svaka particija je navedena ovako: \"Ime\", \"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Ime\" se sastoji od: \"vrsta hard diska\", \"broj hard diska\", \"broj\n"
+"particije\" (na primjer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Vrsta hard diska\" je \"hd\" ako je vaš hard disk IDE, a \"sd\" ako je\n"
+"u pitanju SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvijek slovo nakon \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Kod IDE hard\n"
+"diskova:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znači \"master hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Kod SCSI hard diskova, \"a\" je \"disk sa najnižim SCSI IDom\", \"b\"\n"
+"je \"drugi najniži SCSI ID\", itd."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandriva Linux instalacija se prostire na nekoliko CDova. Ako je neki\n"
+"paket smješten na drugom CDu, DrakX će izbaciti trenutni CD i zamoliti vas\n"
+"da ubacite neki drugi po potrebi. Ako nemate potreban CD pri ruci,\n"
+"samo kliknite na \"%s\", odgovarajući paketi neće biti instalirani."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada je vrijeme da izaberete koje programe želite instalirati na vaš\n"
+"sistem. Za Mandriva Linux su dostupne hiljade paketa, pa da bi\n"
+"njihovo upravljanje bilo lakše, organizovani su u grupe slične\n"
+"primjene.\n"
+"\n"
+"Paketi su sortirani u grupe ovisno o tipičnoj namjeni vašeg računara.\n"
+"U Mandriva Linuxu date su četiri predefinisane kategorije. Možete\n"
+"miješati i poklapati programe iz raznih grupa, pa tako instalacija ``Radna\n"
+"stanica'' može sadržavati programe iz grupe ``Programiranje''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako planirate da koristite vaš računar kao radnu stanicu, "
+"izaberite\n"
+"jednu ili više grupa koje se nalaze u ovoj kategoriji.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako planirate koristiti vaš računar za programiranje, izaberite\n"
+"odgovarajuće grupe iz te kategorije. Posebna \"LSB\" grupa će podesiti\n"
+"vaš sistem tako da on bude sukladan specifikaciji Linux Standard Base\n"
+"koliko god je to moguće.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Izborom \"LSB\" grupe također ćete koristiti kernel serije \"2.4\",\n"
+"umjesto uobičajenog \"2.6\". Ovo je kako bi se osigurala 100%%\n"
+"sukladnost sistema sa LSBom. Ipak, čak i ako niste izabrali opciju\n"
+"\"LSB\" imaćete sistem koji je skoro 100%% sukladan sa LSBom.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako je vaš računar zamišljen kao server, izaberite koje od\n"
+"uobičajenih servisa želite instalirati na vaš računar.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ovdje možete izabrati vašu preferiranu grafičku okolinu. Barem\n"
+"jedna od njih mora biti izabrana ako želite da imate grafički interfejs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Držanjem kursora miša iznad imena grupe će nakratko prikazati kratko\n"
+"objašnjenje o pojedinoj grupi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Možete aktivirati opciju \"%s\", koja je zgodna ako se upoznati sa "
+"ponuđenim\n"
+"paketima ili ako želite imati potpunu kontrolu nad onim što će se "
+"instalirati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ste započeli instalaciju u \"%s\" režimu, možete isključiti sve grupe\n"
+"kako biste izbjegli instalaciju bilo kojeg novog paketa. Ovo je pogodno za\n"
+"popravljanje ili unaprjeđenje postojećeg sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako isključite sve grupe prilikom obavljanja obične instalacije (a ne\n"
+"upgrade), iskočiće dijalog koji vam nudi razne opcije za minimalnu "
+"instalaciju:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalira minimalan mogući broj paketa potrebnih da imate\n"
+"funkcionalan grafički desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalira bazni sistem plus osnovne alate i njihovu\n"
+"dokumentaciju.\n"
+" Ova instalacija je prikladna za podešavanje servera.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ovo će instalirati apsolutni minimum paketa potrebnih da imate\n"
+"funkcionalan Linux sitsem. Sa ovom instalacijom imaćete samo komandnu\n"
+"liniju. Ukupna veličina ove instalacije je oko 65 megabajta."
+
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Unaprijedi"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Sa osnovnom dokumentacijom"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Stvarno minimalna instalacija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako ste naveli da želite individualno izabrati pakete, biće vam prikazano\n"
+"stablo koje sadrži sve pakete klasifikovane po grupama i podgrupama.\n"
+"Pregledajući stablo, možete izabrati čitave grupe, podgrupe ili\n"
+"individualne pakete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kad god izaberete paket na stablu, desno od njega se pojavljuje opis koji\n"
+"vam objašnjava svrhu paketa.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Ako izaberete neki serverski paket, zato što ste specifično izabrali taj\n"
+"paket ili zato što je on dio grupe paketa, bićete zamoljeni da potvrdite da\n"
+"zaista želite da taj server bude instaliran. Mandriva Linux obično\n"
+"automatski pokreće sve instalirane servise prilikom pokretanja sistema.\n"
+"Čak i ako su sigurni i nemaju poznatih problema u trenutku pakovanja\n"
+"distribucije, sasvim je moguće da su neke sigurnosne rupe otkrivene\n"
+"nakon što je dovršena ova verzija Mandriva Linuxa. Ako niste sigurni\n"
+"čemu tačno služi taj paket ili zašto ga treba instalirati, kliknite na \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"Klikom na \"%s\" instalirate navedene servise i oni će biti automatski\n"
+"pokrenuti tokom pokretanja sistema. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija \"%s\" se koristi da bi se isključio dijalog upozorenja\n"
+"koji se pojavljuje svaki put kada instalacioni program automatski izabere\n"
+"neki paket kako bi razriješio neku zavisnost. Pojedini paketi imaju\n"
+"zavisnost jedan od drugog u smislu da instalacija jednog paketa traži\n"
+"da bude instaliran i drugi. Instalacioni program može odrediti koji paketi\n"
+"su potrebni da bi se zadovoljila zavisnost i uspješno završila instalacija.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mala ikona sa disketom na dnu liste vam omogućuje da učitate listu paketa\n"
+"koja je napravljena tokom neke ranije instalacije. Ovo je korisno ako "
+"želite\n"
+"da imate nekoliko računara koji su identično podešeni. Nakon klika na ovu\n"
+"ikonu bićete zamoljeni da u disketnu jedinicu stavite disketu napravljenu\n"
+"tokom ranije instalacije. Pogledajte drugi savjet na zadnjem koraku da "
+"biste\n"
+"saznali kako se pravi ova disketa."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Automatske ovisnosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" otvorićete čarobnjak za\n"
+"podešavanje štampača. Konsultujte odgovarajuće poglavlje ``Vodiča za\n"
+"početnike'' za više informacija o tome kako podesiti novi štampač.\n"
+"Interfejs koji je tamo prikazan je vrlo sličan onom koji se koristi\n"
+"prilikom instalacije."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ovim dijalogom možete izabrati koje servise želite pokretati prilikom "
+"boota.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ovdje su predstavljeni svi servisi koji su dostupni u trenutnoj\n"
+"instalaciji. Pregledajte ih pažljivo i isključite sve one koji nisu\n"
+"potrebni prilikom boota.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada izaberete servis dobićete kratki tekst koji objašnjava taj servis.\n"
+"Ipak, ako niste sigurni da li je servis koristan ili ne, sigurnije je da ne\n"
+"mijenjate predloženi izbor.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Budite vrlo pažljivi sa ovim korakom ako namjeravate koristiti vaš\n"
+"računar kao server: vjerovatno ne želite da pokrenete neke servise koji\n"
+"vam ne trebaju. Molim vas da zapamtite da pojedini servisi mogu biti\n"
+"opasni ako su aktivni na serveru. Općenito, izaberite samo one servise\n"
+"koji vam stvarno trebaju. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux koristi vrijeme u GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) obliku i prevodi ga\n"
+"u lokalno vrijeme u skladu sa vremenskom zonom koju ste izabrali. Ako je\n"
+"sat na vašoj matičnoj ploči podešen na lokalno vrijeme, možete isključiti "
+"ovu\n"
+"opciju isključujući \"%s\", što će saopštiti GNU/Linuxu da su sistemski sat\n"
+"i hardverski sat u istoj vremenskoj zoni. Ovo je korisno kada se na "
+"računaru\n"
+"takođe nalazi i drugi operativni sistem kao što je Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija \"%s\" će automatski regulisati sat spajajući se na udaljeni time "
+"server\n"
+"na Internetu. Kako bi ova mogućnost radila, morate imati ispravnu Internet\n"
+"konekciju. Najbolje je izabrati time server negdje u vašoj blizini. Ova "
+"opcija\n"
+"će ustvari instalirati time server koji mogu koristiti i drugi računari u "
+"vašoj\n"
+"lokalnoj mreži."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Automatska sinhronizacija vremena"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafička kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacija obično automatski prepoznaje i podešava grafičku karticu\n"
+"koja je instalirana na računar. Ako se ovo nije desilo, možete izabrati\n"
+"sa liste karticu koja je ugrađena u vaš računar.\n"
+"\n"
+"   U slučaju da postoji više dostupnih servera za vašu karticu, sa ili bez\n"
+"3D ubrzanja, biće vam ponuđeno da izaberete server koji najbolje odgovara\n"
+"vašim potrebama."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (skraćeno od X Window System) je srce GNU/Linux grafičkog interfejsa\n"
+"o kojem ovise sve grafičke okoline (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker itd.) uključene u Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Biće vam predstavljena lista različitih parametara koje možete promijeniti\n"
+"da biste dobili optimalan grafički prikaz.\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafička kartica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacija obično automatski prepoznaje i podešava grafičku karticu\n"
+"koja je instalirana na računar. Ako se ovo nije desilo, možete izabrati\n"
+"sa liste karticu koja je ugrađena u vaš računar.\n"
+"\n"
+"   U slučaju da postoji više dostupnih servera za vašu karticu, sa ili bez\n"
+"3D ubrzanja, biće vam ponuđeno da izaberete server koji najbolje odgovara\n"
+"vašim potrebama.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacioni program obično može prepoznati i podesiti monitor koji\n"
+"je povezan na vaš računar. Ako se ovo ne desi, možete odabrati neki\n"
+"monitor sa ove liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Rezolucija\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovdje možete izabrati rezoluciju i broj boja među vrijednostima koje su\n"
+"moguće na vašem hardveru. Izaberite one vrijednosti koje vam najbolje\n"
+"odgovaraju (moći ćete ih promijeniti nakon instalacije). Primjer izabrane\n"
+"konfiguracije je prikazan na slici monitora.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovisno o vašem hardveru, ova opcija možda neće biti dostupna.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sistem će pokušati prikazati grafički ekran na željenoj rezoluciji.\n"
+"Ako možete vidjeti poruku tokom testa i odgovorite sa \"%s\", DrakX\n"
+"će produžiti na idući korak. Ako ne možete vidjeti poruku, to znači\n"
+"da je neki dio automatski prepoznate konfiguracije bio pogrešan.\n"
+"Test će automatski završiti nakon 12 sekundi, čime ćete biti vraćeni na\n"
+"meni. Mijenjajte postavke dok ne dobijete ispravan grafički prikaz.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcije\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovdje možete izabrati da li želite da vaš računar automatski pređe na\n"
+"grafički interfejs nakon uključivanja. Očito, trebate odgovoriti \"%s\" ako\n"
+"će vaš računar imati ulogu servera ili ako imate problema sa\n"
+"podešavanjem ekrana."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Instalacioni program obično može prepoznati i podesiti monitor koji\n"
+"je povezan na vaš računar. Ako se ovo ne desi, možete odabrati sa ove\n"
+"liste monitor koji je ustvari povezan na vaš računar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Rezolucija\n"
+"\n"
+"    Ovdje možete izabrati rezoluciju i broj boja među vrijednostima koje su\n"
+"moguće na vašem hardveru. Izaberite one vrijednosti koje vam najbolje\n"
+"odgovaraju (moći ćete ih promijeniti nakon instalacije). Primjer izabrane\n"
+"konfiguracije je prikazan na slici monitora."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"U slučaju da postoji više dostupnih servera za vašu karticu, sa ili bez\n"
+"3D ubrzanja, biće vam ponuđeno da izaberete server koji najbolje odgovara\n"
+"vašim potrebama."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcije\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ovdje možete izabrati da li želite da vaš računar automatski pređe na\n"
+"grafički interfejs nakon uključivanja. Očito, trebate odgovoriti \"%s\" ako\n"
+"će vaš računar imati ulogu servera ili ako imate problema sa\n"
+"podešavanjem ekrana."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Na ovom mjestu trebate izabrati gdje želite instalirati Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operativni sistem na vašem hard disku. Ako je disk prazan ili ako postojeći\n"
+"operativni sistem koristi sav prostor na njemu, potrebno je da ga\n"
+"particionirate. U biti, particioniranje hard diska predstavlja logičko\n"
+"organiziranje kako bi se stvorio prostor za instaliranje vašeg novog\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pošto su efekti particioniranja obično nepovratni, i mogu voditi do gubitka\n"
+"podataka na eventualnom postojećem operativnom sistemu, particioniranje\n"
+"može biti zastrašujuće i stresno ako ste neiskusan korisnik. Srećom, "
+"postoji\n"
+"čarobnjak koji pojednostavljuje taj proces. Prije započinjanja, molim\n"
+"pročitajte pažljivo ovaj tekst i, prije svega, nemojte žuriti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ovisno o konfiguraciji vašeg hard diska, može biti dostupno nekoliko\n"
+"mogućnosti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ova opcija vodi na automatsko particioniranje vašeg praznog\n"
+"diska (diskova). Ako izaberete ovu opciju, neće biti postavljana\n"
+"nikakva daljnja pitanja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Čarobnjak je detektovao jednu ili više postojećih\n"
+"Linux particija na vašem hard disku. Ako ih želite zadržati, izaberite ovu\n"
+"opciju. U tom slučaju, bićete upitani da izaberete tačke montiranja koje\n"
+"odgovaraju svakoj od ovih particija. Automatski će biti predložene ranije\n"
+"tačke montiranja, i najčešće je pametno zadržati ih.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ako je na vašem hard\n"
+"disku instaliran Microsoft Windows koji je zauzeo sav slobodan prostor,\n"
+"moraćete napraviti nešto slobodnog prostora za GNU/Linux. To možete učiniti\n"
+"brišući vašu Microsoft Windows particiju zajedno sa podacima (vidi opciju\n"
+"``Obriši čitav disk'' ispod) ili možete promijeniti veličinu vaše Microsoft\n"
+"Windows FAT ili NTFS particije. Promjena veličine se može izvršiti bez "
+"gubitka\n"
+"podataka, pod uslovom da prethodno defragmentirate Windows particiju\n"
+"i da ona koristi FAT format. Backupovanje vaših podataka je strogo\n"
+"preporučeno. Ova mogućnost je preporučena ako namjeravate koristiti i\n"
+"Mandriva Linux i Microsoft Windows na istom računaru.\n"
+"\n"
+"    Prije izbora ove opcije, molim da imate na umu da će, nakon ove\n"
+"procedure, veličina vaše Microsoft Windows particije biti manja nego\n"
+"trenutno. To znači da će Microsoft Windows prijavljivati da imate manje\n"
+"prostora za smještaj podataka ili instaliranje novog softwarea.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ako želite da obrišete sve podatke i sve particije koje su\n"
+"prisutne na vašem hard disku i umjesto njih postavite vaš novi Mandriva\n"
+"Linux sistem, možete izabrati ovu opciju. Budite oprezni sa ovom\n"
+"mogućnošću, jer nećete moći poništiti vaš izbor nakon potvrde.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ako izaberete ovu opciju, svi podaci na vašem disku će biti "
+"izgubljeni. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ova opcija se javlja kada je čitav disk zauzet Microsoft\n"
+"Windowsom. Ovo će jednostavno pobrisati sve na disku i početi od\n"
+"početka, particionirajući ga.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Ako izaberete ovu opciju, svi podaci na vašem disku će biti "
+"izgubljeni. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Ako želite da ručno particionirate vaš hard disk,\n"
+"izaberite ovu opciju. Budite oprezni -- to je moćan, ali i opasan izbor. "
+"Vrlo\n"
+"lako možete izgubiti sve vaše podatke. Zato ovu opciju ne preporučujemo,\n"
+"osim ako ste nešto ovakvo već radili i imate nekog iskustva. Više uputstava\n"
+"za korištenje DiskDrake alata možete naći u ``Vodiču za početnike'', "
+"odjeljak\n"
+"``Upravljanje vašim particijama''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Koristi postojeću particiju"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Pobriši čitav disk"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"To je to. Instalacija je sada završena i vaš GNU/Linux sistem je spreman\n"
+"za upotrebu. Samo kliknite na \"%s\" da restartujete sistem. Ne zaboravite\n"
+"da izvadite instalacioni medij (CD-ROM ili disketu). Prva stvar\n"
+"koju ćete ugledati nakon što računar završi hardverske provjere je meni\n"
+"bootloadera, koji vam nudi izbor operativnog sistema koji želite pokrenuti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dugme \"%s\" će vam ponuditi još dva dugmeta za:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": da biste napravili instalacionu\n"
+"disketu koja će automatski izvršiti cijelu instalaciju bez intervencije\n"
+"operatora, sličnu instalaciji koju ste upravo konfigurisali.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Obratite pažnju na dvije različite opcije koje su dostupne nakon\n"
+"klikanja na ovo dugme:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Ovo je djelomično automatizirana instalacija. Korak\n"
+"particioniranja je jedini interaktivni dio.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Potpuno automatska instalacija: hard disk je\n"
+"potpuno prepisan, svi podaci su izgubljeni.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Ova mogućnost je vrlo prikladna kada instalirate nekoliko sličnih\n"
+"računara. Pogledajte odjeljak Automatska instalacija na našoj web stranici\n"
+"za više informacija.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": snima listu paketa koje ste izabrali u ovoj\n"
+"instalaciji. Da biste upotrijebili ovaj izbor sa drugom instalacijom,\n"
+"ubacite disketu i započnite instalaciju. Na upitu, pritisnite tipku [F1]\n"
+"i ukucajte >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Napravi auto-instalacijsku disketu"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ako želite koristiti neke stare GNU/Linux particije, možda ćete poželjeti\n"
+"da reformatirate neke od njih kako biste pobrisali podatke koje sadrže.\n"
+"Ako želite to učiniti, molim takođe izaberite i te particije.\n"
+"\n"
+"Molim obratite pažnju da nije neophodno formatirati sve postojeće\n"
+"particije. Morate reformatirati particije koje sadrže operativni sistem\n"
+"(kao što su \"/\", \"/usr\" ili \"var\") ali ne morate reformatirati "
+"particije\n"
+"koje sadrže podatke koje želite zadržati (tipično /home).\n"
+"\n"
+"Molim da pažljivo izaberete particije. Nakon formatiranja, svi podaci na\n"
+"odabranim particijama će biti pobrisani i nećete biti u mogućnosti da ih\n"
+"povratite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" kada budete spremni za formatiranje particija.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" ako želite da izaberete druge particije za instalaciju\n"
+"vašeg novog Mandriva Linux operativnog sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" da izaberete particije koje želite provjeriti radi\n"
+"loših blokova."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Kada završite instalaciju Mandriva Linuxa, moguće je da su neki paketi\n"
+"ažurirani od zadnjeg izdanja. Moguće je da su ispravljeni bugovi ili\n"
+"rješena neka sigurnosna pitanja. Ako želite iskoristiti ova unaprjeđenja,\n"
+"možete ih sada dobaviti sa Interneta. Izaberite \"%s\" ako imate ispravnu\n"
+"Internet vezu, ili \"%s\" ako ćete radije instalirati ažurirane pakete\n"
+"kasnije.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako izaberete \"%s\" dobićete listu web lokacija sa kojih se mogu skinuti\n"
+"novi paketi. Izaberite ono najbliže vama. Pojaviće se stablo za izbor\n"
+"paketa: pregledajte izabrano i pritisnite \"%s\" da dobavite i\n"
+"instalirate izabrane pakete, ili \"%s\" za prekid."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Na ovom mjestu, DrakX vam omogućuje da izaberete sigurnosni nivo\n"
+"koji želite imati na ovom računaru. Kao pravilo, sigurnosni nivo treba biti\n"
+"tim viši što su važniji podaci na računaru, a pogotovo ako će računar biti\n"
+"direktno izložen Internetu. Većim nivoom sigurnosti obično gubite na\n"
+"jednostavnosti korištenja.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ne znate šta izabrati, zadržite ponuđenu opciju. Možete promijeniti\n"
+"nivo sigurnosti naknadno koristeći program draksec iz Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Kontrolnog centra.\n"
+"\n"
+"Polje \"%s\" obavještava sistem o korisniku koji će biti odgovoran za\n"
+"sigurnost. Njemu će biti upućena sigurnosna obavještenja."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Sigurnosni administrator"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada trebate izabrati koje particije želite koristiti za instalaciju vašeg\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sistema. Ako su particije već definisane, iz prijašnje\n"
+"GNU/Linux instalacije ili nekim drugim alatom za particioniranje, možete\n"
+"koristiti postojeće particije. U suprotnom, sada morate definisati\n"
+"particije vašeg hard diska.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da biste napravili particije, najprije morate izabrati hard disk. Možete\n"
+"izabrati disk za particioniranje klikom na ''hda'' za prvi IDE disk, "
+"''hdb''\n"
+"za drugi, ''sda'' za prvi SCSI disk i slično.\n"
+"\n"
+"Pri particioniranju hard diska, možete koristiti sljedeće opcije:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ova opcija briše sve particije na izabranom hard disku\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ova opcija vam omogućuje da automatski napravite ext3\n"
+"i swap particije u slobodnom prostoru vašeg hard diska\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\" omogućuje pristup dodatnim mogućnostima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": snima tabelu particija na disketu. Ovo je korisno za\n"
+"kasnije vraćanje tabele particija, ako je potrebno. Strogo je preporučeno\n"
+"da izvršite ovaj korak.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": omogućuje vam da vratite ranije snimljenu tabelu\n"
+"particija sa diskete.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ako je vaša tabela particija oštećena, možete je pokušati\n"
+"obnoviti koristeći ovu opciju. Molim budite pažljivi i zapamtite da\n"
+"ova opcija ne uspijeva svaki put.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": poništava sve promjene i ponovo učitava originalnu tabelu\n"
+"particija sa hard diska.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": isključivanjem ove opcije ćete prisiliti korisnike da ručno\n"
+"montiraju i demontiraju izmjenjive medije kao što su diskete i\n"
+"CD-ROMovi.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": koristite ovu opciju ako želite koristiti čarobnjak za\n"
+"particioniranje vašeg hard diska. Ovo je preporučeno ako nemate\n"
+"izraženo razumijevanje particioniranja.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": koristite ovu opciju da poništite vaše izmjene.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": omogućuje dodatne akcije na particijama (tip, opcije,\n"
+"formatiranje) i daje više informacija o hard disku.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": kada završite particioniranje diska, ovo će zapisati\n"
+"vaše izmjene na disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Prilikom definisanja veličine particije, možete fino podešavati veličinu\n"
+"particije koristeći dugmad sa strjelicama na vašoj tastaturi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Napomena: svaku opciju možete postići tastaturom. Između particija\n"
+"se krećete koristeći dugme [Tab] i strjelice [Gore/Dolje].\n"
+"\n"
+"Kada izaberete particiju, možete koristiti:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-C da napravite novu particiju (ako ste izabrali prazan prostor)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-D da obrišete particiju\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-M da podesite tačku montiranja\n"
+"\n"
+"Da biste dobili informacije o raznim tipovima datotečnog sistema koji\n"
+"su dostupni, pročitajte poglavlje o ext2FS iz ''Referentnog priručnika''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako instalirate na PPC računar, trebate napraviti malu HFS ''bootstrap''\n"
+"particiju od najmanje 1 MB koju će koristiti yaboot bootloader. Ako se\n"
+"odlučite da ovu particiju učinite nešto većom, npr. 50 MB, primjetićete\n"
+"da je ona korisno mjesto za čuvanje rezervnog kernela ili ramdisk slika\n"
+"za hitne slučajeve."
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Automatsko montiranje izmjenjivog medija"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Prekidač normalnog/ekspertnog moda"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Na vašem hard disku ustanovljeno je više od jedne Microsoft particije.\n"
+"Molim izaberite onu koju želite smanjiti kako biste instalirali vaš\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operativni sistem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Svaka particija je navedena ovako: \"Linux ime\", \"Windows ime\",\n"
+"\"Kapacitet\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux ime\" se sastoji od: \"vrste hard diska\", \"broja hard diska\",\n"
+"\"broja particije\" (na primjer, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Vrsta hard diska\" je \"hd\" ako je vaš hard disk IDE, a \"sd\" ako je\n"
+"u pitanju SCSI hard disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Broj hard diska\" je uvijek slovo nakon \"hd\" ili \"sd\". Kod IDE hard\n"
+"diskova:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" znači \"master hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" znači \"slave hard disk na primarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" znači \"master hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" znači \"slave hard disk na sekundarnom IDE kontroleru\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Kod SCSI hard diskova, \"a\" je \"disk sa najnižim SCSI IDom\", \"b\"\n"
+"je \"drugi najniži SCSI ID\", itd.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows ime\" je slovo kojim je vaš hard disk označen pod Windowsom\n"
+"(prva particija prvog diska se zove \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country is not in "
+"the\n"
+"list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": provjerite trenutni izbor države. Ako se ne nalazite ovdje,\n"
+"kliknite na dugme \"%s\" i izaberite neku drugu državu. Ako se vaša\n"
+"zemlja ne nalazi na listi, kliknite na dugme \"%s\" kako biste dobili\n"
+"listu svih država."
+
+#: ../help.pm:572
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new installation or an\n"
+"upgrade of an existing Mandriva Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system.\n"
+"However, depending on your partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of\n"
+"your existing data (notably \"home\" directories) from being over-written.\n"
+"If you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or to change\n"
+"the file system, you should use this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandriva Linux system. Your current "
+"partitioning\n"
+"scheme and user data will not be altered. Most of the other configuration\n"
+"steps remain available and are similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandriva Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandriva Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovaj korak se aktivira samo ako je na vašem računaru pronađena postojeća\n"
+"GNU/Linux particija.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX sada treba znati da li želite izvršiti novu instalaciju ili\n"
+"nadogradnju postojećeg Mandriva Linux sistema:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Najčešće ovo će u potpunosti obrisati stari sistem. Ipak,\n"
+"ovisno o vašoj šemi particioniranja, možete spriječiti da neki od vaših\n"
+"postojećih podataka (prije svega \"home\" direktoriji) budu prepisani.\n"
+"Ako želite promijeniti particioniranje starog hard diska ili promijeniti\n"
+"datotečni sistem, trebate koristiti ovu opciju.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Ova vrsta instalacije vam omogućuje da ažurirate pakete\n"
+"koji su trenutno instalirani na vašem Mandriva Linux sistemu. Vaša trenutna\n"
+"šema particioniranja i korisnički podaci neće biti izmijenjeni. Većina\n"
+"ostalih koraka konfiguracije ostaju kao što jesu, slično običnoj "
+"instalaciji.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcija ''Nadogradi'' bi trebala raditi ispravno na Mandriva Linux sistemima\n"
+"koji koriste verziju \"8.1\" ili kasniju. Obavljanje nadogradnje na ranijim\n"
+"verzijama Mandriva Linuxa, prije verzije \"8.1\", nije preporučeno."
+
+#: ../help.pm:594
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose (), DrakX will automatically select a\n"
+"particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the selection suits\n"
+"you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard which corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be shown a list of supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovisno o jeziku koji izaberete (), DrakX će\n"
+"automatski izabrati određeni tip tastature. Provjerite da li vam izabrano\n"
+"odgovara ili odaberite neki drugi raspored tastature.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ipak, možda nemate tastaturu koja tačno odgovara vašem jeziku: npr.\n"
+"ako ste Švajcarac koji govori engleski, možda imate švajcarsku tastaturu.\n"
+"Ili ako govorite engleski ali se nalazite u Kvibeku, možda ćete se naći u\n"
+"situaciji gdje se vaš jezik i tastatura ne poklapaju. U svakom slučaju, "
+"ovaj\n"
+"korak instalacije vam omogućava da izaberete odgovarajuću tastaturu sa "
+"liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na dugme \"%s\" kako bi vam bila predstavljena potpuna lista\n"
+"podržanih tastatura.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako izaberete raspored tipaka koji je baziran na ne-latiničnoj abecedi,\n"
+"sljedeći dijalog će vam ponuditi da izaberete tipke pomoću kojih možete\n"
+"prebaciti tastaturu između latiničnog i ne-latiničnog rasporeda."
+
+#: ../help.pm:612
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to choose your preferred language.\n"
+"\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the installer, the\n"
+"documentation, and the system in general. First select the region you're\n"
+"located in, then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish\n"
+"users are to use your machine, select English as the default language in\n"
+"the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. However full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandriva Linux's use of UTF-8 "
+"will\n"
+"depend on the user's choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a language with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for use throughout the system at a\n"
+"user's request by selecting the \"%s\" option independently of which\n"
+"languages were been chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\" box.\n"
+"Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell checkers,\n"
+"etc. will also be installed for that language.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the language used\n"
+"by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
+"change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Prvi korak je da izaberete preferirani jezik.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vaš izbor preferiranog jezika će se odraziti na jezik dokumentacije,\n"
+"instalacione procedure i generalno sistema. Najprije izaberite oblast u\n"
+"kojoj se nalazite, a zatim jezik kojim govorite.\n"
+"\n"
+"Klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" možete izabrati druge jezike koje\n"
+"želite instalirati na vašu radnu stanicu, time instalirajući sistemsku\n"
+"dokumentaciju i programe za svaki od izabranih jezika. Na primjer, ako\n"
+"će vaš računar koristiti osobe iz španije, izaberite Engleski kao osnovni\n"
+"jezik na listi, a \"%s\" u oblasti Više opcija.\n"
+"\n"
+"O UTF-8 (Unicode) podršci. Unicode je novi način kodiranja znakova čiji\n"
+"je cilj da obuhvati sve postojeće jezike. Ipak puna podrška za njega pod\n"
+"GNU/Linuxom je još uvijek u razvoju. Iz tog razloga, Mandriva Linux će ga\n"
+"koristiti ovisno o drugim izborima korisnika:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ako izaberete jezike sa raširenim starim kodiranjem (latin1 jezici, "
+"ruski,\n"
+"japanski, kineski, korejanski, tajlandski, grčki, turski, većina iso-8859-2\n"
+"jezika), biće korišteno staro kodiranje;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Za ostale jezike podrazumijeva se Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ako je potrebno dva ili više jezika koji ne koriste isto kodiranje, "
+"Unicode\n"
+"će se koristiti za čitav sistem;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Konačno, Unicode može biti nametnut sistemu ako korisnik to odluči\n"
+"izborom opcije \"%s\" bez obzira na izabrane jezike.\n"
+"n\n"
+"Obratite pažnju da niste ograničeni na samo jedan dodatni jezik. Možete\n"
+"ih izabrati nekoliko ili čak ih instalirati sve klikom na polje \"%s\".\n"
+"Vaš izbor podrške za neki jezik označava da će biti instaliran prijevod,\n"
+"fontovi, pravila za provjeru pravopisa itd. za taj jezik.n\n"
+"\n"
+"Da biste izabrali između raznih jezika instaliranih na vašem sistemu, "
+"možete\n"
+"pokrenuti kao \"root\" naredbu \"localedrake\", čime mijenjate\n"
+"jezik koji koristi čitav sistem. Izvršavanjem te naredbe kao običan\n"
+"korisnik mijenjate jezičke postavke samo za tog konkretnog korisnika."
+
+#: ../help.pm:650
+#, c-format
+msgid "Espanol"
+msgstr "Espanol"
+
+#: ../help.pm:653
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a \"%s\"\n"
+"mouse. DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can simulate the\n"
+"wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your mouse\n"
+"pointer up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can select the \"%s\" entry to chose a ``generic'' mouse type which\n"
+"will work with nearly all mice.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and\n"
+"you will be returned to the mouse list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image will be displayed on-screen.\n"
+"Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activating correctly. As you\n"
+"scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll wheel moving.\n"
+"Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you\n"
+"move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+"Obično DrakX nema problema da odredi broj dugmadi na vašem mišu.\n"
+"Ako ima, pretpostaviće da imate miš sa dva dugmeta i podesiće simulaciju\n"
+"trećeg dugmeta. Treće dugme se može postići na mišu sa dva dugmeta\n"
+"istovremenim klikom na lijevo i desno dugme miša. DrakX će automatski\n"
+"znati da li miš koristi PS/2, serijski ili USB interfejs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako imate miš sa tri dugmeta bez točkića, možete izabrati tip miša pod\n"
+"imenom \"%s\". DrakX će zatim konfigurisati vašeg miša tako da može\n"
+"simulirati rad točkića trećim dugmetom. Da biste ovo postigli, držite\n"
+"srednje dugme miša i pomjerajte ga gore-dolje.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako iz nekog razloga želite navesti drugačiji tip miša, izaberite ga sa\n"
+"ponuđene liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Možete izabrati stavku \"%s\" da izaberete ``opšti'' tip miša koji bi\n"
+"trebao raditi sa skoro svim miševima.\n"
+"Ako izaberete miš različit od ponuđenog, biće prikazan testni ekran.\n"
+"Koristite miš i točkić da potvrdite da su postavke tačne i da miš radi\n"
+"ispravno. Ako miš ne radi kako treba, pritisnite razmaknicu ili tipku Enter\n"
+"da prekinete test i vratite se na listu izbora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Miševi sa točkićem često nisu prepoznati automatski, stoga trebate izabrati\n"
+"miš na listi. Pazite da izaberete odgovarajući port na koji je vaš miš\n"
+"priključen. Nakon izbora miša i pritiska na dugme \"%s\", na ekranu će\n"
+"biti prikazana slika miša. Pomjerajte točkić miša kako biste provjerili da "
+"li\n"
+"ispravno funkcioniše. Kada vidite da se točkić na ekranu pomjera onako\n"
+"kako vi vrtite stvarni točkić, provjerite dugmad i provjerite da li se "
+"pokazivač\n"
+"na ekranu pomjera onako kako vi pomjerate miš."
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "with Wheel emulation"
+msgstr "sa simulacijom točkića"
+
+#: ../help.pm:684
+#, c-format
+msgid "Universal | Any PS/2 & USB mice"
+msgstr "Univerzalni | Bilo koji PS/2 ili USB miš"
+
+#: ../help.pm:687
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Molim izaberite ispravan port. Na primjer, \"COM1\" port pod Windows\n"
+"operativnim sistemom, pod GNU/Linuxom se zove \"ttyS0\" ."
+
+#: ../help.pm:691
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you must enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That's why you must choose a password which is difficult to\n"
+"guess: DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too simple. As you\n"
+"can see, you're not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise your system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat: do not make the password too long or too complicated because "
+"you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the\n"
+"chance of a blind typing error you'll need to enter the password twice. If\n"
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you'll have to use this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password the first time you'll try to connect as \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"If you want an authentication server to control access to your computer,\n"
+"click on the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, or if your\n"
+"computer will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust\n"
+"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ovo je najvažnija odluka za sigurnost vašeg GNU/Linux sistema: trebate\n"
+"unijeti \"root\" šifru, \"Root\" je sistemski administrator i jedini\n"
+"korisnik kojem je dozvoljeno da updatuje sistem, dodaje druge korisnike,\n"
+"mijenja konfiguraciju sistema itd. Ukratko, \"root\" može raditi sve! Stoga\n"
+"trebate izabrati šifru koju je teško pogoditi - DrakX će vam reći da li je "
+"šifra\n"
+"koju ste odabrali prejednostavna. Kao što možete vidjeti, niste prisiljeni "
+"da\n"
+"unesete šifru, ali vam savjetujemo da to uradite. GNU/Linux je podložan\n"
+"operatorskim greškama kao i bilo koji drugi operativni sistem. Pošto\n"
+"\"root\" može prevazići sva ograničenja i nenamjerno pobrisati sve podatke\n"
+"na particijama neoprezno im pristupajući, važno je da je teško postati \"root"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Šifra treba biti kombinacija alfanumeričkih znakova i biti barem 8 znakova\n"
+"duga. Nikad ne zapisujte \"root\" šifru -- time vaš sistem postaje lagano\n"
+"kompromitovati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Jedan izuzetak: ne dozvolite da šifra bude preduga ili prekomplikovana\n"
+"pošto ćete je morati zapamtiti!\n"
+"\n"
+"Šifra neće biti prikazana na ekranu dok je unosite. Da bismo smanjili\n"
+"mogućnost greške zbog kucanja naslijepo, moraćete unijeti šifru dva puta.\n"
+"Ako nekim slučajem ponovite istu grešku dva puta, ovu ''neispravnu'' šifru\n"
+"trebate koristiti prilikom prve prijave kao \"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako želite da pristup ovom računaru bude kontroliran pomoću servera za\n"
+"provjeru identiteta (authentication), kliknite na dugme \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako vaša mreža koristi LDAP, NIS ili PDC Windows domen servise za\n"
+"provjeru identiteta, izaberite odgovarajući kao \"%s\". Ako ne znate koji\n"
+"koristiti, pitajte vašeg mrežnog administratora.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako imate problema sa pamćenjem šifara, ako vaš računar neće biti spojen\n"
+"na Internet i ako apsolutno vjerujete svakome ko mu ima fizički pristup,\n"
+"možete izabrati opciju \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:725
+#, c-format
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr "provjera autentičnosti"
+
+#: ../help.pm:728
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"A boot loader is a little program which is started by the computer at boot\n"
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the boot\n"
+"loader installation is totally automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot\n"
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you'll be able to load either GNU/Linux or any other\n"
+"OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it'll replace it with a new one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX can not determine where to place the boot sector, it'll ask you\n"
+"where it should place it. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place.\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will not install any boot loader. Use this option only if "
+"you\n"
+"know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Boot loader\" je mali program koji se pokreće prilikom paljenja računara.\n"
+"On je odgovoran za izbor i pokretanje operativnog sistema. Faza izbora boot\n"
+"loadera je obično automatizovana. DrakX će analizirati boot sektor diska i\n"
+"postupati u skladu s onim što zatekne tamo:\n"
+"\n"
+" * ako pronađe Windows boot sektor, biće zamijenjen sa GRUB/LILO boot\n"
+"sektorom. Na ovaj način bićete u mogućnosti da učitate ili GNU/Linux ili\n"
+"neki drugi OS koji je instaliran na vašem računaru.\n"
+"\n"
+" * ako pronađe GRUB ili LILO boot sektor, zamijeniće ga novim.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako ne može donijeti odluku, DrakX će vas pitati gdje da postavi\n"
+"bootloader. Generalno, \"%s\" je najsigurnije mjesto. Birajući \"%s\"\n"
+"izbjeći ćete instalaciju bootloadera. Koristite ovu opciju samo ako znate\n"
+"šta radite."
+
+#: ../help.pm:745
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other\n"
+"operating systems may offer you one, but Mandriva Linux offers two. Each of\n"
+"the printing systems is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, do not queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"within networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your\n"
+"first experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" stands for `` Common Unix Printing System'' and is an excellent\n"
+"choice for printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the\n"
+"planet. It's simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for\n"
+"the ancient \"lpd\" printing system, so it's compatible with older\n"
+"operating systems which may still need print services. While quite\n"
+"powerful, the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to\n"
+"emulate a \"lpd\" server, make sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon.\n"
+"\"%s\" includes graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer\n"
+"options and for managing the printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you do not like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center and clicking on the \"%s\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Sada je vrijeme da izaberete sistem štampe za vaš računar. Drugi\n"
+"operativni sistemi vam možda nude jedan, ali Mandriva Linux nudi\n"
+"dva. Svaki od ovih sistema je najbolji za određenu vrstu konfiguracije.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\" -- skraćeno za ``štampaj i nemoj stavljati u red'' (print, do not\n"
+"queue) je najbolji izbor ako imate direktnu vezu na štampač, želite izlaz\n"
+"za paniku u slučajevima zaglavljivanja papira i nemate mrežne štampače.\n"
+"(\"%s\" može riješiti samo vrlo jednostavne mrežne slučajeve i pomalo je\n"
+"spor kada se koristi sa mrežama.) Preporučujemo da koristite \"pdq\" ako\n"
+"je ovo vaše prvo iskustvo sa GNU/Linuxom.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\" znači ``Common UNIX Printing System'' (uobičajeni UNIX sistem "
+"štampe)\n"
+"je odličan izbor za štampanje na štampač koji se nalazi lokalno ili s druge\n"
+"strane planete. Vrlo ga je jednostavno podesiti i može služiti kao server "
+"ili\n"
+"klijent za prastari \"lpd\" sistem štampe, tako da je kompatibilan sa "
+"starijim\n"
+"operativnim sistemima kojima možda još trebaju usluge štampanja. Mada je\n"
+"vrlo moćan, osnovno podešavanje je skoro jednako lagano kao za \"pdq\".\n"
+"Ako želite simulirati \"lpd\" server, provjerite da li ste pokrenuli \"cups-"
+"lpd\"\n"
+"servis. \"%s\" uključuje grafičke alate za štampanje ili izbor opcija "
+"štampača,\n"
+"te za upravljanje štampačem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako sada napravite izbor, pa kasnije zaključite da vam se ne sviđa izabrani\n"
+"sistem štampe, možete ga promijeniti pokretanjem PrinterDrake iz\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Kontrolnog centra i klikanjem na dugme \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "pdq"
+msgstr "pdq"
+
+#: ../help.pm:768
+#, c-format
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Ekspert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:771
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX će najprije potražiti sve IDE uređaje prisutne na vašem računaru.\n"
+"Također će pretražiti sistem za jednu ili više PCI SCSI kartica. Ako\n"
+"SCSI kartica bude pronađena, DrakX će automatski instalirati odgovarajući\n"
+"drajver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Budući da pronalaženje hardware-a nikad nije savršeno, DrakX možda neće\n"
+"pronaći vaše hard diskove. Ako se to desi, moraćete ih navesti ručno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako je potrebno da ručno odaberete PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX će vas pitati\n"
+"da li želite navesti neke opcije za njega. Trebate dopustiti DrakXu da\n"
+"ispita hardware za neke opcije specifične za tu karticu. Obično DrakX "
+"prolazi\n"
+"kroz ovaj korak bez problema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ako DrakX ne može ispitati opcije koje trebaju biti proslijeđene, moraćete\n"
+"ručno navesti opcije za drajver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:789
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": ako je na vašem sistemu otkrivena zvučna kartica, ona će\n"
+"biti prikazana ovdje. Ako primijetite da prikazana zvučna kartica nije ona\n"
+"koja je ustvari dio vašeg sistema, možete kliknuti na dugme i odabrati neki\n"
+"drugi drajver."
+
+#: ../help.pm:794
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has gathered\n"
+"about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your machine, you\n"
+"may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is made up of the\n"
+"hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current\n"
+"configuration. Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to make the change.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another. If your country\n"
+"is not in the list shown, click on the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verify the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n"
+"to change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to set up a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented in our manual is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it'll be displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card is not the one actually present on your\n"
+"system, you can click on the button and choose a different driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you have a TV card, this is where information about its\n"
+"configuration will be displayed. If you have a TV card and it is not\n"
+"detected, click on \"%s\" to try to configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": you can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with\n"
+"the card if you feel the configuration is wrong.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to configure your Internet or local network access,\n"
+"you can do so now. Refer to the printed documentation or use the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center after the installation has finished to "
+"benefit\n"
+"from full in-line help.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows to configure HTTP and FTP proxy addresses if the machine\n"
+"you're installing on is to be located behind a proxy server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click this\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users. Refer to the printed\n"
+"documentation or the in-line help about bootloader configuration in the\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": through this entry you can fine tune which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX će vam pružiti sažetak raznih informacija koje su prikupljene\n"
+"o vašem sistemu. Ovisno o instaliranom hardveru, vjerovatno imate\n"
+"neke ili sve od navedenih stavki. Pojedinačna stavka se sastoji od\n"
+"onoga što je potrebno podesiti, nakon čega slijedi kraći sažetak trenutne\n"
+"konfiguracije. Da biste ovo izmijenili, kliknite na odgovarajuće dugme \"%s"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": provjerite trenutnu mapu tastature i izmijenite je ako je\n"
+" potrebno.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": provjerite trenutno izabranu državu. Ako se nalazite negdje\n"
+"drugo, kliknite na dugme \"%s\" i izaberite neku drugu. Ako se vaša\n"
+"zemlja ne nalazi na prikazanoj listi, kliknite na dugme \"%s\" da biste\n"
+"dobili cjelokupnu listu zemalja.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": DrakX automatski određuje vašu vremensku zonu\n"
+"na osnovu države koju ste izabrali. Možete kliknuti na dugme \"%s\"\n"
+"ako ovo nije ispravno.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": provjerite trenutnu konfiguraciju miša i klinite na dugme da je\n"
+"promijenite ako je to potrebno.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": klikanjem na dugme \"%s\" otvoriće se čarobnjak za\n"
+"podešavanje štampača. Pogledajte odgovarajuće poglavlje ''Vodiča za\n"
+"početnike'' za više informacija o podešavanju novog štampača. Interfejs\n"
+"koji je prikazan u našem priručniku je sličan onom koji će biti korišten "
+"tokom instalacije.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako je na vašem sistemu otkrivena zvučna kartica, ona će\n"
+"biti prikazana ovdje. Ako primjetite da prikazana zvučna kartica nije ona\n"
+"koja je ustvari dio vašeg sistema, možete kliknuti na dugme i odabrati neki\n"
+"drugi drajver.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako je na vašem sistemu prepoznata TV kartica, biće\n"
+"prikazana ovdje. Ako imate TV karticu koja nije prepoznata, kliknite na\n"
+"dugme \"%s\" kako biste pokušali podesiti je ručno.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": možete kliknuti na \"%s\" da promijenite parametre pridružene\n"
+"kartici ako mislite da je konfiguracija neispravna.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": DrakX će podesiti vaš grafički interfejs za rad na\n"
+"rezoluciji \"800x600\" ili \"1024x768\". Ako vam to ne odgovara, kliknite\n"
+"na dugme \"%s\" kako biste drugačije podesili vaš interfejs.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako želite, možete podesiti vaš Internet pristup ili pristup\n"
+"lokalnoj mreži. Pogledajte štampanu dokumentaciju ili koristite\n"
+"Mandriva Linux Kontrolni centar nakon što je završena instalacija\n"
+"kako biste koristili ugrađenu pomoć. \n"
+" * \"%s\": omogućuje vam da podesite adrese HTTP i FTP proxyja ako\n"
+"se računar na koji instalirate nalazi iza proxy servera.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ovdje možete promijeniti nivo sigurnosti sistema koji\n"
+"je podešen u prethodnom koraku ().\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako planirate povezati vaš računar na Internet, pametno je\n"
+"zaštititi ga od upada postavljanjem firewalla. Pogledajte odgovarajuće\n"
+"poglavlje ''Vodiča za početnike'' za detalje o podešavanju firewalla.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ako želite promijeniti postavke bootloadera, kliknite na to\n"
+"dugme. Ovo bi trebalo biti rezervisano za napredne korisnike. Pogledajte\n"
+"štampanu dokumentaciju ili pomoć za bootloader konfiguraciju uključenu\n"
+"u Mandriva Linux Kontrolni centar.\n"
+"\n"
+"* \"%s\": ovdje možete fino podešavati koji servisi će biti pokrenuti\n"
+"na vašem računaru. Ako planirate koristiti ovaj računar kao server,\n"
+"dobra je ideja još jednom pregledati ove postavke."
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "ISDN card"
+msgstr "ISDN kartica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:858
+#, c-format
+msgid "Graphical Interface"
+msgstr "Grafički interfejs"
+
+#: ../help.pm:861
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Izaberite hard disk koji želite obrisati kako biste instalirali vašu novu\n"
+"Mandriva Linux particiju. Budite pažljivi, svi podaci koji se nalaze na\n"
+"njemu će biti izgubljeni i neće se moći vratiti!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:866
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" ako želite obrisati sve podatke i particije koje\n"
+"su prisutne na ovom hard disku. Budite oprezni, jer nakon klikanja na\n"
+"\"%s\" nećete moći vratiti podatke i particije koji se trenutno nalaze\n"
+"na ovom hard disku, uključujući i sve Windows podatke.\n"
+"\n"
+"Kliknite na \"%s\" da prekinete ovu operaciju bez gubitka\n"
+"podataka i particija na ovom hard disku."
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "Next ->"
+msgstr "Dalje ->"
+
+#: ../help.pm:872
+#, c-format
+msgid "<- Previous"
+msgstr "<- Nazad"
+
diff --git a/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po b/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc6d9a848
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/install/help/po/ca.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1966 @@
+# translation of ca.po to Catalan
+# translation of DrakX.po to Catalan
+# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Softcatala, softcatala.org, 2000-2003
+# Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>, 2003-2004, 2005.
+#
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: ca\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-04 17:25+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-13 23:24+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Albert Astals Cid <astals11@terra.es>\n"
+"Language-Team: Catalan <kde-i18n-ca@kde.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n!=1;\n"
+
+#: ../help.pm:14
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandriva Linux distribution. If you agree with all the\n"
+"terms it contains, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Abans de continuar, llegiu atentament les clàusules de la llicència. "
+"Cobreix\n"
+"tota la distribució Mandriva Linux. Si esteu d'acord amb tots els termes de "
+"la\n"
+"llicència, feu clic al quadre \"%s\"; si no, prémer el botó \"%s\"\n"
+"reiniciarà el vostre ordinador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:20
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system which means each user can have his or her\n"
+"own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be "
+"authorized\n"
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations,\n"
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could\n"
+"impact on the system as a whole. You'll have to create at least one regular\n"
+"user for yourself -- this is the account which you should use for routine,\n"
+"day-to-day usage. Although it's very easy to log in as \"root\" to do\n"
+"anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple\n"
+"mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If you make a\n"
+"serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll\n"
+"lose some information, but you will not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you type in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" one, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that's no reason to neglect it\n"
+"by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the ones\n"
+"at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends, your father, your sister, etc. Click \"%s\" when you're\n"
+"finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you're finished adding users, you'll be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"will be automatically logged into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
+"you're interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
+"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click on\n"
+"\"%s\". If you're not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"El GNU/Linux és un sistema multiusuari; això vol dir que cada usuari pot\n"
+"tenir les seves pròpies preferències, els seus propis fitxers, etc. Podeu "
+"llegir\n"
+"la ``Guia d'iniciació''\n"
+" per aprendre més coses sobre els sistemes\n"
+"multiusuari. Però, a diferència del \"root\", que és l'administrador del "
+"sistema,\n"
+"als usuaris que afegiu aquí no se'ls permetrà modificar res tret dels seus "
+"propis\n"
+"fitxers i configuracions, protegint així el sistema de canvis, intencionats "
+"o no, \n"
+" que tenen efecte sobre tot el sistema . Cal que us creeu, com a mínim, un "
+"usuari\n"
+"normal, i és aquest compte el que heu d'utilitzar per a l'ús quotidià. Tot i "
+"que\n"
+"és molt fàcil entrar com a \"root\" per a tot, també pot ser molt perillós: "
+"la més\n"
+"petita errada podria significar que el sistema deixés de funcionar. Si "
+"cometeu\n"
+"una errada greu com a usuari normal el pitjor que pot passar és que perdeu\n"
+"algunes daDES, però sense afectar a tot el sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Primer, heu d'introduir el vostre nom real. Per suposat, això no és "
+"obligatori,\n"
+"ja que podeu introduir el que vulgueu. DrakX agafarà la primera paraula\n"
+"que heu introduït en aquest camp i la copiarà en el camp \"%s\", que serà "
+"el\n"
+"nom que utilitzarà aquest usuari per entrar al sistema (ho podeu canviar si\n"
+"voleu). Després cal que introduïu una contrasenya. Des del punt de vista de\n"
+"la seguretat, una contrasenya d'un usuari no privilegiat (habitual) no és "
+"tan\n"
+"important com la del \"root\" des del punt de vista de la seguretat, però no "
+"hi\n"
+"ha cap raó per menystenir-la, deixant-la en blanc o fent-la massa senzilla: "
+"al\n"
+"cap i a la fi, els vostres fitxers poden estar en joc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Un cop hagueu fet clic a \"%s\" podreu afegir altres usuaris. Afegiu-ne un\n"
+"per a tothom que hagi de fer servir l'ordinador. Feu clic a \"%s\" quan "
+"hagueu\n"
+"acabat d'afegir-ne.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic al botó \"%s\" per canviar l'intèrpret d'ordres (\"shell\") per "
+"defecte\n"
+"(bash) de l'usuari seleccionat. \n"
+"\n"
+"Quan hagueu acabat d'afegir usuaris, se us proposarà decidir quin usuari\n"
+"entrarà automàticament en el sistema en arrencar l'ordinador. Si us\n"
+"interessa aquesta característica (i no us importa gaire la seguretat "
+"local), \n"
+"trieu l'usuari i el gestor de finestres desitjat i feu clic a \"%s\".\n"
+"Si no hi esteu interessat, desactiveu el quadre \"%s\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:54
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to use this feature?"
+msgstr "Voleu utilitzar aquesta característica?"
+
+#: ../help.pm:57
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquestes són les particions de Linux existents que s'han detectat al disc "
+"dur.\n"
+"Podeu conservar les decisions preses per l'auxiliar, atès que són les "
+"adequades\n"
+"per a les instal·lacions més habituals. Si hi feu algun canvi, com a mínim "
+"heu\n"
+"de definir una partició arrel (\"/\"). No trieu una partició massa petita "
+"perquè\n"
+"no podríeu instal·lar-hi prou programari. Si voleu emmagatzemar les dades en "
+"una\n"
+"altra partició, us caldrà crear una partició \"/home\" (això només serà "
+"possible\n"
+"si hi ha més d'una partició de Linux disponible).\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partició està identificada d'aquesta manera: \"Nom\", \"Capacitat\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nom\" es compon de: \"tipus d'unitat de disc\", \"número d'unitat de disc"
+"\",\n"
+"\"número de la partició\" (per exemple, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"El \"Tipus d'unitat de disc\" és \"hd\" si la vostre unitat de disc és IDE i "
+"\"sd\" si és SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"El \"Número de la unitat de disc\" és sempre una lletra després d'\"hd\" o "
+"\"sd\".\n"
+"Per a unitats de disc IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE primari\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE primari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Amb unitats de disc SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI més baixa\",\n"
+"una \"b\" significa \"segona ID SCSI més baixa\", etc."
+
+#: ../help.pm:88
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"The Mandriva Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the required one. If you do not have the requested\n"
+"CD at hand, just click on \"%s\", the corresponding packages will not be\n"
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"La instal·lació del Mandriva Linux està repartida en diversos CD-ROM. Si\n"
+"un dels paquets escollits està en un altre CD-ROM, DrakX expulsarà el CD\n"
+"actual i us demanarà que n'inseriu un altre. Si no teniu el CD necessari a\n"
+"mà, premeu \"%s\" i els paquets corresponents no s'instal·laran."
+
+#: ../help.pm:95
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"It's now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your system.\n"
+"There are thousands of packages available for Mandriva Linux, and to make "
+"it\n"
+"simpler to manage, they have been placed into groups of similar\n"
+"applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux sorts package groups in four categories. You can mix and\n"
+"match applications from the various categories, so a ``Workstation''\n"
+"installation can still have applications from the ``Server'' category\n"
+"installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category. The special \"LSB\" group will\n"
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the\n"
+"Linux Standard Base specifications.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Selecting the \"LSB\" group will also install the \"2.4\" kernel series,\n"
+"instead of the default \"2.6\" one. This is to ensure 100%%-LSB compliance\n"
+"of the system. However, if you do not select the \"LSB\" group you will\n"
+"still have a system which is nearly 100%% LSB-compliant.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you're familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you start the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can deselect all groups\n"
+"and prevent the installation of any new packages. This is useful for\n"
+"repairing or updating an existing system.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as\n"
+"opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up suggesting different options\n"
+"for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command-line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha arribat el moment d'indicar els programes que voleu instal·lar en el\n"
+"sistema. Mandriva Linux té milers de paquets, i per facilitar-ne la\n"
+"gestió s'han distribuït en grups d'aplicacions similars.\n"
+"\n"
+"Mandriva Linux agrupa els paquets en quatre categories. Podeu mesclar i fer\n"
+"coincidir aplicacions de grups diversos, de manera que una instal·lació\n"
+"d'``Estació de treball'' pot perfectament tenir instal·lades aplicacions\n"
+"de la categoria ``Servidor'' \n"
+" * \"%s\": si voleu utilitzar l'ordinador com a estació de treball,\n"
+"seleccioneu un o més grups de la categoria estació de treball.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si penseu utilitzar la vostra màquina per programar, escolliu\n"
+"els grups adients d'aquesta categoria. El grup especial \"LSB\"\n"
+"configurarà el vostre sistema per tal que compleixi tant com sigui\n"
+"possible amb les especificacions Linux Standard Base.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Seleccionar el grup \"LSB\" també instal·larà un kernel \"2.4\",\n"
+"en comptes del \"2.6\". Això es fa per assegurar que els sistema\n"
+"compleixi al 100%% amb LSB. Si no seleccioneu el grup \"LSB\"\n"
+"encara tindreu un sistema que compleix la LSB quasi al 100%%.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":  si l'ordinador s'ha d'utilitzar com a servidor, seleccioneu\n"
+"quins dels serveis més habituals voleu instal·lar\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquí és on escollireu quin és el vostre entorn gràfic\n"
+"preferit. Heu de seleccionar-ne un com a mínim si voleu tenir una\n"
+"interfície gràfica.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si moveu el cursor per sobre d'un nom de grup veureu una breu explicació\n"
+"d'aquest grup.\n"
+"\n"
+"Podeu marcar la casella \"%s\", que és útil si esteu familiaritzat amb els\n"
+"diversos paquets o si voleu tenir un control total sobre el que "
+"s'instal·larà.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si heu començat la instal·lació en el mode \"%s\", podeu desseleccionar \n"
+"tots els grups si voleu evitar que s'instal·li cap paquet nou. Això és\n"
+"útil per reparar o actualitzar un sistema existent.\n"
+"Si desseleccioneu tots els grups quan estigueu fent una\n"
+"instal·lació normal (i no una actualització), se us presentarà un diàleg \n"
+"proposant-vos diferents opcions per a una instal·lació mínima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instal·la els mínims paquets necessaris per tenir un\n"
+"entorn gràfic funcional\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instal·la el sistema base i les utilitats bàsiques amb la seva\n"
+"documentació. Aquesta instal·lació és adequada per configurar un servidor;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instal·la el nombre mínim de paquets necessari per aconseguir un\n"
+"sistema Linux operatiu, només amb una interfície de línia d'ordres. Aquesta\n"
+"instal·lació ocupa uns 65 MB."
+
+#
+#: ../help.pm:149 ../help.pm:591
+#, c-format
+msgid "Upgrade"
+msgstr "Actualitza"
+
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "With basic documentation"
+msgstr "Amb la documentació bàsica"
+
+#
+#: ../help.pm:149
+#, c-format
+msgid "Truly minimal install"
+msgstr "Instal·lació mínima real"
+
+#: ../help.pm:152
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present\n"
+"a tree containing all packages classified by groups and subgroups. While\n"
+"browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, or individual\n"
+"packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you'll be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandriva Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandriva Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do "
+"or\n"
+"why it's being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will install\n"
+"the listed services and they will be started automatically at boot time. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages depend on others and the installation of\n"
+"one particular package may require the installation of another package. The\n"
+"installer can determine which packages are required to satisfy a dependency\n"
+"to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert the floppy disk created at the end of\n"
+"another installation. See the second tip of the last step on how to create\n"
+"such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Si heu dit a l'instal·lador que volíeu seleccionar els paquets "
+"individualment\n"
+"se us presentarà un arbre amb tots els paquets classificats per grups i\n"
+"subgrups. Mentre navegueu per l'arbre, podeu seleccionar grups complets,\n"
+"subgrups o paquets individuals.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada cop que seleccioneu un paquet de l'arbre, apareixerà una descripció a \n"
+"la dreta que us informarà de la finalitat del paquet.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Si heu seleccionat un paquet de servidor, intencionadament o perquè\n"
+"formava part d'un grup, se us demanarà que confirmeu si realment voleu\n"
+"instal·lar aquests servidors. Per defecte, Mandriva Linux "
+"iniciaràautomàticament qualsevol servidor durant l'arrencada. Tot i que\n"
+"siguin segurs i no tinguin cap problema conegut quan es publica la\n"
+"distribució, és totalment possible que es descobreixin forats de seguretat\n"
+"després que aquesta versió de Mandriva Linux quedi finalitzada.\n"
+"Si no sabeu què se suposa que fa un servei en particular, o per què s'està\n"
+"instal·lant, feu clic a \"%s\". Per defecte, si feu clic a \"%s\" els "
+"serveis\n"
+"llistats s'instal·laran i s'iniciaran automàticament durant l'arrencada. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opció \"%s\" s'utilitza per inhabilitar el diàleg d'advertència que\n"
+"apareix quan l'instal·lador selecciona automàticament un paquet per "
+"resoldre\n"
+"dependències. Alguns paquets estan relacionats els uns amb els\n"
+"altres, de manera que la instal·lació d'un paquet fa que calgui instal·lar\n"
+"també algun altre programa. L'instal·lador pot determinar quins paquets "
+"calen\n"
+"per satisfer una dependència i completar la instal·lació satisfactòriament.\n"
+"\n"
+"La diminuta icona d'un disquet al peu de la llista us permet carregar una\n"
+"llista de paquets creada en una instal·lació anterior. Això és útil si "
+"teniu\n"
+"un cert nombre d'ordinadors que voleu configurar de manera idèntica. Si feu\n"
+"clic a aquesta icona se us demanarà que inseriu un disquet creat "
+"anteriorment\n"
+"al final d'una altra instal·lació. Vegeu el segon suggeriment de l'últim "
+"pas\n"
+"per saber com crear aquest disquet."
+
+#: ../help.pm:183
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic dependencies"
+msgstr "Dependències automàtiques"
+
+#: ../help.pm:186
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to set up a new printer. The interface presented in our\n"
+"manual is similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": feu clic al botó \"%s\" per obrir l'auxiliar de configuració de la\n"
+"impressora. Consulteu el capítol corresponent de la ``Guia d'iniciació''\n"
+"per tenir més informació en quant a la configuració de noves impressores.\n"
+"La interfície que apareix és similar a la que s'utilitza durant la "
+"instal·lació."
+
+#: ../help.pm:192
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all services available on the current installation. Review\n"
+"each one of them carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you probably do not want to start any services which you do not "
+"need.\n"
+"Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled on a\n"
+"server. In general, select only those services you really need. !!"
+msgstr ""
+"En aquest diàleg escollireu els serveis que voleu que s'iniciïn durant "
+"l'arrencada.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX farà una llista de tots els serveis disponibles en la instal·lació "
+"actual.\n"
+"Reviseu-los amb cura i desmarqueu aquells que no siguin necessaris durant "
+"l'arrencada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Podeu obtenir una explicació breu sobre un servei si el seleccioneu. Si no\n"
+"esteu segur de la utilitat d'un servei, el més segur és deixar el "
+"comportament\n"
+"per defecte.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Aneu especialment amb cura en aquest pas si penseu utilitzar l'ordinador "
+"com\n"
+"a servidor: segurament no voldreu iniciar serveis que no necessiteu.\n"
+"Recordeu que hi ha diversos serveis que poden ser perillosos si s'habiliten\n"
+"en un servidor. En general, seleccioneu només els serveis que realment "
+"necessiteu. !!"
+
+#: ../help.pm:209
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the system clock by\n"
+"connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to\n"
+"work, you must have a working Internet connection. We recommend that you\n"
+"choose a time server located near you. This option actually installs a time\n"
+"server which can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux gestiona l'hora en GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) i el tradueix a\n"
+"l'hora local d'acord amb la zona horària seleccionada. Si el rellotge de la\n"
+"placa base indica l'hora local, podeu desactivar-ho desseleccionant \"%s\", "
+"i\n"
+"això informarà a GNU/Linux que el rellotge del sistema i el rellotge del\n"
+"maquinari són a la mateixa zona horària. Això és convenient quan la màquina\n"
+"també té instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu.\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opció \"%s\" regularà automàticament l'hora connectant-se a un servidor\n"
+"horari remot d'Internet. Per tal que funcioni aquesta funció us caldrà "
+"tenir\n"
+"connexió a Internet. És millor triar un servidor que estigui ubicat a prop\n"
+"vostre. De fet, aquesta opció instal·la un servidor d'hora que altres "
+"màquines\n"
+"de la vostra xarxa local també podran utilitzar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:220
+#, c-format
+msgid "Automatic time synchronization"
+msgstr "Sincronització automàtica de la hora"
+
+#: ../help.pm:223
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Targeta gràfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà automàticament i configurarà la\n"
+"targeta gràfica que tingueu instal·lada a l'ordinador. Si no fos així, la\n"
+"podeu seleccionar d'aquesta llista.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Cas que hi hagi diferents servidors per a la targeta, amb o sense\n"
+"acceleració 3D, se us demanarà que trieu el servidor que us sigui\n"
+"més convenient."
+
+#: ../help.pm:234
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandriva Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You'll see a list of different parameters to change to get an optimal\n"
+"graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If this is not correct, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you see the test message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you do not see it, then it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds and return you to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (per sistema X Window) és el cor de la interfície gràfica de GNU/Linux\n"
+"de què depenen tots els entorns gràfics (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, \n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) que venen amb Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Veureu una relació de diferents paràmetres que podeu canviar per aconseguir\n"
+"una visualització gràfica òptima.\n"
+"\n"
+"Targeta gràfica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà i configurarà automàticament la\n"
+"targeta gràfica instal·lada a l'ordinador. Si no fos així, podeu escollir\n"
+"de la llista la targeta que realment tingueu instal·lada.\n"
+"\n"
+"   En cas que hi hagi diferents servidors disponibles per a la vostra\n"
+"targeta, amb o sense acceleració 3D, se us demanarà que escolliu el que\n"
+"més us convingui.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà i configurarà automàticament el\n"
+"monitor que teniu connectat a l'ordinador. Si no és correcte, podreu triar\n"
+"d'aquesta llista el monitor que realment teniu connectat a l'ordinador.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolució\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu triar les resolucions i profunditats de color disponibles per\n"
+"al vostre maquinari. Trieu la que us vagi més bé (tot i que podreu\n"
+"canviar-la després de la instal·lació). Al monitor veureu una mostra de la\n"
+"configuració triada.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Prova\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depenent del maquinari aquesta entrada pot no aparèixer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   El sistema intentarà obrir una pantalla gràfica amb la resolució\n"
+"desitjada. Si podeu veure el missatge durant la prova i responeu \"%s\",\n"
+"DrakX passarà al pas següent. Si no el podeu veure, vol dir que la\n"
+"configuració detectada automàticament no era del tot correcta i la prova\n"
+"finalitzarà automàticament al cap de 12 segons, portant-vos de nou al menú.\n"
+"Canvieu els paràmetres fins que obtingueu una pantalla gràfica correcta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opcions\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu decidir si voleu que l'ordinador canviï automàticament a una\n"
+"interfície gràfica en arrencar. Òbviament, voldreu activar \"%s\" si\n"
+"l'ordinador ha d'actuar com a servidor, o si no heu aconseguit\n"
+"configurar la pantalla."
+
+#: ../help.pm:291
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normally the installer will automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is not correct, you can choose\n"
+"from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Normalment, l'instal·lador detectarà i configurarà automàticament el\n"
+"monitor que teniu connectat a l'ordinador. Si no és correcte, podreu triar\n"
+"d'aquesta llista el monitor que realment teniu connectat a l'ordinador."
+
+#: ../help.pm:298
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be\n"
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Resolució\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu triar les resolucions i profunditats de color disponibles per\n"
+"al vostre maquinari. Trieu la que us vagi més bé (tot i que podreu\n"
+"canviar-la després de la instal·lació). Al monitor veureu una mostra de la\n"
+"configuració triada."
+
+#: ../help.pm:306
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you're asked to choose the server which best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas que hi hagi diferents servidors disponibles per a la vostra\n"
+"targeta, amb o sense acceleració 3D, se us demanarà que escolliu\n"
+"el servidor que més us convingui."
+
+#: ../help.pm:311
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   This steps allows you to choose whether you want your machine to\n"
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may\n"
+"want to check \"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were\n"
+"not successful in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcions\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí podeu decidir si voleu que l'ordinador canviï automàticament a una\n"
+"interfície gràfica en arrencar. Òbviament, activareu \"%s\" si l'ordinador\n"
+"ha de ser un servidor, o si no heu pogut configurar la pantalla."
+
+#: ../help.pm:319
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install the Mandriva Linux\n"
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an\n"
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to\n"
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive means to\n"
+"logically divide it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to data losses, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful\n"
+"for the inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are\n"
+"available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". The wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you've previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandriva Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"than when you started. You'll have less free space under Microsoft Windows\n"
+"to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". If you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandriva Linux system, "
+"choose\n"
+"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo this "
+"operation\n"
+"after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". This option appears when the hard drive is entirely taken by\n"
+"Microsoft Windows. Choosing this option will simply erase everything on the\n"
+"drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\". Choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara és quan heu de decidir en quin lloc del vostre disc dur voleu\n"
+"instal·lar el sistema operatiu Mandriva Linux. Si el disc és buit,\n"
+"o si un sistema operatiu existent n'utilitza tot l'espai disponible,\n"
+"us caldrà  particionar-lo. Bàsicament, particionar un disc dur\n"
+"consisteix a dividir-lo de manera lògica per crear espai on\n"
+"instal·lar el nou sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Atès que els efectes d'aquest procés solen ser irreversibles i poden\n"
+"implicar pèrdua de dades si ja teniu un sistema operatiu instal·lat, el\n"
+"particionament us pot espantar si sou un usuari sense experiència.\n"
+"Per sort, DrakX inclou un auxiliar que simplifica aquest procés.\n"
+"Abans de continuar, però, llegiu la resta d'aquesta secció i,\n"
+"sobre tot, preneu-vos el temps que calgui.\n"
+"\n"
+"Segons la configuració del vostre disc dur, hi ha diverses opcions\n"
+"possibles:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta opció particionarà automàticament les unitats buides.\n"
+"Amb aquesta opció no se us farà cap pregunta més.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": l'auxiliar ha detectat una o més particions de Linux al vostre\n"
+"disc dur. Si voleu utilitzar-les, escolliu aquesta opció. Se us demanarà\n"
+"que trieu els punts de muntatge associats a cadascuna de les particions.\n"
+"Els punts de muntatge existents se seleccionen per defecte, i en la\n"
+"majoria dels casos és bona idea conservar-los.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" Si teniu el Microsoft Windows instal·lat al disc dur i n'ocupa\n"
+"tot l'espai disponible, caldrà crear espai lliure per a GNU/Linux. Per\n"
+"fer-ho, podeu suprimir la partició i les dades del Windows\n"
+"(consulteu la solució ``Esborrar completament el disc'') o canviar\n"
+"la mida de la partició FAT o NTFS de Windows. Aquest canvi de mida\n"
+"es pot dur a terme sense cap pèrdua de dades, sempre que la\n"
+"partició de Windows hagi estat desfragmentada prèviament.\n"
+"És molt recomanable, fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n"
+"Aquesta opció és la més recomanable si voleu utilitzar tant\n"
+"Mandriva Linux com Microsoft Windows al mateix ordinador.\n"
+"\n"
+"  Abans de decidir-vos per aquesta opció, penseu que en acabar la partició\n"
+"de Microsoft Windows serà més petita que anteriorment. Tindreu menys espai\n"
+"lliure a Microsoft Windows per emmagatzemar-hi dades o instal·lar-hi més "
+"programari.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": si voleu suprimir totes les dades i particions que teniu al disc\n"
+"dur i substituir-les pel sistema Mandriva Linux, podeu escollir aquesta\n"
+"opció. Aneu amb compte, però, perquè, un cop la confirmeu, no podreu\n"
+"fer-vos enrere.\n"
+"\n"
+"   ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran !!.\n"
+"\n"
+" *\"%s\": aquesta opció apareix quan el disc dur està completament ple\n"
+"per Microsoft Windows. Escollir aquest opció esborrarà tot el contingut del "
+"disc i\n"
+"començarà de nou, particionant des de zero.\n"
+"   ¡¡ Si trieu aquesta opció, totes les dades del disc s'esborraran !!.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si voleu particionar el disc dur manualment, podeu triar aquesta\n"
+"opció. Aneu amb compte: és una opció molt potent però també perillosa, ja\n"
+"que podeu perdre fàcilment totes les dades. Per tant, aquesta opció només "
+"és\n"
+"recomanable si heu fet abans alguna cosa similar i teniu una mica\n"
+"d'experiència. Trobareu més instruccions sobre la utilitat DiskDrake a la\n"
+"secció ``Gestió de les particions'' de la ``Guia d'iniciació''."
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Use existing partition"
+msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents"
+
+#: ../help.pm:377
+#, c-format
+msgid "Erase entire disk"
+msgstr "Esborra tot el disc"
+
+#: ../help.pm:380
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to be used. Just click on \"%s\" to reboot the system. Do not forget\n"
+"to remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"boot-loader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": enables you to create an installation floppy disk which will\n"
+"automatically perform a whole installation without the help of an operator,\n"
+"similar to the installation you've just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking on that\n"
+"button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar\n"
+"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site for more\n"
+"information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
+"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
+"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key, type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"<< and press the [Enter] key.\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy. To create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
+"\"mformat a:\", or \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" followed by \"mkfs.vfat\n"
+"/dev/fd0\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ja ho teniu. S'ha completat la instal·lació i el vostre sistema GNU/Linux\n"
+"està preparat per fer-se servir. Simplement premeu \"%s\" per reiniciar el\n"
+"sistema. No oblideu treure la font d'instal·lació (CD-ROM o disquet).\n"
+"La primera cosa que veureu, després que l'ordinador hagi finalitzat les\n"
+"comprovacions de maquinari, és el menú del carregador d'arrencada, que us\n"
+"deixa triar el sistema operatiu amb què voleu iniciar.\n"
+"\n"
+"El botó \"%s\" mostra dos botons més per:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": per crear un disquet d'instal·lació que realitzarà\n"
+"automàticament una instal·lació completa sense l'ajuda d'un operador,\n"
+"semblant a la instal·lació que acabeu de configurar.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Tingueu en compte que hi ha dues opcions diferents després de fer clic al "
+"botó:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Aquesta és una instal·lació parcialment automatitzada; el pas\n"
+"de particionament és l'únic procediment interactiu.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Instal·lació completament automatitzada: el disc dur es\n"
+"reescriu completament i totes les dades es perden.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquesta característica és força útil quan es fa una instal·lació a un\n"
+"cert nombre d'ordinadors similars. En trobareu més informació a la secció\n"
+"d'instal·lació automàtica del nostre lloc web.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": desa una llista dels paquets seleccionats en aquesta\n"
+"instal·lació. Per utilitzar aquesta selecció en una altra instal·lació,\n"
+"inseriu el disquet i inicieu la instal·lació. A l'indicador, premeu la\n"
+"tecla F1, i escriviu >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<< i premeu la tecla [Enter].\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) Cal un disquet formatejat amb FAT. Per crear-ne un a GNU/Linux, \n"
+"escriviu \"mformat a:\", o \"fdformat /dev/fd0\" seguit de\n"
+"\"mkfs.vfat /dev/fd0\"."
+
+#: ../help.pm:412
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generate auto-install floppy"
+msgstr "Genera un disquet per a la instal·lació automàtica"
+
+#: ../help.pm:415
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to reuse some legacy GNU/Linux partitions, you may wish to\n"
+"reformat some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please\n"
+"select those partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to "
+"reformat\n"
+"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is\n"
+"completed, all data on the selected partitions will be deleted and you\n"
+"will not be able to recover it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you're ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions which will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Per poder utilitzar les particions que s'acaben de definir cal formatar-les\n"
+"(la formatació consisteix a crear-hi un sistema de fitxers).\n"
+"\n"
+"En aquest punt, potser voldreu tornar a formatar algunes de les particions\n"
+"existents per eliminar les dades que contenen. Si és així, seleccioneu\n"
+"també aquestes particions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tingueu en compte que no cal tornar a formatar totes les particions que ja\n"
+"existien; heu de tornar a formatar les particions que continguin el sistema\n"
+"operatiu (com ara \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), però no les que contenen\n"
+"dades que voleu conservar (habitualment, \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Aneu amb compte en seleccionar les particions; després de la formatació,\n"
+"totes les dades s'hauran suprimit i no en podreu recuperar cap.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" quan estigueu a punt per formatar les particions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu seleccionar una altra partició per instal·lar\n"
+"el nou sistema Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Feu clic a \"%s\" si voleu seleccionar particions on cercar-hi blocs "
+"defectuosos."
+
+#: ../help.pm:437
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"By the time you install Mandriva Linux, it's likely that some packages will\n"
+"have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been fixed,\n"
+"security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these updates,\n"
+"you're now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\" if you\n"
+"have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to install\n"
+"updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of web locations from which updates can\n"
+"be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree\n"
+"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
+"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara esteu instal·lant Mandriva Linux, és probable que alguns paquets\n"
+"hagin estat actualitzats des de la data de llançament. Alguns errors poden\n"
+"haver estat resolts, i problemes de seguretat poden estar ja corregits.\n"
+"Per beneficiar-vos d'aquestes actualitzacions, les podeu baixar d'Internet.\n"
+"Trieu \"%s\" si teniu una connexió a Internet operativa, o \"%s\" si\n"
+"preferiu instal·lar-les més tard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si trieu \"%s\" apareixerà una llista de llocs des d'on podeu baixar les\n"
+"actualitzacions. Escolliu la ubicació més propera. Aleshores, apareixerà\n"
+"un arbre de selecció de paquets: comproveu la selecció i premeu \"%s\" per\n"
+"baixar i instal·lar els paquets seleccionats, o \"%s\" per abandonar."
+
+#: ../help.pm:450
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level you desire\n"
+"for your machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly\n"
+"exposed to the Internet. The trade-off that a higher security level is\n"
+"generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able\n"
+"to change it later with the draksec tool, which is part of Mandriva Linux\n"
+"Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fill the \"%s\" field with the e-mail address of the person responsible for\n"
+"security. Security messages will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara és el moment de triar el nivell de seguretat desitjat per a la màquina.\n"
+"Com a norma general, el nivell de seguretat ha de ser més alt si la màquina\n"
+"conté dades importants, o si està connectada directament a Internet.\n"
+"Tanmateix, un nivell alt de seguretat sovint comporta una disminució de la\n"
+"facilitat d'ús.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no sabeu quin escollir, deixeu l'opció per defecte.. Podreu canviar\n"
+"el nivell de seguretat més tard amb l'eina draksec del\n"
+"Centre de Control Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ompliu el camp \"%s\" amb l'adreça electrònica de la persona responsable\n"
+"de la seguretat. Els missatges de seguretat s'enviaran a aquesta adreça."
+
+#: ../help.pm:461
+#, c-format
+msgid "Security Administrator"
+msgstr "Administrador de seguretat"
+
+#: ../help.pm:464
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandriva Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it does not always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Ara és quan heu de decidir quina(es) partició(ns) voleu utilitzar per\n"
+"instal·lar el sistema Mandriva Linux. Si ja s'han definit les particions\n"
+"en una instal·lació anterior de GNU/Linux o mitjançant una altra eina de\n"
+"particionament, podeu utilitzar les particions existents. En cas contrari,\n"
+"s'han de definir particions al disc dur.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per crear particions, primer heu de seleccionar un disc dur. Podeu\n"
+"seleccionar el disc que s'ha de particionar fent clic a ``hda'' per a la\n"
+"primera unitat IDE, ``hdb'' per a la segona, ``sda'' per a la primera "
+"unitat\n"
+"SCSI, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per particionar el disc dur seleccionat, podeu utilitzar aquestes opcions:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta opció suprimeix totes les particions que hi ha al\n"
+"disc dur seleccionat.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquesta opció us permet crear automàticament les particions\n"
+"ext3 i d'intercanvi en l'espai lliure del disc dur.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": dóna accés a funcions addicionals:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": desa la taula de particions en un disquet. És útil per a una\n"
+"recuperació posterior de la taula de particions si fos necessari. És molt\n"
+"recomanable que efectueu aquesta operació.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permet restaurar d'un disquet una taula de particions que hi\n"
+"hagueu desat prèviament.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si la taula de particions està malmesa, podeu provar de\n"
+"recuperar-la utilitzant aquesta opció. Aneu amb compte i recordeu que no\n"
+"sempre funciona.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": descarta tots els canvis fets i torna a carregar la taula\n"
+"de particions original.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si desseleccioneu aquesta opció fareu que els usuaris hagin\n"
+"de muntar i desmuntar manualment les unitats de suports extraïbles, com ara\n"
+"els disquets i els CD-ROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": utilitzeu aquesta opció si voleu utilitzar un auxiliar per\n"
+"particionar el vostre disc dur. Es recomana que l'utilitzeu si no teniu\n"
+"sòlids coneixements sobre particionament.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": utilitzeu aquesta opció per cancel·lar els canvis.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permet accions addicionals en les particions (tipus,\n"
+"opcions, format) i dóna més informació sobre el disc dur.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": quan hagueu acabat de particionar el disc dur, aquesta opció\n"
+"desarà els canvis al disc.\n"
+"\n"
+"En definir la mida d'una partició, podeu acabar d'afinar-la mitjançant\n"
+"les tecles de fletxa del teclat.\n"
+" \n"
+"Nota: podeu accedir a qualsevol opció mitjançant el teclat. Moveu-vos per\n"
+"les particions amb les tecles Tab i Fletxa amunt/Fletxa avall.\n"
+"\n"
+"Quan seleccioneu una partició, podeu utilitzar:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+c per crear una nova partició (quan se n'ha seleccionat una de "
+"buida)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+d per suprimir una partició\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+m per definir el punt de muntatge\n"
+"\n"
+"Per a més informació sobre els diferents sistemes de fitxers disponibles,\n"
+"llegiu el capítol sobre ext2FS del ``Manual de Referència''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si esteu fent la instal·lació en un ordinador PPC, voldreu crear una\n"
+"petita partició ``bootstrap'' HFS d'un mínim d'1 MB per a ús del carregador\n"
+"d'arrencada yaboot. Si decidiu fer-la una mica més gran, per exemple de\n"
+"50 MB, us serà d'utilitat per emmagatzemar un nucli de recanvi i imatges\n"
+"del disc RAM per a situacions d'emergència durant l'arrencada."
+
+#
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Removable media auto-mounting"
+msgstr "Muntatge automàtic dels dispositius extraïbles"
+
+#: ../help.pm:533
+#, c-format
+msgid "Toggle between normal/expert mode"
+msgstr "Commuta entre els modes normal i expert"
+
+#: ../help.pm:536
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandriva Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"S'ha detectat més d'una partició de Microsoft a la unitat de disc.\n"
+"Si us plau, trieu quina d'elles voleu redimensionar per instal·lar el nou\n"
+"sistema operatiu Mandriva Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cada partició està identificada d'aquesta manera: \"Nom Linux\",\n"
+"\"Nom Windows\" \"Capacitat\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nom Linux\" es compon de: \"tipus d'unitat de disc dur\",\n"
+"\"número d'unitat de disc dur\", \"número de la partició\"\n"
+"(per exemple, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Tipus d'unitat de disc dur\" és \"hd\" si la vostre unitat de disc dur és\n"
+"IDE i \"sd\" si és SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Número de la unitat de disc dur\" és sempre una lletra després d'\"hd\" o\n"
+"\"sd\". Amb unitats de disc IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE primari\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE primari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"unitat de disc mestra en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"unitat de disc esclava en el controlador IDE secundari"
+"\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Amb les unitats de disc SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI més baixa\",\n"
+"una \"b\" significa \"segona ID SCSI més baixa\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nom Windows\" és la lletra de la vostra unitat de disc sota Windows (el\n"
+"primer disc o partició s'anomena \"C:\")."
+
+#: ../help.pm:567
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you're not in this country,\n"
author	Olivier Blin <oblin@mandriva.org>	2005-02-24 17:32:10 +0000
committer	Olivier Blin <oblin@mandriva.org>	2005-02-24 17:32:10 +0000
commit	0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f (patch)
tree	31d60979bf6f5c3073bb0da92935413b35ae43b0 /perl-install/network/network.pm
parent	4ae35537d7361c603756b81ccce5c4ac5072f73e (diff)
download	drakx-0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f.tar drakx-0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f.tar.gz drakx-0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f.tar.bz2 drakx-0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f.tar.xz drakx-0c79fff50fec0ee6b462b4654cc845f718da7a2f.zip